Related Manuals for Teledyne Lecroy Voyager M4x
Summary of Contents for Teledyne Lecroy Voyager M4x
- Page 1 USB Protocol Suite User Manual Software Version 8.50 Generated: November 25, 2020, 16:34 www.valuetronics.com...
- Page 2 Trademarks and Servicemarks CATC, Teledyne LeCroy, Voyager, Voyager, Voyager M4x, Voyager M3x, Voyager M310, Voyager M310C, Voyager M310P, Voyager ReadyLink, USB Protocol Suite, USB Advisor, Advisor T3, Mercury T2P, Mercury T2C, Mercury T2, USB Chief, USB Inspector, USB Detective, USB Tracer/Trainer, and BusEngine are trademarks of Teledyne LeCroy. Microsoft and Windows are registered trademarks of Microsoft Corporation. Intel and Pentium are registered trademarks of Intel Corporation. All other trademarks and registered trademarks are property of their respective owners. THE SPECIFICATIONS AND INFORMATION REGARDING THE PRODUCTS IN THIS MANUAL ARE SUBJECT TO CHANGE WITHOUT NOTICE. ALL INFORMATION, EXAMPLES AND RECOMMENDATIONS IN THIS MANUAL ARE BELIEVED TO BE ACCURATE BUT ARE REPRESENTED WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR IMPLIED. USERS ARE FULLY RESPONSIBLE FOR THEIR APPLICATION OF ANY PRODUCTS. THE SOFTWARE LICENSE AND LIMITED WARRANTY FOR THE ACCOMPANYING PRODUCT ARE SET FORTH IN INFORMATION THAT SHIPPED WITH THE PRODUCT AND ARE INCORPORATED HEREIN BY THIS REFERENCE. IF YOU ARE UNABLE TO LOCATE THE SOFTWARE LICENSE OR LIMITED WARRANTY, CONTACT Teledyne LeCroy FOR A COPY. © 2008 Teledyne LeCroy, Inc; All rights reserved. This document may be printed and reproduced without additional permission, but all copies should contain this copyright notice. WEEE Program Teledyne LeCroy teledynelecroy.com ii USB Protocol Suite User Manual www.valuetronics.com...
-
Page 3: Table Of Contents
1.1.4 Comprehensive Error Detection and Analysis.................... 3 1.1.5 Real-Time Event Triggering and Capture Filtering ..................3 1.1.6 BusEngine Technology ..........................4 1.2 Voyager M4x Analyzer ......................5 1.2.1 USB4, 3.2 and 2.0 Features ........................... 5 1.2.2 General Description ............................6 1.2.3 Features ................................7 General ..................................... - Page 4 Teledyne LeCroy Display Options ................................20 1.4.4 Traffic Generation ............................22 USB 2.0 Trainer ................................22 USB 3.2 Exerciser ReadyLink™ Emulation......................... 22 1.4.5 Notes on LFPS Signals..........................23 1.5 Voyager M310 Analyzer ......................24 1.5.1 USB 3.2 and 2.0 Features ..........................24 1.5.2 General Description .............................
- Page 5 Environmental Conditions ............................58 Probing Characteristics ..............................59 Switches ..................................59 Recording Memory Size ..............................59 2.1.5 Voyager M4x Specific Setup Notes ......................60 2.2 Voyager M310P Analyzer......................61 2.2.1 System Components and Packing List...................... 61 2.2.2 Host Machine Requirements........................61 2.2.3 Analyzer ................................
- Page 6 Teledyne LeCroy Switches ..................................65 Recording Memory Size ..............................65 2.2.5 Voyager M310P Specific Setup Notes......................65 2.3 Voyager M310C Analyzer ....................... 67 2.3.1 System Components and Packing List...................... 67 2.3.2 Host Machine Requirements........................67 2.3.3 Analyzer ................................ 67 M310C Features ................................68 2.3.4 Specifications...............................
- Page 7 Teledyne L eCroy 2.7 Mercury T2C ..........................85 2.7.1 Components ..............................85 2.7.2 Front Panel ..............................85 2.7.3 Rear Panel ..............................86 2.7.4 Specifications............................... 87 Power Requirements ..............................87 Environmental Conditions ............................87 Probing Characteristics ..............................87 Recording Memory Size ..............................87 2.7.5 Mercury T2C System Setup ........................
- Page 8 Teledyne LeCroy 3.1.2 Windows Server 2016/2019 ........................104 3.1.3 Allow USB Protocol Suite Through Local Firewall ................. 113 3.1.4 Launching the USB Protocol Suite......................123 3.2 Setting Up the Analyzer - USB Connection ................ 123 3.3 Setting Up the Analyzer - Ethernet Connection ..............124 3.3.1 Using a Static IP Address .........................
- Page 9 Teledyne L eCroy 4.2.5 Report Menu ............................... 177 4.2.6 Search Menu............................... 179 4.2.7 View Menu ..............................181 Hide/Show Tunneled PCIe Traffic ..........................185 Hide/Show Tunneled USB3 traffic..........................187 4.2.8 Window Menu ............................. 189 4.2.9 Help Menu ..............................190 4.3 Exports to .CSV........................191 4.3.1 Export Packets to .CSV ..........................
- Page 10 Advanced Mode: Voyager M310P (Exerciser)......................268 5.1.17 Simple Mode: Voyager M4x (Analyzer) ....................270 Simple Mode: Voyager M4x (Exerciser)........................271 Simple Mode: Voyager M4x (DP Alt Mode Analyzer)....................272 M4x Recording Options (Simple Mode): USB4 ......................273 Link Settings ................................274 Filter Out..................................
- Page 11 USB 3.2 analyzer mode: Two independent settings for SSC setting for analyzer left/right port ......291 USB 3.2 exerciser mode: One setting for receiver and one setting for transmitter ..........292 5.1.18 Advanced Mode: Voyager M4x (Analyzer)..................... 293 5.2 General Recording Options ....................295 5.2.1 Product ...............................
- Page 12 Teledyne LeCroy 5.6 Recording Options - USB 3.2 for Advisor T3 ..............317 5.7 Recording Rules Actions and Action Properties............... 318 5.8 Power Delivery/CC Recording options ................321 5.8.1 Resistor Detect............................321 Connect Status ................................321 Power Measurement..............................322 Power Delivery/USB Type-C Recording Options (Simple Mode) ................324 M310P: Power Delivery Analyzer Mode Recording Options (simple)..............
- Page 13 Teledyne L eCroy 5.12.1 Recording Rules Toolbar ........................360 5.12.2 Recording Rules Page: How It Works ....................361 5.12.3 Creating Event Buttons ........................... 361 5.12.4 Dragging a Button to the Main Display Area ..................362 5.12.5 Assigning an Action ..........................363 5.12.6 Recording Rules Pop-Up Menus ......................
- Page 14 Teledyne LeCroy URL Link ..................................392 YouTube Video................................393 Images ..................................393 Other Attachments ..............................393 6.2.10 Edit Marker ............................... 394 6.2.11 All Markers Window ..........................395 Search Markers ................................396 Delete Markers ................................396 Filter Markers ................................397 6.3 CATC Walk Playlist ....................... 397 6.3.1 Playlist Functionality ..........................
- Page 15 Teledyne L eCroy 6.11.19 Hide USB4 HS Ordered Sets ......................... 413 6.11.20 Hide USB4 HS Transport Layer Packets....................414 6.11.21 Hide USB4 HS Miscellaneous Packets ....................414 6.11.22 Hide HopID/PDF Packets ........................415 6.11.23 Hide Power Delivery Packets ........................ 415 6.11.24 Hide All Transactions Except Stream Id Numbers................
- Page 16 Teledyne LeCroy 7.5.2 ANY Error..............................448 7.5.3 Errors ................................448 7.5.4 Data Length ..............................449 7.5.5 Addr & Endp ............................... 450 7.5.6 Bus Conditions ............................451 7.5.7 Split HubAddr & Port ..........................453 7.5.8 On-the-Go ..............................453 7.5.9 Transfer Standard Request Type ......................454 7.5.10 Transfer Hub Class Request Type ......................
- Page 17 Teledyne L eCroy 7.10 Go to Display Port ......................485 7.10.1 Display Port: Transaction Type ......................485 7.10.2 Display Port: Transfer Type ........................486 7.11 Go to USB4 SB ........................486 7.11.1 Go to USB4 SB: AT ..........................487 7.11.2 Go to USB4 SB: RT ..........................487 7.11.3 Go to USB4 SB: LT ..........................
- Page 18 Teledyne LeCroy 8.3 USB2 Packet Hiding Options....................520 8.4 USB3 Packet Hiding Options....................522 8.5 PD Packet Hiding ........................524 8.6 Level Hiding Options......................525 8.7 Saving/Loading Display Options..................526 8.8 Restore Factory Setting ....................... 526 Chapter 9: Decode Requests ................527 9.1 Class and Vendor Definition Files..................527 9.1.1 Audio Decoders ............................
- Page 19 Teledyne L eCroy 10.3.4 USB4 Rx/Tx Errors ........................... 572 10.4 Timing Calculations......................573 10.5 Data View..........................576 10.6 Raw Data View (including Power Delivery and USB4 Sideband Packets) ....577 10.6.1 Hide Escape Symbols..........................579 10.7 Traffic Summary Report ..................... 580 10.7.1 SCSI Metrics .............................
- Page 20 Teledyne LeCroy 10.14.3 VBus Power Tracker Export to CSV File....................624 10.14.4 Configuration Channel (CC) Power Tracker ..................626 Configuration Channel (CC) Pins..........................627 CC Icon and Voltage Captions ........................... 629 CC Power Tracker Export to CSV File ........................630 10.15 Decoded Fields view ......................632 10.16 Eye Diagram View......................632 Eye Diagram Information/Options..........................
- Page 21 12.3.2 Device Emulation ............................. 686 12.4 Connecting to Voyager M310C ..................687 12.5 Connecting to Voyager M310P ..................688 12.6 Connecting to Voyager M4x....................689 12.7 USB 3.2 Transaction Engine ....................690 12.8 Exerciser Files ........................690 12.9 Creating Exerciser Files..................... 691 12.10 Exerciser Window......................692...
- Page 22 Teledyne LeCroy 12.11.17 Tooltips ..............................707 12.12 Creating a Script using the Script Editor ............... 707 12.13 Graphical Scenario Editor....................710 12.13.1 Graphical Scenario Window ......................... 710 12.13.2 Initiator Setting............................713 Device Information ..............................713 SCSI Command Settings............................. 714 General Settings ................................714 Link Delay Settings..............................
- Page 23 Teledyne L eCroy Appendix A: How to Contact Teledyne LeCroy ..........745 Appendix B: China Restriction of Hazardous Substances Table ....747 Index:........................749 USB Protocol Suite User Manual xxiii www.valuetronics.com...
- Page 24 Teledyne LeCroy xxiv USB Protocol Suite User Manual www.valuetronics.com...
-
Page 25: Chapter 1: Overview
Regarding USB4 vs. Thunderbolt 3 (TBT3) Note: The Voyager M4x supports both USB4 and Thunderbolt 3 (TBT3) capture and analysis. The term USB4 will be used throughout this manual to denote the features involving capturing both USB4 traffic as well as legacy TBT3 traffic. Where differences exist, a note will provide explanation. -
Page 26: Accurate Time Measurement (Voyager, Advisor T3)
Teledyne LeCroy Common Features Figure 1.1: Trace Viewer. 1.1.2 Accurate Time Measurement (Voyager, Advisor T3) The internal counter/timer circuitry enables reliable, accurate (2 ns resolution) time stamping of recorded bus traffic. Traces and measurement and analysis functions display this timing information. Time fields are time stamps, idle times, bit times, or time deltas, in either decimal or hexadecimal format. You can add any number of markers to denote specific packets, you can make further timing measurements from one marker to another or from marker to trigger. An essential feature of time management is that idle traffic does not consume Analyzer memory. Because of this unique technology, the system can make accurate timing calculations while still preserving valuable recording memory for important bus traffic. The oscillator has 2.5 ppm accuracy. 1.1.3 CrossSync Control Panel (Voyager, Advisor T3) The CrossSync Control Panel allows you to select analyzers for synchronization and manage the recording process. It supports a wide combination of Teledyne LeCroy’s flagship analyzers including PCI Express, USB, DDR, Serial ATA (SATA), Serial Attached SCSI (SAS), Fibre Channel (FC) and Ethernet. CrossSync is Teledyne LeCroy’s analyzer synchronization solution that enables time-aligned display of protocol traffic from multiple daisy-chained analyzers showing packet traffic from multiple high- speed serial busses. A lightweight software control panel allows users to select analyzers for synchronization and manage the recording process. Captured traffic is displayed using the latest analyzer software (in separate windows) with all the protocol specific search and reporting features. USB Protocol Suite User Manual www.valuetronics.com... -
Page 27: Comprehensive Error Detection And Analysis
Teledyne L eCroy Common Features Captured packets are displayed in separate windows that share a common time scale. Navigating the traffic in either direction will scroll to the same timestamp in a synchronized window. When using the CrossSync option, users can access the full complement of analysis capabilities available within the individual Teledyne LeCroy software. Search, reporting, and decoding all operate normally (see “CrossSync Control Panel” on page 234). This feature is available with the Teledyne LeCroy USB Protocol Suite application. 1.1.4 Comprehensive Error Detection and Analysis The system detects, and alerts you to, every potential bus error and protocol violation, and their combinations. The Analyzer BusEngine™ circuitry performs real-time triggering on multiple error conditions, such as PID bad, bit stuffing bad, header or data CRC bad, end-of-packet bad, babble, activity loss, frame length violation, time-out or turn-around violation, and data toggle violation. The Analyzer program highlights all hardware-detected errors and further examines the trace file for additional protocol errors, including wrong packet length, data payload violation, and packet termination not on a byte boundary. 1.1.5 Real-Time Event Triggering and Capture Filtering The Analyzer can accurately identify and selectively record transactions of interest from the crowded stream of bus traffic. The system uses more than a dozen configurable hardware building blocks that you can optimize to perform particular activities. Such “recording resources” can independently await an initialization signal, monitor its external environment (external signals or other resources) in search of a particular event, and take a subsequent action, such as triggering, inclusive or exclusive filtering, and counting. In the user interface, you can select, configure, and combine these resources to search for complex trigger conditions and selectively capture associated transactions. The system can trigger on basic events, such as specific bus conditions and packet identifiers (PID). It can also trigger on complex events, such as “trigger on the fifth occurrence of a SETUP Token device number nine” or “trigger on a SET INTERFACE request, following a specified eight-byte bulk ... -
Page 28: Busengine Technology
Teledyne LeCroy Common Features 1.1.6 BusEngine Technology The Analyzer uses Teledyne LeCroy BusEngine Technology. The BusEngine core uses Electrically Programmable Logic Device (EPLD) technology and incorporates both a real-time recording engine and configurable building blocks that implement data/state/error detection, triggering, capture filtering, external signal monitoring, and event counting and sequencing. Like the flash- memory-based firmware that controls its operation, all BusEngine logic is fully field upgradeable, using configuration files. USB Protocol Suite User Manual www.valuetronics.com... -
Page 29: Voyager M4X Analyzer
Teledyne L eCroy Voyager M4x Analyzer Voyager M4x Analyzer The Teledyne LeCroy Voyager™ M4x Analyzer and Exerciser system is a multifunction verification system for USB4, USB 3.2, SS and SS+, Power Delivery 2.0 and 3.0, and USB 2.0 development and TM testing. It uses the USB Type-C connectors to monitor both USB and Configuration Channel (CC) traffic and events. It can record traffic and graphically present logical USB transactions and events. It can also generate USB traffic. The system is connected to a laptop or desktop via its USB or Gigabit Ethernet port (see Figure 1.17 on page 49). M4x Figure 1.2: Voyager Analyzer Exerciser System. Please see the Readme file from the software installation site for the latest information on host machine requirements and supported operating systems. https://teledynelecroy.com/sw/usb/ 1.2.1 USB4, 3.2 and 2.0 Features The system can monitor traffic between USB 2.0 links using standard high-speed compliant cables. USB 3.2 SS Gen 1 (5Gbps) and USB 3.2 SS+ Gen 2 (10Gbps) links require using compliant USB Type- connector cables. USB4 requires USB4-compliant cables. USB Protocol Suite User Manual 5 www.valuetronics.com... -
Page 30: General Description
Teledyne LeCroy Voyager M4x Analyzer If configured for USB4 testing, the system supports monitoring between links using USB4 Type-C connector cables (see Figure 1.18 on page 50). Analysis of 40 Gbps traffic requires the use of short, low-loss, high quality cables, as provided by Teledyne LeCroy with your M4x product. Use of other cables may compromise the signal quality and prevent capturing of the traffic. The use of 2 Electronically Marked cables is not permitted. Electronically Marked cables may be used in either (but not both) the connectors marked "Left" and "Right". The E-Marked cable should be connected to the Downstream Facing Port (typically a host connector), as opposed to an Upstream Facing Port, to allow for Alt-Mode negotiation. Figure 1.3: Typical Direct Connection using USB 3.2 Cables. Note: In Analysis mode, it is preferred that the Device be plugged into Connector 1 and the Host into Connector 2. The M4x will also work if the Host is plugged into Connector 1 and the Device is plugged into Connector 2. 1.2.2 General Description The Analyzer connects to a portable or desktop host machine through the USB port. The host machine configures and controls the Analyzer. The “CATC Trace™” user interface is an industry standard for documenting the performance of high-speed serial protocols. The USB protocol Analyzer provides traffic capture and analysis. Hardware triggering allows capture of real-time events. Hardware filtering allows filtering different packet types in or out of the recording. Filtering also allows you to preserve recording memory, for extended recording time. The trace viewer application displays recorded data in colored graphics. The application has advanced search and viewing capabilities that allow you to quickly locate specific data, errors, and other conditions. Windows® 10, or Windows 7 ® The system functions with any host machine having the Microsoft (64-bit version) operating system and a functional USB interface or Ethernet port. ... -
Page 31: Features
Teledyne L eCroy Voyager M4x Analyzer The system provides on-the-fly detection of, and triggering on, such events as Tokens and Errors. Whether recording manually or with a specified trigger condition, the system continuously records the link data, in a wrap-around fashion, until manually stopped or until the system detects the Trigger Event and records the specified post-trigger amount of link data. Upon detection of a triggering event, the Analyzer continues to record data up to a point specified by you. You can individually enable or disable real-time event detection to allow triggering on events as they happen <future>, including predefined exception or error conditions and user- defined sets of trigger events. An externally supplied signal can trigger the Analyzer. You can use search functions to investigate particular events. In addition to immediate analysis, you can print any part of the data. You can save the data on disk for later viewing. You can generate timing information and data analysis reports. Please refer to the Universal Serial Bus Specification for details on the protocol. The USB specification is available from the USB Implementers Forum (USB-IF) at: USB Implementers Forum Tel: +1/503.296.9892 1730 SW Skyline Blvd. Fax: +1/503.297.1090 Suite 203 Web: http://www.usb.org/ Portland, OR 97221 1.2.3 Features General Fully complies with USB specification revisions. Supports the Link Power Management extension. Uses field-upgradeable firmware and recording engine. Supports all USB speeds (USB4 40/20 Gb/s, USB 3.2 20Gb/s, 10Gb/s, 5Gb/s <future>, USB 2.0, 480 Mb/s, 12 Mb/s, and 1.5 Mb/s). Supports capture of Power Delivery 2.0 and 3.0 protocol and Configuration ... -
Page 32: Physical Components
Teledyne LeCroy Voyager M4x Analyzer Physical Components Desktop or portable Microsoft Windows 10, or Windows 7 (64-bit) host machine with USB or Ethernet capability Plug-and-Play USB installation 32 GB of physical data-recording memory USB 3.2 Super-Speed connection to desktop or portable host machine type connectors for capture and generation USB 3.2 USB Type-C Integrated CATC Sync ports to support cascading analyzers or Cross-Sync configu- rations Recording Options Versatile triggering: bit-wise value and mask data patterns up to sixteen bytes wide for Setup transactions and data packets <future for USB4> Triggering on High-Speed PIDs and split transaction special tokens (ERR, SPLIT, PING, NYET, DATA2, and MDATA) (2.0) CATC Trace display and enumeration of High-Speed Micro Frames (2.0) Three forms of triggering: Snapshot, Manual, and Event Transaction sequencer: Allows triggering on a token qualified by a data pattern and/or specific handshake, or can filter transactions (for example, NAK’d trans- actions) (2.0) Advanced triggering with event counting and sequencing Dedicated trigger for recording input and output used to interface to external test equipment Triggering on multiple error conditions: PID bad, bit stuffing bad, CRC bad, end- ... -
Page 33: Notes On Lfps Signals
Teledyne L eCroy Voyager M4x Analyzer Has high-resolution, accurate time stamping of bus packets and timing measure- ment and analysis functions. Allows search and packet hiding. Allows device class decoding and user-defined protocol decoding. Has a Data View (2.0 and 3.2). Uses Link Tracker to view symbols of traffic (3.2 x1 only). Uses a Spec View to show packets in the same format as the USB 3.2 specifica- tion. Has Quick Timing Markers to immediately show time deltas and bandwidth use. 1.2.4 Notes on LFPS Signals Voyager M4x Exerciser requires received “Ping” LFPS signals to be a minimum of 50 nanoseconds to be reliably recognized. Voyager Analyzer can recognize “Ping” LFPS signals above 60 nanoseconds and report their durations to ±70 nanoseconds of accuracy, typically ±15 nanoseconds. USB Protocol Suite User Manual 9 www.valuetronics.com... -
Page 34: Voyager M310P Analyzer
Teledyne LeCroy Voyager M310P Analyzer Voyager M310P Analyzer Warning: The Voyager M310P Power Delivery (PD) Exerciser allows the customer to set Voltages and Current levels to be delivered to/from Devices and Hosts and their connecting cables which may exceed their capabilities. This may cause damage to the devices under test and their cables. Please use ... -
Page 35: General Description
Teledyne L eCroy Voyager M310P Analyzer If configured for USB 3.2 SS+ (10Gbps) testing, the system supports monitoring between connector cables (see Figure 1.18 on SuperSpeed Plus links using USB 3.2 SS+ USB Type-C page 50). Analysis of 10 Gbps Super Speed Plus traffic requires the use of short, low-loss, high quality cables, as provided by Teledyne LeCroy with your M310P product. Use of other cables may compromise the signal quality and prevent capturing of the traffic. The use of 2 Electronically Marked cables is not permitted. Electronically Marked cables may be used in either (but not both) the connectors marked "Left" and "Right". Figure 1.5: Typical Direct Connection using USB 3.2 Cables. In Analysis mode, it is preferred that the Device be plugged into Connector 1 and the Note: Host into Connector 2. See “Voyager M310P Specific Setup Notes” on page 65 for a more detailed description. The M310P will also work if the Host is plugged into Connector 1 and the Device is plugged into Connector 2. 1.3.2 General Description The Analyzer connects to a portable or desktop host machine through the USB port. The host machine configures and controls the Analyzer. The “CATC Trace™” user interface is an industry standard for documenting the performance of high-speed serial protocols. The USB protocol Analyzer provides traffic capture and analysis. Hardware triggering allows capture of real-time events. Hardware filtering allows filtering different packet types in or out of the recording. Filtering also allows you to preserve recording memory, for extended recording time. The trace viewer application displays recorded data in colored graphics. The application has advanced search and viewing capabilities that allow you to quickly locate specific data, errors, and other conditions. Windows® 10, Windows 8, or ®... -
Page 36: Features
Teledyne LeCroy Voyager M310P Analyzer The system provides on-the-fly detection of, and triggering on, such events as Tokens and Errors. Whether recording manually or with a specified trigger condition, the system continuously records the link data, in a wrap-around fashion, until manually stopped or until the system detects the Trigger Event and records the specified post-trigger amount of link data. Upon detection of a triggering event, the Analyzer continues to record data up to a point specified by you. You can individually enable or disable real-time event detection to allow triggering on events as they happen, including predefined exception or error conditions and user-defined sets of trigger events. An externally supplied signal can trigger the Analyzer. You can use search functions to investigate particular events. In addition to immediate analysis, you can print any part of the data. You can save the data on disk for later viewing. You can generate timing information and data analysis reports. Please refer to the Universal Serial Bus Specification for details on the protocol. The USB specification is available from the USB Implementers Forum (USB-IF) at: USB Implementers Forum Tel: +1/503.296.9892 1730 SW Skyline Blvd. Fax: +1/503.297.1090 Suite 203 Web: http://www.usb.org/ Portland, OR 97221 1.3.3 Features General Fully complies with USB specification revisions. Supports the Link Power Management extension. Uses field-upgradeable firmware and recording engine. Supports all USB speeds (10GB/s, 5 Gb/s, 480 Mb/s, 12 Mb/s, and 1.5 Mb/s). Supports capture of Power Delivery 2.0 and 3.0 protocol and Configuration type cables. Channel "CC" events over the CC wire in the USB Type-C Displays bus traffic using color and graphics in the user-friendly CATC Trace inter- ... -
Page 37: Physical Components
Teledyne L eCroy Voyager M310P Analyzer Physical Components Desktop or portable Microsoft Windows 10, Windows 8, or Windows 7 (32 or 64) host machine with USB or Ethernet capability Plug-and-Play USB installation 16 GB of physical data-recording memory USB 3.2 Super-Speed connection to desktop or portable host machine type connectors for SuperSpeed Plus capture and genera- USB 3.2 USB Type-C tion Integrated CATC Sync ports to support cascading analyzers or Cross-Sync configu- rations Recording Options Versatile triggering: bit-wise value and mask data patterns up to sixteen bytes wide for Setup transactions and data packets Triggering on High-Speed PIDs and split transaction special tokens (ERR, SPLIT, PING, NYET, DATA2, and MDATA) (2.0) CATC Trace display and enumeration of High-Speed Micro Frames (2.0) Three forms of triggering: Snapshot, Manual, and Event Transaction sequencer: Allows triggering on a token qualified by a data pattern and/or specific handshake, or can filter transactions (for example, NAK’d transac- tions) (2.0) Advanced triggering with event counting and sequencing Dedicated trigger for recording input and output used to interface to external ... - Page 38 Teledyne LeCroy Voyager M310P Analyzer their combinations. Has high-resolution, accurate time stamping of bus packets and timing measure- ment and analysis functions. Allows search and packet hiding. Allows device class decoding and user-defined protocol decoding. Has a Data View (2.0 and 3.2). Uses Link Tracker to view symbols of traffic (3.2). Uses a Spec View to show packets in the same format as the USB 3.2 specifica- tion (3.2). Has Quick Timing Markers to immediately show time deltas and bandwidth use. USB Protocol Suite User Manual www.valuetronics.com...
-
Page 39: Traffic Generation
Teledyne L eCroy Voyager M310P Analyzer 1.3.4 Traffic Generation USB 2.0 and 3.2 traffic generation options allow you to transmit custom packets over standard USB cables with low-level control of headers, payloads, timing, and link states. USB 2.0 Trainer The USB 2.0 Trainer can play back trace files bit-for-bit, allowing validation engineers to recreate problems reported in the field or test-specific functionality. To build 2.0 generation script files, you can edit example test scenarios or export any traffic stream from a previously recorded trace. The 2.0 Trainer includes a Generation Script Editor. A script pre-processor allows you to organize script code and create reusable generation blocks. The Voyager USB 2.0 Trainer can transmit low, full, or high-speed traffic and supports both host and device emulation. It is backward compatible with existing USBTrainer traffic generation scripts. For USB 2.0 applications, the Trainer supports both bitstream mode or Intelliframe mode. In Intelliframe mode, the Trainer can wait for the appropriate response from the DUT before transmitting the next packet. For example, after issuing an IN, the generator waits for the DATAx packet returned by the device to finish, and then issues an ACK. When NAKs are received, the Trainer can automatically resend the previous packet. USB 3.2 Exerciser ReadyLink™ Emulation The Teledyne LeCroy Voyager USB 3.2 Exerciser features ReadyLink Emulation Mode. The ReadyLink feature handles all USB 3.2 link training and link flow control, allowing the emulator to operate at full line rate and respond to the DUT as defined by the specification. The ReadyLink Emulation Mode helps simplify development of USB 3.2 test scenarios. By default, ReadyLink Emulation Mode automatically manages: Header Packet Acknowledgments (L_GOOD_n) Buffer Credit (L_CRD_x) SKIPs at required intervals (SKP) Link Synchronization ... -
Page 40: Notes On Lfps Signals
Teledyne LeCroy Voyager M310P Analyzer Test scripts can customize ReadyLink Emulation Mode to include error scenarios, such as: Header LBADs Invalid link commands 8B10B / CRC Error Running Disparity Error Corrupt Link Commands Corrupt Flow Control (Wrong L_CRD_x, Wrong L_GOOD_n, Drop L_Good_n) Corrupt Header Packet acknowledgment (Send LBAD, LRTY) Corrupt Packet Framing (SHP, SDP, END) At the packet level, you can send customized data payloads anywhere within the stream to insert logic errors, perform corner-case, or do stress testing. Commands, such as the Set ErrWrongLCRD command, allow link-layer error injection anywhere within the script. 1.3.5 Notes on LFPS Signals Voyager M310P Exerciser requires received “Ping” LFPS signals to be a minimum of 50 nanoseconds to be reliably recognized. Voyager Analyzer can recognize “Ping” LFPS signals above 60 nanoseconds and report their durations to ±70 nanoseconds of accuracy, typically ±15 nanoseconds. USB Protocol Suite User Manual www.valuetronics.com... -
Page 41: Voyager M310C Analyzer
Teledyne L eCroy Voyager M310C Analyzer Voyager M310C Analyzer Warning: The Voyager M310C Power Delivery (PD) Exerciser allows the customer to set Voltages and Current levels to be delivered to/from Devices and Hosts and their connecting cables which may exceed their capabilities. This may cause damage to the devices under test and their cables. -
Page 42: General Description
Teledyne LeCroy Voyager M310C Analyzer If configured for USB 3.2 SS+ (10Gbps) testing, the system supports monitoring between connector cables (see Figure 1.18 on SuperSpeed Plus links using USB 3.2 SS+ USB Type-C page 50). Analysis of 10 Gbps Super Speed Plus traffic requires the use of short, low-loss, high quality cables, as provided by Teledyne LeCroy with your M310C product. Use of other cables may compromise the signal quality and prevent capturing of the traffic. The use of 2 Electronically Marked cables is not permitted. Electronically Marked cables should use the left connector, marked "1". Figure 1.7: Typical Direct Connection using USB 3.2 Cables. In Analysis mode, it is preferred that the Device be plugged into Connector 1 and the Note: Host into Connector 2. See “Voyager M310C Specific Setup Notes” on page 71 for a more detailed description. The M310C will also work if the Host is plugged into Connector 1 and the Device is plugged into Connector 2. 1.4.2 General Description The Analyzer connects to a portable or desktop host machine through the USB port. The host machine configures and controls the Analyzer. The “CATC Trace™” user interface is an industry standard for documenting the performance of high-speed serial protocols. The USB protocol Analyzer provides traffic capture and analysis. Hardware triggering allows capture of real-time events. Hardware filtering allows filtering different packet types in or out of the recording. Filtering also allows you to preserve recording memory, for extended recording time. The trace viewer application displays recorded data in colored graphics. The application has advanced search and viewing capabilities that allow you to quickly locate specific data, errors, and other conditions. USB Protocol Suite User Manual www.valuetronics.com... -
Page 43: Features
Teledyne L eCroy Voyager M310C Analyzer Windows® 10, Windows 8, or ® The system functions with any host machine having the Microsoft Windows 7 (32 or 64) operating system and a functional USB interface or Ethernet port. The system provides on-the-fly detection of, and triggering on, such events as Tokens and Errors. Whether recording manually or with a specified trigger condition, the system continuously records the link data, in a wrap-around fashion, until manually stopped or until the system detects the Trigger Event and records the specified post-trigger amount of link data. Upon detection of a triggering event, the Analyzer continues to record data up to a point specified by you. You can individually enable or disable real-time event detection to allow triggering on events as they happen, including predefined exception or error conditions and user-defined sets of trigger events. An externally supplied signal can trigger the Analyzer. You can use search functions to investigate particular events. In addition to immediate analysis, you can print any part of the data. You can save the data on disk for later viewing. You can generate timing information and data analysis reports. Please refer to the Universal Serial Bus Specification for details on the protocol. The USB specification is available from the USB Implementers Forum (USB-IF) at: USB Implementers Forum Tel: +1/503.296.9892 1730 SW Skyline Blvd. Fax: +1/503.297.1090 Suite 203 Web: http://www.usb.org/ Portland, OR 97221 1.4.3 Features General Fully complies with USB specification revisions. Supports the Link Power Management extension. Uses field-upgradeable firmware and recording engine. ... -
Page 44: Recording Options
Teledyne LeCroy Voyager M310C Analyzer tion Integrated CATC Sync ports to support cascading analyzers or Cross-Sync configu- rations Recording Options Versatile triggering: bit-wise value and mask data patterns up to sixteen bytes wide for Setup transactions and data packets Triggering on High-Speed PIDs and split transaction special tokens (ERR, SPLIT, PING, NYET, DATA2, and MDATA) (2.0) CATC Trace display and enumeration of High-Speed Micro Frames (2.0) Three forms of triggering: Snapshot, Manual, and Event Transaction sequencer: Allows triggering on a token qualified by a data pattern and/or specific handshake, or can filter transactions (for example, NAK’d trans- actions) (2.0) Advanced triggering with event counting and sequencing Dedicated trigger for recording input and output used to interface to external test equipment Triggering on multiple error conditions: PID bad, bit stuffing bad, CRC bad, end- of-packet bad, babble, activity loss, frame length violation, time-out or turn- around violation, data toggle violation, Token, Bus Conditions, Data Length, and excessive empty frames (2.0) Real-time traffic capture filtering and data packet truncation variable up to 256 bytes (2.0) Adjustable buffer size from 1 MB to 16 GB Idle filtering (3.2) Display Options Utilizes the CATC Trace graphical display of bus packets, transactions, ... - Page 45 Teledyne L eCroy Voyager M310C Analyzer Uses a Spec View to show packets in the same format as the USB 3.2 specifica- tion (3.2). Has Quick Timing Markers to immediately show time deltas and bandwidth use. USB Protocol Suite User Manual 21 www.valuetronics.com...
-
Page 46: Traffic Generation
Teledyne LeCroy Voyager M310C Analyzer 1.4.4 Traffic Generation USB 2.0 and 3.2 traffic generation options allow you to transmit custom packets over standard USB cables with low-level control of headers, payloads, timing, and link states. USB 2.0 Trainer The USB 2.0 Trainer can play back trace files bit-for-bit, allowing validation engineers to recreate problems reported in the field or test-specific functionality. To build 2.0 generation script files, you can edit example test scenarios or export any traffic stream from a previously recorded trace. The Voyager Trainer includes a Generation Script Editor. A script pre-processor allows you to organize script code and create reusable generation blocks. The Voyager USB 2.0 Trainer can transmit low, full, or high-speed traffic and supports both host and device emulation. It is backward compatible with existing USBTrainer traffic generation scripts. For USB 2.0 applications, the Trainer supports both bitstream mode or Intelliframe mode. In Intelliframe mode, the Trainer can wait for the appropriate response from the DUT before transmitting the next packet. For example, after issuing an IN, the generator waits for the DATAx packet returned by the device to finish, and then issues an ACK. When NAKs are received, the Trainer can automatically resend the previous packet. USB 3.2 Exerciser ReadyLink™ Emulation The Teledyne LeCroy Voyager USB 3.2 Exerciser features ReadyLink Emulation Mode. The ReadyLink feature handles all USB 3.2 link training and link flow control, allowing the emulator to operate at full line rate and respond to the DUT as defined by the specification. The ReadyLink Emulation Mode helps simplify development of USB 3.2 test scenarios. By default, ReadyLink Emulation Mode automatically manages: Header Packet Acknowledgments (L_GOOD_n) Buffer Credit (L_CRD_x) SKIPs at required intervals (SKP) Link Synchronization Responds to LFPS (Polling.LFPS) ... -
Page 47: Notes On Lfps Signals
Teledyne L eCroy Voyager M310C Analyzer Test scripts can customize ReadyLink Emulation Mode to include error scenarios, such as: Header LBADs Invalid link commands 8B10B / CRC Error Running Disparity Error Corrupt Link Commands Corrupt Flow Control (Wrong L_CRD_x, Wrong L_GOOD_n, Drop L_Good_n) Corrupt Header Packet acknowledgment (Send LBAD, LRTY) Corrupt Packet Framing (SHP, SDP, END) At the packet level, you can send customized data payloads anywhere within the stream to insert logic errors, perform corner-case, or do stress testing. Commands, such as the Set ErrWrongLCRD command, allow link-layer error injection anywhere within the script. 1.4.5 Notes on LFPS Signals Voyager M310C Exerciser requires received “Ping” LFPS signals to be a minimum of 50 nanoseconds to be reliably recognized. Voyager Analyzer can recognize “Ping” LFPS signals above 60 nanoseconds and report their durations to ±70 nanoseconds of accuracy, typically ±15 nanoseconds. USB Protocol Suite User Manual 23 www.valuetronics.com... -
Page 48: Voyager M310 Analyzer
Teledyne LeCroy Voyager M310 Analyzer Voyager M310 Analyzer The Teledyne LeCroy Voyager™ M310 Analyzer and Exerciser system is a multifunction verification system for USB 3.2 and 2.0 development and testing. It can record traffic and graphically present logical USB transactions and events. It can also generate USB traffic. The system is connected to a laptop or desktop via its USB or Gigabit Ethernet port (see Figure 1.17 on page 49). M310 Figure 1.8: Voyager Analyzer Exerciser System. Please see the Readme file from the software installation site for the latest information on host machine requirements and supported operating systems. https://teledynelecroy.com/sw/usb/ 1.5.1 USB 3.2 and 2.0 Features The system can monitor traffic between USB 2.0 links using standard high-speed compliant cables. If configured for USB 3.2 SS testing, the system supports monitoring between SuperSpeed links using USB 3.2 SS compliant cables (see Figure 1.18 on page 50). If configured for USB 3.2 SS+ (10 Gbps) testing, the system supports monitoring between SuperSpeed Plus links using USB 3.2 SS+ compliant cables (see Figure 1.18 on page 50). Analysis of 10 Gbps Super Speed Plus traffic requires the use of short, low-loss, high quality cables, as provided by Teledyne LeCroy with your M310 product. Use of other cables may compromise the signal quality and prevent capturing of the traffic. USB Protocol Suite User Manual www.valuetronics.com... -
Page 49: General Description
Teledyne L eCroy Voyager M310 Analyzer Figure 1.9: Direct Connection using USB 3.2 Cables. 1.5.2 General Description The Analyzer connects to a portable or desktop host machine through the USB port. The host machine configures and controls the Analyzer. The “CATC Trace™” user interface is an industry standard for documenting the performance of high-speed serial protocols. The USB protocol Analyzer provides traffic capture and analysis. Hardware triggering allows capture of real-time events. Hardware filtering allows filtering different packet types in or out of the recording. Filtering also allows you to preserve recording memory, for extended recording time. The trace viewer application displays recorded data in colored graphics. The application has advanced search and viewing capabilities that allow you to quickly locate specific data, errors, and other conditions. Windows 10, Windows 8, or ® ® The system functions with any host machine having the Microsoft Windows 7 (32 or 64) operating system and a functional USB interface or Ethernet port. The system provides on-the-fly detection of, and triggering on, such events as Tokens and Errors. Whether recording manually or with a specified trigger condition, the system continuously records the link data, in a wrap-around fashion, until manually stopped or until the system detects the Trigger Event and records the specified post-trigger amount of link data. Upon detection of a triggering event, the Analyzer continues to record data up to a point specified by you. You can individually enable or disable real-time event detection to allow triggering on events as they happen, including predefined exception or error conditions and user-defined sets of trigger events. An externally supplied signal can trigger the Analyzer. You can use search functions to investigate particular events. In addition to immediate analysis, you can print any part of the data. You can save the data on disk for later viewing. You can generate ... -
Page 50: Features
Teledyne LeCroy Voyager M310 Analyzer Please refer to the Universal Serial Bus Specification for details on the protocol. The USB specification is available from the USB Implementers Forum (USB-IF) at: USB Implementers Forum Tel: +1/503.296.9892 1730 SW Skyline Blvd. Fax: +1/503.297.1090 Suite 203 Web: http://www.usb.org/ Portland, OR 97221 1.5.3 Features General Fully complies with USB specification revisions. Supports the Link Power Management extension. Uses field-upgradeable firmware and recording engine. Supports all USB speeds (10GB/s, 5 Gb/s, 480 Mb/s, 12 Mb/s, and 1.5 Mb/s). Displays bus traffic using color and graphics in the user-friendly CATC Trace inter- face. Has free non-recording, view-only Trace Viewer software. Comes with online manual. Self-diagnoses at power on. Uses software upgradeable Exerciser function. Allows remote control of USB analyzers from a local PC. Physical Components Desktop or portable Microsoft Windows 10, Windows 8, or Windows 7 (32 or ... -
Page 51: Display Options
Teledyne L eCroy Voyager M310 Analyzer around violation, data toggle violation, Token, Bus Conditions, Data Length, and excessive empty frames (2.0) Real-time traffic capture filtering and data packet truncation variable up to 256 bytes (2.0) Adjustable buffer size from 1 MB to 16 GB Idle filtering (3.2) Display Options Utilizes the CATC Trace graphical display of bus packets, transactions, split transactions, and transfers. Groups numerous packets and transactions under a single transfer while quickly decoding all essential information. Decodes split transactions upstream and downstream of a transaction translator with a special hierarchical view. Has reports summarizing key statistics and conditions of interest, with the ability to jump to the selected item in the trace display. Indicates trigger position by different pre-trigger and post-trigger packet colors. Sets markers to assist with navigation and time calculations. Each marker can contain unique comments. Hides start-of-frame (SOF) packets, as well as any packet or transaction from a device address and endpoint. Searches for a specific PID. Detects and alerts you to every potential bus error and protocol violation, and their combinations. Has high-resolution, accurate time stamping of bus packets and timing measure- ... -
Page 52: Traffic Generation
Teledyne LeCroy Voyager M310 Analyzer 1.5.4 Traffic Generation USB 2.0 and 3.2 traffic generation options allow you to transmit custom packets over standard USB cables with low-level control of headers, payloads, timing, and link states. The Exerciser can play back trace files bit-for-bit, allowing validation engineers to recreate problems reported in the field or test-specific functionality. To build 2.0 generation script files, you can edit example test scenarios or export any traffic stream from a previously recorded trace. The Voyager Exerciser includes a Generation Script Editor. A script pre-processor allows you to organize script code and create reusable generation blocks. The Voyager USB 2.0 Exerciser can transmit low, full, or high-speed traffic and supports both host and device emulation. It is backward compatible with existing USBTrainer traffic generation scripts. For USB 2.0 applications, the Exerciser supports both bitstream mode or Intelliframe mode. In Intelliframe mode, the Exerciser can wait for the appropriate response from the DUT before transmitting the next packet. For example, after issuing an IN, the generator waits for the DATAx packet returned by the device to finish, and then issues an ACK. When NAKs are received, the Exerciser can automatically resend the previous packet. ReadyLink™ Emulation The Teledyne LeCroy Voyager USB 3.2 Exerciser features ReadyLink Emulation Mode. The ReadyLink feature handles all USB 3.2 link training and link flow control, allowing the emulator to operate at full line rate and respond to the DUT as defined by the specification. The ReadyLink Emulation Mode helps simplify development of USB 3.2 test scenarios. By default, ReadyLink Emulation Mode automatically manages: Header Packet Acknowledgments (L_GOOD_n) Buffer Credit (L_CRD_x) SKIPs at required intervals (SKP) Link Synchronization Responds to LFPS (Polling.LFPS) Responds to polling sequence (Polling.RxEQ) Responds to TS1 / TS2 handshaking sequence ... -
Page 53: Notes On Lfps Signals
Teledyne L eCroy Voyager M310 Analyzer Test scripts can customize ReadyLink Emulation Mode to include error scenarios, such as: Header LBADs Invalid link commands 8B10B / CRC Error Running Disparity Error Corrupt Link Commands Corrupt Flow Control (Wrong L_CRD_x, Wrong L_GOOD_n, Drop L_Good_n) Corrupt Header Packet acknowledgment (Send LBAD, LRTY) Corrupt Packet Framing (SHP, SDP, END) At the packet level, you can send customized data payloads anywhere within the stream to insert logic errors, perform corner-case, or do stress testing. Commands, such as the Set ErrWrongLCRD command, allow link-layer error injection anywhere within the script. 1.5.5 Notes on LFPS Signals Voyager Exerciser requires received “Ping” LFPS signals to be a minimum of 70 nanoseconds to be reliably recognized. Voyager Analyzer can recognize “Ping” LFPS signals above 60 nanoseconds and report their durations to ±70 nanoseconds of accuracy, typically ±15 nanoseconds. USB Protocol Suite User Manual 29 www.valuetronics.com... -
Page 54: Voyager M3I Analyzer
Teledyne LeCroy Voyager M3i Analyzer Voyager M3i Analyzer The Teledyne LeCroy Voyager™ M3i Analyzer and Exerciser system is a multifunction verification system for USB 2.0 and USB 3.2 development and testing. It can record traffic and graphically present logical USB transactions and events. It can also generate USB traffic. The system is connected to a laptop or desktop via its USB or Gigabit Ethernet port (see Figure 1.10). The Voyager M3 and Voyager M3i Analyzer and Exerciser are identical in most respects. The Note: major difference is that Voyager M3i can capture VBus Power information. Otherwise, all mentions of Voyager M3 in this manual also apply to Voyager M3i. Figure 1.10: Voyager M3i Analyzer Exerciser System. Please see the Readme file from the software installation site for the latest information on host machine requirements and supported operating systems. https://teledynelecroy.com/sw/usb/ 1.6.1 USB 2.0 and USB 3.2 Features The system can monitor traffic between USB 2.0 links using standard high-speed compliant cables. If configured for USB 3.2 SS testing, the system supports monitoring between SuperSpeed links using USB 3.2 cables (see Figure 1.11 on page 31) or through direct connection via MMCX-to- SMA coaxial cables (see Figure 1.12 on page 31). USB Protocol Suite User Manual www.valuetronics.com... -
Page 55: General Description
Teledyne L eCroy Voyager M3i Analyzer Figure 1.11: Direct Connection using USB 3.2 Cables. Figure 1.12: Direct Connection using SMA Differential Tap. 1.6.2 General Description The Analyzer connects to a portable or desktop host machine through the USB port. The host machine configures and controls the Analyzer. The “CATC Trace™” user interface is an industry standard for documenting the performance of high-speed serial protocols. The USB protocol Analyzer provides traffic capture and analysis. Hardware triggering allows capture of real-time events. Hardware filtering allows filtering different packet types in or out of the recording. Filtering also allows you to preserve recording memory, for extended recording time. The trace viewer application displays recorded data in colored graphics. The application has advanced search and viewing capabilities that allow you to quickly locate specific data, errors, and other conditions. USB Protocol Suite User Manual 31 www.valuetronics.com... -
Page 56: Features
Teledyne LeCroy Voyager M3i Analyzer Windows 10, ® ® The system functions with any personal host machine having the Microsoft Windows 8, or Windows 7 (32 or 64) operating system and a functional USB interface or Ethernet port. The system provides on-the-fly detection of, and triggering on, such events as Tokens and Errors. Whether recording manually or with a specified trigger condition, the system continuously records the link data, in a wrap-around fashion, until manually stopped or until the system detects the Trigger Event and records the specified post-trigger amount of link data. Upon detection of a triggering event, the Analyzer continues to record data up to a point specified by you. You can individually enable or disable real-time event detection to allow triggering on events as they happen, including predefined exception or error conditions and user-defined sets of trigger events. An externally supplied signal can trigger the Analyzer. You can use search functions to investigate particular events. In addition to immediate analysis, you can print any part of the data. You can save the data on disk for later viewing. You can generate timing information and data analysis reports. Please refer to the Universal Serial Bus Specification for details on the protocol. The USB specification is available from the USB Implementers Forum (USB-IF) at: USB Implementers Forum Tel: +1/503.296.9892 1730 SW Skyline Blvd. Fax: +1/503.297.1090 Suite 203 Web: http://www.usb.org/ Portland, OR 97221 1.6.3 Features General Fully complies with USB specification revisions. Supports the Link Power Management extension. Uses field-upgradeable firmware and recording engine. -
Page 57: Recording Options
Teledyne L eCroy Voyager M3i Analyzer 1 GB or 4 GB of physical data-recording memory USB 2.0 Hi-Speed connection to desktop or portable host machine Internal wide-range AC power supply E10ansion port for future enhancements SMA connectors and USB 3.2 connectors for SuperSpeed capture and generation External clock inputs and outputs Recording Options Versatile triggering: bit-wise value and mask data patterns up to sixteen bytes wide for Setup transactions and data packets Triggering on new High-Speed PIDs and split transaction special tokens (ERR, SPLIT, PING, NYET, DATA2, and MDATA) (2.0) CATC Trace display and enumeration of High-Speed Micro Frames (2.0) Three forms of triggering: Snapshot, Manual, and Event Transaction sequencer: Allows triggering on a token qualified by a data pattern and/or specific handshake, or can filter transactions (for example, NAK’d transac- tions) (2.0) Advanced triggering with event counting and sequencing Dedicated trigger for recording input and output used to interface to external test equipment Triggering on multiple error conditions: PID bad, bit stuffing bad, CRC bad, end- of-packet bad, babble, activity loss, frame length violation, time-out or turn- around violation, data toggle violation, Token, Bus Conditions, Data Length, and ... -
Page 58: Hi-Speed Slow Clock
Teledyne LeCroy Voyager M3i Analyzer Allows search and packet hiding. Allows device class decoding and user-defined protocol decoding. Has a Data View (2.0 and 3.2). Uses Link Tracker to view symbols of traffic (3.2). Uses a Spec View to show packets in the same format as the USB 3.2 specifica- tion (3.2). Has Quick Timing Markers to immediately show time deltas and bandwidth use. 1.6.4 Hi-Speed Slow Clock Trace and generate High-Speed traffic at fractional (slow) clock rate capability (2.0) 1.6.5 Traffic Generation USB 2.0 and 3.2 traffic generation options allow you to transmit custom packets over standard USB cables with low-level control of headers, payloads, timing, and link states. The Exerciser can play back trace files bit-for-bit, allowing validation engineers to recreate problems reported in the field or test-specific functionality. To build generation script files, you can edit example test scenarios or export any traffic stream from a previously recorded trace. The Voyager Exerciser includes a Generation Script Editor. A script pre-processor allows you to organize script code and create reusable generation blocks. The Voyager USB 2.0 Exerciser can transmit low, full, or high-speed traffic and supports both host and device emulation. It is backward compatible with existing USBTrainer traffic generation scripts. For USB 2.0 applications, the Exerciser supports both bitstream mode or Intelliframe mode. In Intelliframe mode, the Exerciser can wait for the appropriate response from the DUT before transmitting the next packet. For example, after issuing an IN, the generator waits for the DATAx packet returned by the device to finish, and then issues an ACK. When NAKs are received, the Exerciser can automatically resend the previous packet. ReadyLink™... -
Page 59: Notes On Lfps Signals
Teledyne L eCroy Voyager M3i Analyzer Responds to SS.Inactive (with RX.Detect) Power Management Link Commands Responds to LGO_Un (with LAU) Responds to LAU (with LMPA) Test scripts can customize ReadyLink Emulation Mode to include error scenarios, such as: Header LBADs Invalid link commands 8B10B / CRC Error Running Disparity Error Corrupt Link Commands Corrupt Flow Control (Wrong L_CRD_x, Wrong L_GOOD_n, Drop L_Good_n) Corrupt Header Packet acknowledgement (Send LBAD, LRTY) Corrupt Packet Framing (SHP, SDP, END) At the packet level, you can send customized data payloads anywhere within the stream to insert logic errors, perform corner-case, or do stress testing. Commands, such as the Set ErrWrongLCRD command, allow link-layer error injection anywhere within the script. 1.6.6 Notes on LFPS Signals Voyager Exerciser requires received “Ping” LFPS signals to be a minimum of 150 nanoseconds to be reliably recognized. Voyager Analyzer can recognize “Ping” LFPS signals above 60 nanoseconds and report their ... -
Page 60: Advisor T3
Teledyne LeCroy Advisor T3 Advisor T3 The Teledyne LeCroy USB Advisor T3™ USB 3.2 Protocol Analyzer is a verification system for USB development and testing. It supports both USB 2.0 and USB 3.2. It can record USB traffic and graphically present the logical transactions and events. It connects to a laptop or desktop host machine through its USB port. Figure 1.13: Advisor T3. The system can monitor traffic between USB 2.0 links using standard high-speed compliant cables. If configured for USB 3.2 testing, the system supports monitoring between SuperSpeed links using USB 3.2 cables. Please see the Readme file from the software installation site for the latest information on host machine requirements and supported operating systems. https://teledynelecroy.com/sw/usb/ 1.7.1 General Description The Analyzer connects to a portable or desktop host machine through its USB port. The host machine configures and controls the Analyzer. The “CATC Trace™” user interface is an industry standard for documenting the performance of high-speed serial protocols. The USB protocol Analyzer provides traffic capture and analysis. Hardware triggering allows capture of real-time events. Hardware filtering allows filtering different packet types in or out of the recording. Filtering also allows you to preserve recording memory, for extended recording time. The trace viewer application displays recorded data in colored graphics. The application has advanced search and viewing capabilities that allow you to quickly locate specific data, errors, and other conditions. Windows 10, Windows 8, or ® ® The system functions with any host machine having the Microsoft Windows 7 (32 or 64) operating system and a functional USB interface. The system provides on-the-fly detection of, and triggering on, such events as Tokens and Errors. Whether recording manually or with a specified trigger condition, the system continuously USB Protocol Suite User Manual www.valuetronics.com... -
Page 61: Features
Teledyne L eCroy Advisor T3 records the link data, in a wrap-around fashion, until manually stopped or until the system detects the Trigger Event and records the specified post-trigger amount of link data. Upon detection of a triggering event, the Analyzer continues to record data up to a point specified by you. You can individually enable or disable real-time event detection to allow triggering on events as they happen, including predefined exception or error conditions and user-defined sets of trigger events. An externally supplied signal can trigger the Analyzer. You can use search functions to investigate particular events. In addition to immediate analysis, you can print any part of the data. You can save the data on disk for later viewing. You can generate timing information and data analysis reports. Please refer to the Universal Serial Bus Specification for details on the protocol. The USB specification is available from the USB Implementers Forum (USB-IF) at: USB Implementers Forum Tel: +1/503.296.9892 1730 SW Skyline Blvd. Fax: +1/503.297.1090 Suite 203 Web: http://www.usb.org/ Portland, OR 97221 1.7.2 Features General Fully complies with USB specification revisions. Has field-upgradeable firmware. Supports USB speeds (5 GB/s, 480 MB/s, 12 MB/s, and 1.5 MB/s). Displays bus traffic using color and graphics in the CATC Trace interface. Has free non-recording, view-only Trace Viewer software. Comes with online manual. ... -
Page 62: Display Options
Teledyne LeCroy Advisor T3 CATC Trace display and enumeration of High-Speed Micro Frames (2.0) Three forms of triggering: Snapshot, Manual, and Event Transaction sequencer: Allows triggering on a token qualified by a data pattern and/or specific handshake, or can filter transactions (for example, NAK’d trans- actions) (2.0) Advanced triggering with event counting and sequencing Dedicated trigger for recording input and output used to interface to external test equipment Triggering on multiple error conditions: PID bad, bit stuffing bad, CRC bad, end- of-packet bad, babble, activity loss, frame length violation, time-out or turn- around violation, data toggle violation, Token, Bus Conditions, Data Length, and excessive empty frames (2.0) Real-time traffic capture filtering and data packet truncation variable up to 256 bytes (2.0) Adjustable buffer size from 0.4 MB to 2 GB Idle filtering (3.2) Display Options Uses the CATC Trace graphical display of bus packets, transactions, split transactions, and transfers. Groups numerous packets and transactions under a single transfer while quickly decoding all essential information. Decodes split transactions upstream and downstream of a transaction trans- lator with a special hierarchical view. Has reports summarizing key statistics and conditions of interest, with the ability to jump to the selected item in the trace display. -
Page 63: Mercury T2C
Teledyne L eCroy Mercury T2C Mercury T2C The Teledyne LeCroy Mercury T2C™ USB 2.0 and Power Delivery Protocol Analyzer is a verification system for USB development and testing. It supports USB 2.0. It is designed to record USB traffic and graphically present the logical transactions and events. It connects to a laptop or desktop host machine via USB 2.0. The Mercury T2C is powered by the USB cable using the USB Type-C connectors, so no additional power cord is needed. Figure 1.14: Mercury T2C. The system can monitor traffic between USB 2.0 links using standard high-speed compliant Type-C cables and adapters. The total length of the cables between the Host Under Test and the Device Under Test should be kept to < 4 feet. Please see the Readme file from the software installation site for the latest information on host machine requirements and supported operating systems. https://teledynelecroy.com/sw/usb/ 1.8.1 General Description The Analyzer connects to a portable or desktop host machine through its USB port. The host machine configures and controls the Analyzer. The “CATC Trace™” user interface is an industry standard for documenting the performance of high-speed serial protocols. The USB protocol Analyzer provides traffic capture and analysis. Hardware triggering allows capture of real-time events. Hardware filtering allows filtering different packet types in or out of the recording. Filtering also allows you to preserve recording memory, for extended recording time. The trace viewer application displays recorded data in colored graphics. The application has advanced search and viewing capabilities that allow you to quickly locate specific data, errors, and other conditions. Windows 10, Windows 8, or ® ® The system functions with any host machine having the Microsoft Windows 7 (32 or 64) operating system and a functional USB interface. ... -
Page 64: Features
Teledyne LeCroy Mercury T2C the link data, in a wrap-around fashion, until manually stopped or until the system detects the Trigger Event and records the specified post-trigger amount of link data. Upon detection of a triggering event, the Analyzer continues to record data up to a point specified by you. You can individually enable or disable real-time event detection to allow triggering on events as they happen, including predefined exception or error conditions and user-defined sets of trigger events. An externally supplied signal can trigger the Analyzer. You can use search functions to investigate particular events. In addition to immediate analysis, you can print any part of the data. You can save the data on disk for later viewing. You can generate timing information and data analysis reports. Please refer to the Universal Serial Bus Specification for details on the protocol. The USB specification is available from the USB Implementers Forum (USB-IF) at: USB Implementers Forum Tel: +1/503.296.9892 1730 SW Skyline Blvd. Fax: +1/503.297.1090 Suite 203 Web: http://www.usb.org/ Portland, OR 97221 1.8.2 Features General Fully complies with USB specification revisions. Has field-upgradeable firmware. Supports USB speeds (480 Mb/s, 12 Mb/s, and 1.5 Mb/s). Displays bus traffic using color and graphics in the CATC Trace interface. Has free non-recording, view-only Trace Viewer software. Comes with online manual. Self-diagnoses at power on. ... -
Page 65: Display Options
Teledyne L eCroy Mercury T2C CATC Trace display and enumeration of High-Speed Micro Frames Three forms of triggering: Snapshot, Manual, and Event Transaction sequencer: Allows triggering on a token qualified by a data pattern and/or specific handshake, or can filter transactions (for example, NAK’d transac- tions) Advanced triggering with event counting and sequencing Dedicated trigger for recording input and output used to interface to external test equipment (Optional purchase item) Triggering on multiple error conditions: PID bad, bit stuffing bad, CRC bad, end- of-packet bad, babble, activity loss, frame length violation, time-out or turn- around violation, data toggle violation, Token, Bus Conditions, Data Length, and excessive empty frames Real-time traffic capture filtering and data packet truncation variable up to 256 bytes Adjustable buffer size from 0.4 MB to 256 MB Display Options Uses the CATC Trace graphical display of bus packets, transactions, split transactions, and transfers. Groups numerous packets and transactions under a single transfer while quickly decoding all essential information. Decodes split transactions upstream and downstream of a transaction trans- lator with a special hierarchical view. Has reports summarizing key statistics and conditions of interest, with the ability to jump to the selected item in the trace display. -
Page 66: Mercury T2P
Teledyne LeCroy Mercury T2P Mercury T2P The Teledyne LeCroy Mercury T2P™ USB 2.0 and Power Delivery Protocol Analyzer is a verification system for USB development and testing. It supports USB 2.0, Power Delivery, Type-C, and Side Band traffic for Thunderbolt 3, USB4, or Display Port Aux channel packets. It is designed to record USB traffic and graphically present the logical transactions, events, and Power Usage. It connects to a laptop or desktop host machine via USB 2.0. The Mercury T2P is powered by the USB cable using the USB Type-C connectors, so no additional power cord is needed. Figure 1.15: Mercury T2P. The system can monitor traffic between USB 2.0 links using standard high-speed compliant Type-C cables and adapters. The total length of the cables between the Host Under Test and the Device Under Test should be kept to < 4 feet. Please see the Readme file from the software installation site for the latest information on host machine requirements and supported operating systems. https://teledynelecroy.com/sw/usb/ 1.9.1 General Description The Analyzer connects to a portable or desktop host machine through its USB port. The host machine configures and controls the Analyzer. The “CATC Trace™” user interface is an industry standard for documenting the performance of high-speed serial protocols. The USB protocol Analyzer provides traffic capture and analysis. Hardware triggering allows capture of real-time events. Hardware filtering allows filtering different packet types in or out of the recording. Filtering also allows you to preserve recording memory, for extended recording time. The trace viewer application displays recorded data in colored graphics. The application has advanced search and viewing capabilities that allow you to quickly locate specific data, errors, and other conditions. Windows 10, Windows 8, or ® ® The system functions with any host machine having the Microsoft Windows 7 (32 or 64) operating system and a functional USB interface. USB Protocol Suite User Manual www.valuetronics.com... -
Page 67: Features
Teledyne L eCroy Mercury T2P The system provides on-the-fly detection of, and triggering on, such events as Tokens and Errors. Whether recording manually or with a specified trigger condition, the system continuously records the link data, in a wrap-around fashion, until manually stopped or until the system detects the Trigger Event and records the specified post-trigger amount of link data. Upon detection of a triggering event, the Analyzer continues to record data up to a point specified by you. You can individually enable or disable real-time event detection to allow triggering on events as they happen, including predefined exception or error conditions and user-defined sets of trigger events. An externally supplied signal can trigger the Analyzer. You can use search functions to investigate particular events. In addition to immediate analysis, you can print any part of the data. You can save the data on disk for later viewing. You can generate timing information and data analysis reports. Please refer to the Universal Serial Bus Specification for details on the protocol. The USB specification is available from the USB Implementers Forum (USB-IF) at: USB Implementers Forum Tel: +1/503.296.9892 1730 SW Skyline Blvd. Fax: +1/503.297.1090 Suite 203 Web: http://www.usb.org/ Portland, OR 97221 1.9.2 Features General Fully complies with USB specification revisions. Has field-upgradeable firmware. Supports USB speeds (480 Mb/s, 12 Mb/s, and 1.5 Mb/s). Displays bus traffic using color and graphics in the CATC Trace interface. Has free non-recording, view-only Trace Viewer software. ... -
Page 68: Physical Components
Teledyne LeCroy Mercury T2P Physical Components Desktop or portable Microsoft Windows 10, Windows 8, or Windows 7 (32 or 64) host machine with USB capability Plug-and-Play USB installation 512 MB of physical data-recording memory USB 2.0 Hi-Speed connection to desktop or portable host machine Expansion port for optional External Trigger In/Out cable Recording Options Versatile triggering: bit-wise value and mask data patterns up to sixteen bytes wide for Setup transactions and data packets Triggering on High-speed PIDs and split transaction special tokens (ERR, SPLIT, PING, NYET, DATA2, and MDATA) CATC Trace display and enumeration of High-Speed Micro Frames Three forms of triggering: Snapshot, Manual, and Event Transaction sequencer: Allows triggering on a token qualified by a data pattern and/or specific handshake, or can filter transactions (for example, NAK’d trans- actions) Advanced triggering with event counting and sequencing Dedicated trigger for recording input and output used to interface to external test equipment (Optional purchase item) Triggering on multiple error conditions: PID bad, bit stuffing bad, CRC bad, end- of-packet bad, babble, activity loss, frame length violation, time-out or turn- around violation, data toggle violation, Token, Bus Conditions, Data Length, and excessive empty frames ... - Page 69 Teledyne L eCroy Mercury T2P Allows comprehensive device class decoding and user-defined protocol decod- ing. Has a Data View. Uses Quick Timing Markers to immediately show time deltas and bandwidth use. Power Tracker view shows Current and Voltage samples coordinated with Packet timestamps. USB Protocol Suite User Manual 45 www.valuetronics.com...
-
Page 70: Mercury T2
Teledyne LeCroy Mercury T2 1.10 Mercury T2 The Teledyne LeCroy Mercury T2™ USB 2.0 Protocol Analyzer is a verification system for USB development and testing. It supports USB 2.0. It is designed to record USB traffic and graphically present the logical transactions and events. It connects to a laptop or desktop host machine via USB 2.0. The Mercury T2 is powered by the USB cable, so no additional power cord is needed. Figure 1.16: Mercury T2. The system can monitor traffic between USB 2.0 links using standard high-speed compliant cables. The total length of the cables between the Host Under Test and the Device Under Test should be kept to < 4 feet. Please see the Readme file from the software installation site for the latest information on host machine requirements and supported operating systems. https://teledynelecroy.com/sw/usb/ 1.10.1 General Description The Analyzer connects to a portable or desktop host machine through its USB port. The host machine configures and controls the Analyzer. The “CATC Trace™” user interface is an industry standard for documenting the performance of high-speed serial protocols. The USB protocol Analyzer provides traffic capture and analysis. Hardware triggering allows capture of real-time events. Hardware filtering allows filtering different packet types in or out of the recording. Filtering also allows you to preserve recording memory, for extended recording time. The trace viewer application displays recorded data in colored graphics. The application has advanced search and viewing capabilities that allow you to quickly locate specific data, errors, and other conditions. Windows 10, Windows 8, or ® ® The system functions with any host machine having the Microsoft Windows 7 (32 or 64) operating system and a functional USB interface. The system provides on-the-fly detection of, and triggering on, such events as Tokens and Errors. Whether recording manually or with a specified trigger condition, the system continuously records the link data, in a wrap-around fashion, until manually stopped or until the system detects ... -
Page 71: Features
Teledyne L eCroy Mercury T2 Upon detection of a triggering event, the Analyzer continues to record data up to a point specified by you. You can individually enable or disable real-time event detection to allow triggering on events as they happen, including predefined exception or error conditions and user-defined sets of trigger events. An externally supplied signal can trigger the Analyzer. You can use search functions to investigate particular events. In addition to immediate analysis, you can print any part of the data. You can save the data on disk for later viewing. You can generate timing information and data analysis reports. Please refer to the Universal Serial Bus Specification for details on the protocol. The USB specification is available from the USB Implementers Forum (USB-IF) at: USB Implementers Forum Tel: +1/503.296.9892 1730 SW Skyline Blvd. Fax: +1/503.297.1090 Suite 203 Web: http://www.usb.org/ Portland, OR 97221 1.10.2 Features General Fully complies with USB specification revisions. Has field-upgradeable firmware. Supports USB speeds (480 Mb/s, 12 Mb/s, and 1.5 Mb/s). Displays bus traffic using color and graphics in the CATC Trace interface. Has free non-recording, view-only Trace Viewer software. Comes with online manual. Self-diagnoses at power on. -
Page 72: Display Options
Teledyne LeCroy Mercury T2 Triggering on multiple error conditions: PID bad, bit stuffing bad, CRC bad, end- of-packet bad, babble, activity loss, frame length violation, time-out or turn- around violation, data toggle violation, Token, Bus Conditions, Data Length, and excessive empty frames Real-time traffic capture filtering and data packet truncation variable up to 256 bytes Adjustable buffer size from 0.4 MB to 256 MB Display Options Uses the CATC Trace graphical display of bus packets, transactions, split transactions, and transfers. Groups numerous packets and transactions under a single transfer while quickly decoding all essential information. Decodes split transactions upstream and downstream of a transaction trans- lator with a special hierarchical view. Has reports summarizing key statistics and conditions of interest, with the ability to jump to the selected item in the trace display. Indicates trigger position by different pre-trigger and post-trigger colors. Sets markers to assist with navigation and time calculations. Hides start-of-frame (SOF) packets and any packet or transaction from a device address and endpoint. Searches for a specific PID. Detects, and alerts you to, every potential bus error and protocol violation, and their combinations. Has high-resolution, accurate time stamping of bus packets and timing mea- surement and analysis functions. -
Page 73: Voyager M3X Analyzer
Teledyne L eCroy Voyager M3x Analyzer 1.11 Voyager M3x Analyzer The Teledyne LeCroy Voyager™ M3x Analyzer and Exerciser system is a multifunction verification system for USB 2.0 and USB 3.2 development and testing. It can record traffic and graphically present logical USB transactions and events. It can also generate USB traffic. The system is connected to a laptop or desktop via its USB or Gigabit Ethernet port (see Figure 1.17). Figure 1.17: Voyager M3x Analyzer Exerciser System Please see the Readme file from the software installation site for the latest information on host machine requirements and supported operating systems. https://teledynelecroy.com/sw/usb/ 1.11.1 USB 2.0 and USB 3.2 Features The system can monitor traffic between USB 2.0 links using standard high-speed compliant cables. If configured for USB 3.2 SS testing, the system supports monitoring between SuperSpeed links using USB 3.2 cables (see Figure 1.18 on page 50). USB Protocol Suite User Manual 49 www.valuetronics.com... -
Page 74: General Description
Teledyne LeCroy Voyager M3x Analyzer Figure 1.18: Direct Connection using USB 3.2 Cables 1.11.2 General Description The Analyzer connects to a portable or desktop host machine through the USB port. The host machine configures and controls the Analyzer. The “CATC Trace™” user interface is an industry standard for documenting the performance of high-speed serial protocols. The USB protocol Analyzer provides traffic capture and analysis. Hardware triggering allows capture of real-time events. Hardware filtering allows filtering different packet types in or out of the recording. Filtering also allows you to preserve recording memory, for extended recording time. The trace viewer application displays recorded data in colored graphics. The application has advanced search and viewing capabilities that allow you to quickly locate specific data, errors, and other conditions. Windows 10, Windows 8, or ® ® The system functions with any host machine having the Microsoft Windows 7 (32 or 64) operating system and a functional USB interface or Ethernet port. The system provides on-the-fly detection of, and triggering on, such events as Tokens and Errors. Whether recording manually or with a specified trigger condition, the system continuously records the link data, in a wrap-around fashion, until manually stopped or until the system detects the Trigger Event and records the specified post-trigger amount of link data. Upon detection of a triggering event, the Analyzer continues to record data up to a point specified by you. You can individually enable or disable real-time event detection to allow triggering on events as they happen, including predefined exception or error conditions and user-defined sets of trigger events. An externally supplied signal can trigger the Analyzer. You can use search functions to investigate particular events. In addition to immediate analysis, you can print any part of the data. You can save the data on disk for later viewing. You can generate timing information and data analysis reports. USB Protocol Suite User Manual www.valuetronics.com... -
Page 75: Features
Teledyne L eCroy Voyager M3x Analyzer Please refer to the Universal Serial Bus Specification for details on the protocol. The USB specification is available from the USB Implementers Forum (USB-IF) at: USB Implementers Forum Tel: +1/503.296.9892 1730 SW Skyline Blvd. Fax: +1/503.297.1090 Suite 203 Web: http://www.usb.org/ Portland, OR 97221 1.11.3 Features General Fully complies with USB specification revisions. Supports the Link Power Management extension. Uses field-upgradeable firmware and recording engine. Supports USB speeds (5 Gb/s, 480 Mb/s, 12 Mb/s, and 1.5 Mb/s). Displays bus traffic using color and graphics in the user-friendly CATC Trace inter- face. Has free non-recording, view-only Trace Viewer software. Comes with online manual. Self-diagnoses at power on. Uses software upgradeable Exerciser function. Allows remote control of USB analyzers in a network. ... -
Page 76: Display Options
Teledyne LeCroy Voyager M3x Analyzer Dedicated trigger for recording input and output used to interface to external test equipment Triggering on multiple error conditions: PID bad, bit stuffing bad, CRC bad, end- of-packet bad, babble, activity loss, frame length violation, time-out or turn- around violation, data toggle violation, Token, Bus Conditions, Data Length, and excessive empty frames (2.0) Real-time traffic capture filtering and data packet truncation variable up to 256 bytes (2.0) Adjustable buffer size from 0.4 MB to 4 GB Idle filtering (3.2) Display Options Utilizes the CATC Trace graphical display of bus packets, transactions, split transactions, and transfers. Groups numerous packets and transactions under a single transfer while quickly decoding all essential information. Decodes split transactions upstream and downstream of a transaction translator with a special hierarchical view. Has reports summarizing key statistics and conditions of interest, with the ability to jump to the selected item in the trace display. Indicates trigger position by different pre-trigger and post-trigger packet colors. Sets markers to assist with navigation and time calculations. Each marker can contain unique comments. Hides start-of-frame (SOF) packets, as well as any packet or transaction from a device address and endpoint. Searches for a specific PID. -
Page 77: Traffic Generation
Teledyne L eCroy Voyager M3x Analyzer 1.11.4 Traffic Generation USB 2.0 and 3.2 traffic generation options allow you to transmit custom packets over standard USB cables with low-level control of headers, payloads, timing, and link states. The Exerciser can play back trace files bit-for-bit, allowing validation engineers to recreate problems reported in the field or test-specific functionality. To build 2.0 generation script files, you can edit example test scenarios or export any traffic stream from a previously recorded trace. The Voyager Exerciser includes a Generation Script Editor. A script pre-processor allows you to organize script code and create reusable generation blocks. The Voyager USB 2.0 Exerciser can transmit low, full, or high-speed traffic and supports both host and device emulation. It is backward compatible with existing USBTrainer traffic generation scripts. For USB 2.0 applications, the Exerciser supports both bitstream mode or Intelliframe mode. In Intelliframe mode, the Exerciser can wait for the appropriate response from the DUT before transmitting the next packet. For example, after issuing an IN, the generator waits for the DATAx packet returned by the device to finish, and then issues an ACK. When NAKs are received, the Exerciser can automatically resend the previous packet. ReadyLink™ Emulation The Teledyne LeCroy Voyager USB 3.2 Exerciser features ReadyLink Emulation Mode. The ReadyLink feature handles all USB 3.2 link training and link flow control, allowing the emulator to operate at full line rate and respond to the DUT as defined by the specification. The ReadyLink Emulation Mode helps simplify development of USB 3.2 test scenarios. By default, ReadyLink Emulation Mode automatically manages: Header Packet Acknowledgments (L_GOOD_n) Buffer Credit (L_CRD_x) SKIPs at required intervals (SKP) Link Synchronization Responds to LFPS (Polling.LFPS) Responds to polling sequence (Polling.RxEQ) Responds to TS1 / TS2 handshaking sequence ... -
Page 78: Usbtracer/Trainer, Usb Advisor, Usbmobile Hs And Usbmobile T2
Teledyne LeCroy USBTracer/Trainer, USB Advisor, USBMobile HS and USBMobile T2 Test scripts can customize ReadyLink Emulation Mode to include error scenarios, such as: Header LBADs Invalid link commands 8B10B / CRC Error Running Disparity Error Corrupt Link Commands Corrupt Flow Control (Wrong L_CRD_x, Wrong L_GOOD_n, Drop L_Good_n) Corrupt Header Packet acknowledgment (Send LBAD, LRTY) Corrupt Packet Framing (SHP, SDP, END) At the packet level, you can send customized data payloads anywhere within the stream to insert logic errors, perform corner-case, or do stress testing. Commands, such as the Set ErrWrongLCRD command, allow link-layer error injection anywhere within the script. 1.11.5 Notes on LFPS Signals Voyager Exerciser requires received “Ping” LFPS signals to be a minimum of 150 nanoseconds to be reliably recognized. Voyager Analyzer can recognize “Ping” LFPS signals above 60 nanoseconds and report their durations to ±15 nanoseconds of accuracy. USBTracer/Trainer, USB Advisor, USBMobile HS and 1.12 USBMobile T2 These CATC analyzers are no longer explicitly supported beginning in version 4.90. ... -
Page 79: Chapter 2: General Description
System Components and Packing List These system components are on the packing list: Voyager M4x Protocol Analyzer/Exerciser System AC Power Cord 11 USB Cables USB4/USB 3.2: C-C Unmarked 40Gbps (X2), C-C eMarked 40Gpbs, C-C Vconn-thru 40Gbps USB 3.2: C-uB, C-B, C-A, C-A Receptacle, A-B USB 2.0: C-B, C-uB Quick Start Guide 2.1.2 Host Machine Requirements Please refer to the USBProtocolSuite_Readme.html file from the software installation site for the current host machine and operating system requirements. 2.1.3 Analyzer The Analyzer is shown in the figures below. Devices (UFP's) should be attached to Connector 1, Hosts (DFP's) to Connector 2. (The analyzer works in either direction, this way is preferred by Teledyne LeCroy.) Figure 2.1: Voyager M4x Analyzer Front USB Protocol Suite User Manual 55 www.valuetronics.com... -
Page 80: M4X Features
Teledyne LeCroy Voyager M4x Analyzer Figure 2.2: Voyager M4x Analyzer Rear M4x Features The features of the Analyzer are listed in the following table. Features Function Front Panel: Power LED Green: If plugged in and powered on Status LED Blue: If system successfully initializes Red: If hardware failure Green: While initializing Mode Green: Exerciser or Trainer Mode Green: Analyzer Mode - USB4, USB 3.2, USB 2.x, PD, TBT3 Green: DP Alt mode - USB 2, PD, Display Port Aux Channel Protocols USB2 Yellow: Low and Full Speed Green: Hi Speed USB3 Green: USB 3.2 Capture is enabled (x1 or x2) USB4 Green: USB4/TBT3 Capture is enabled Lane Green: Lane 0 is Active Green: Lane 1 is Active Lane Speed Green: Data Speed on Rx/Tx is 5Gbps/lane... - Page 81 Teledyne L eCroy Voyager M4x Analyzer Green: Recording (if Recording enabled) Green: Exerciser/Generator is active Trig Yellow: Triggered (if trigger occurred) Analyzer Connectors 1/Left and 2/Right LEDs Off No cable attached Solid Red Plug is Upside Down, please invert and re- insert Solid Green Plug is correctly oriented DP Alt Connectors 1/Left and 2/Right LEDs Off No cable attached Solid Red Plug is Upside Down, please invert and re- insert Solid Green Plug is correctly oriented Trigger SMA external trigger input. Note: Edge ...
-
Page 82: Specifications
Teledyne LeCroy Voyager M4x Analyzer Sync / Data Used for Daisy Chaining and Cross Sync with Cable (P/N AC031XXA-X), as well as 8-bit Data Capture and external Trig In/Out (P/N AC050XXA-X) (Cables sold separately) (see Figure 2.12 on page 81). The 8-bit data signals use a threshold of 0.8V, with 50 mV hysteresis. The circuit is 5 volt tolerant. ETHERNET Gigabit Ethernet for connection to host machine. USB 3.2 Super Speed Standard B Connector to host machine. AC IN 100-250V AC, 250 Watts. Power Switch (0/1) Off/On Do not open the Voyager M4x enclosure. No operator serviceable parts are WARNING: inside. Refer servicing to Teledyne LeCroy customer care. 2.1.4 Specifications The Analyzer has the following specifications. Power Requirements 100-250V AC, 225 Watts. Environmental Conditions Operating 0 to 50 °C (32 to 122 °F) Temperature Storage Range -20 to 80 °C (-4 to 176 °F) Operating Humidity 10 to 90%, non-condensing Operating Altitude Up to 6560 feet (2000 meters) USB Protocol Suite User Manual... -
Page 83: Probing Characteristics
Teledyne L eCroy Voyager M4x Analyzer Probing Characteristics connectors: The Voyager Connection USB4 grade USB Type-C analyzer and exerciser port differential input impedance on the USB4 signal wires is between 80 and 120 ohms. connector cables USB Type-C High Speed USB Connectors Standard cables Note: The USB 2.0 exerciser port is not terminated differentially. The single ended termination is 45 ohms to ground +/- 10% or between 40.5 and 49.5 ohms. The effective differential USB 2.0 termination is between 80 and 100 ohms (90 ohms +/- 10%). Switches Power On/off Recording Memory Size 32 GB for traffic data capture, timing, state and other data. USB Protocol Suite User Manual 59 www.valuetronics.com... -
Page 84: Voyager M4X Specific Setup Notes
Teledyne LeCroy Voyager M4x Analyzer 2.1.5 Voyager M4x Specific Setup Notes The Type-C connectors on the front are meant to connect to Hosts (which have a DFP or Downstream Facing Port) and Devices (which have a UFP or Upstream Facing Port) as indicated in the Figure 2.6 below. Note that it will work with the “other way" (Host on Left, Device on Right), but it is preferred to connect as indicated so that the default setup is similar to our previous 10 USB Analyzers, which used an "A" connector on left and a "B" connector on the right. This makes the traces easier to understand and support by our Support Team, and reduces the number of setup diagrams to follow. Of course, the data roles can swap via USB Protocol, and our traces will track that. So, you can follow our suggestion or not, and it will still work. WARNING: The use of two (2) Electronically Marked cables is not permitted. Note: Analysis of traffic requires the use of short, low-loss, high quality cables. The cables provided by Teledyne LeCroy, which have the Teledyne LeCroy label on them, have been verified to provide excellent signal quality. Using other cables may compromise the signal quality and prevent capturing of clean traffic. USB Protocol Suite User Manual www.valuetronics.com... -
Page 85: Voyager M310P Analyzer
Teledyne L eCroy Voyager M310P Analyzer Voyager M310P Analyzer 2.2.1 System Components and Packing List These system components are on the packing list: Voyager M310P Protocol Analyzer/Exerciser System 160 Watt AC Power Adapter and Cord 10 USB Cables 3.2: C-C Unmarked (5A capable) (x2), C-C 5A 10Gbps E-Marked, C-uB, C-B, C-A, C-A Receptacle, A-B 2.0: C-B, C-uB Quick Start Guide 2.2.2 Host Machine Requirements Please refer to the USBProtocolSuite_Readme.html file from the software installation site for the current host machine and operating system requirements. 2.2.3 Analyzer The Analyzer is shown in the figures below. Devices (UFP's) should be attached to Connector 1, Hosts (DFP's) to Connector 2. (The analyzer works in either direction, this way is preferred by Teledyne LeCroy.) Figure 2.1: Voyager M310P Analyzer Front Figure 2.2: Voyager M310P Analyzer Rear USB Protocol Suite User Manual 61 www.valuetronics.com... -
Page 86: M310P Features
Teledyne LeCroy Voyager M310P Analyzer M310P Features The features of the Analyzer are listed in the following table. Features Function Front Panel: Power LED Green if plugged in and powered on Status LED Blue if system successfully initializes Red if hardware failure Green while initializing Analyzer Connectors 1 & 2 No cable attached LEDs Off Solid Red Plug is Upside Down, please invert and re- insert Solid Green Plug is correctly oriented Solid Yellow Special Condition: See “M310P / M4x: Yellow LED” on page 376. Additional LEDs Generating Green if generating enabled Recording Green if 3.2 recording enabled in Analyzer ... -
Page 87: Rear Panel
Teledyne L eCroy Voyager M310P Analyzer Fast Flashing Yellow Symbol Traffic, Training (TS1/TS2/TSEQ) Solid Green Link Traffic (U0) LUP, LDN Blinking Green TP's and DP's (actual traffic) USB 3.2 SuperSpeed Plus Gen 2 (10Gbps) No traffic or LFPS Solid Yellow Only Polling LFPS with LBPM/SCDx messages Slow Flashing Yellow Low Power States Fast Flashing Yellow Symbol Traffic, Training (TS1/TS2/TSEQ) Solid Green Link Traffic (U0) LUP, LDN Blinking Green TP's and DP's (actual traffic) Trigger SMA external trigger input. Note: Edge detected (Rising or Falling) Voltage required. Signal needs to be > 800mV to see a logic "1", Signal needs to be < 400mV to see a logic "0" . Maximum value of the external input signal which can be input is 5 V. Minimum value is 0 V. These conditions will trigger the analyzer to ... -
Page 88: Specifications
Teledyne LeCroy Voyager M310P Analyzer Note: USB 2.0 Link LEDs operate only while USB 2.0 Recording or Real-Time Statistics (RTS) is running. USB 3.2 LEDs always operate, unless USB 3.2 has been disabled in the Recording Options General Tab. Do not open the Voyager M310P enclosure. No operator serviceable parts are WARNING: inside. Refer servicing to Teledyne LeCroy customer care. 2.2.4 Specifications The Analyzer has the following specifications. Power Requirements 24V DC, 6.67 Amps. Environmental Conditions Operating 0 to 50 °C (32 to 122 °F) Temperature Storage Range -20 to 80 °C (-4 to 176 °F) Operating Humidity 10 to 90%, non-condensing Operating Altitude Up to 6560 feet (2000 meters) Probing Characteristics connectors: The Connection SuperSpeed Plus USB Type-C Voyager SuperSpeed (3.2) analyzer and exerciser port differential input impedance is between 80 and 120 ohms. connector cables USB 3.2 USB Type-C High Speed USB Connectors Standard cables Note: The USB 2.0 exerciser port is not terminated differentially. The single ended termination is 45 ohms to ground +/- 10% or between 40.5 ... -
Page 89: Switches
Teledyne L eCroy Voyager M310P Analyzer Switches Power On/off Recording Memory Size 8 GB or 16 GB for traffic data capture, timing, state and other data. 2.2.5 Voyager M310P Specific Setup Notes The Type-C connectors on the front are meant to connect to Hosts (which have a DFP or Downstream Facing Port) and Devices (which have a UFP or Upstream Facing Port) as indicated in the Figure 2.6 below. Note that it will work with the “other way" (Host on Left, Device on Right), but it is preferred to connect as indicated so that the default setup is similar to our previous 10 USB Analyzers, which used an "A" connector on left and a "B" connector on the right. This makes the traces easier to understand and support by our Support Team, and reduces the number of setup diagrams to follow. Of course, the data roles can swap via USB Protocol, and our traces will track that. So, you can follow our suggestion or not, and it will still work. Programmable load Left Connector: Exerciser Connector: Right Connector: Typically, the Device is Use this for Exerciser for Power Delivery Typically, the Host is connected here when connected here when scenarios or if running in Analyzer Mode in Analyzer Mode USB Compliance. Figure 2.3: Voyager M310P Preferred Connection Method WARNING: Cable Orientation: The use of two (2) Electronically Marked cables is not permitted. - Page 90 Teledyne LeCroy Voyager M310P Analyzer Note: Analysis of USB SS+ (10Gbps) traffic requires the use of short, low-loss, high quality cables. The cables provided by Teledyne LeCroy, which have the Teledyne LeCroy label on them, have been verified to provide excellent signal quality. Using other cables may compromise the signal quality and prevent capturing of clean traffic. USB Protocol Suite User Manual www.valuetronics.com...
-
Page 91: Voyager M310C Analyzer
Teledyne L eCroy Voyager M310C Analyzer Voyager M310C Analyzer 2.3.1 System Components and Packing List These system components are on the packing list: Voyager M310C Protocol Analyzer/Exerciser System AC Power Adapter and Cord 10 USB Cables 3.2: C-C Unmarked (5A capable) (x2), C-C 5A 10Gbps E-Marked, C-uB, C-B, C-A, C-A Receptacle, A-B 2.0: C-B, C-uB Quick Start Guide 2.3.2 Host Machine Requirements Please refer to the USBProtocolSuite_Readme.html file from the software installation site for the current host machine and operating system requirements. 2.3.3 Analyzer The Analyzer is shown in the figures below. Devices (UFP's) should be attached to Connector 1, Hosts (DFP's) to Connector 2. Figure 2.4: Voyager M310C Analyzer Front Figure 2.5: Voyager M310C Analyzer Rear USB Protocol Suite User Manual 67 www.valuetronics.com... -
Page 92: M310C Features
Teledyne LeCroy Voyager M310C Analyzer M310C Features The features of the Analyzer are listed in the following table. Features Function Front Panel: Power LED Green if plugged in and powered on Status LED Blue if system successfully initializes Red if hardware failure Green while initializing C Connectors 1 & 2 - LEDs No cable attached Solid Red Plug is Upside Down, please invert and re- insert Solid Green Plug is correctly oriented Solid Yellow Special Condition: See “M310C, Mercury T2C, Mercury T2P: Yellow LED” on page 376. Analyzer LEDs Generating Green if generating enabled Recording Green if 3.2 recording enabled in Analyzer ... - Page 93 Teledyne L eCroy Voyager M310C Analyzer Solid Green Link Traffic (U0) LUP, LDN Blinking Green TP's and DP's (actual traffic) USB 3.2 SuperSpeed Plus (10Gbps) No traffic or LFPS Solid Yellow Only Polling LFPS with LBPM/SCDx messages Slow Flashing Yellow Low Power States Fast Flashing Yellow Symbol Traffic, Training (TS1/TS2/TSEQ) Solid Green Link Traffic (U0) LUP, LDN Blinking Green TP's and DP's (actual traffic) Trigger SMA external trigger input. Note: Edge detected (Rising or Falling) Voltage required. Signal needs to be > 800mV to see a logic "1", Signal needs to be < 400mV to see a logic "0" . Maximum value of the external input signal which can be input is 5 V. Minimum value is 0 V. These conditions will trigger the analyzer to start recording or will trigger the action specified in the Advance Recording Options. See “Advanced Mode: Voyager M310C (Analyzer Mode)” on page 263.
-
Page 94: Specifications
Teledyne LeCroy Voyager M310C Analyzer Note: USB 2.0 Link LEDs operate only while USB 2.0 Recording or Real-Time Statistics (RTS) is running. USB 3.2 LEDs always operate, unless USB 3.2 has been disabled in the Recording Options General Tab. Do not open the Voyager M310C enclosure. No operator serviceable parts are WARNING: inside. Refer servicing to Teledyne LeCroy customer care. 2.3.4 Specifications The Analyzer has the following specifications. Power Requirements 24V DC, 6.67 Amps. Environmental Conditions Operating 0 to 50 °C (32 to 122 °F) Temperature Storage Range -20 to 80 °C (-4 to 176 °F) Operating Humidity 10 to 90%, non-condensing Operating Altitude Up to 6560 feet (2000 meters) Probing Characteristics connectors: The Connection SuperSpeed Plus USB Type-C Voyager SuperSpeed (3.2) analyzer and exerciser port differential input impedance is between 80 and 120 ohms. connector cables USB 3.2 USB Type-C High Speed USB Connectors Standard cables Note: The USB 2.0 exerciser port is not terminated differentially. The single ended termination is 45 ohms to ground +/- 10% or between 40.5 ... -
Page 95: Voyager M310C Specific Setup Notes
Teledyne L eCroy Voyager M310C Analyzer 2.3.5 Voyager M310C Specific Setup Notes The Type-C connectors on the front are meant to connect to Hosts (which have a DFP or Downstream Facing Port) and Devices (which have a UFP or Upstream Facing Port) as indicated in the Figure 2.6 below. Note that it will work with the “other way" (Host on Left, Device on Right), but it is preferred to connect as indicated so that the default setup is similar to our previous 10 USB Analyzers, which used an "A" connector on left and a "B" connector on the right. This makes the traces easier to understand and support by our Support Team, and reduces the number of setup diagrams to follow. Of course, the data roles can swap via USB Protocol, and our traces will track that. So, you can follow our suggestion or not, and it will still work. Electronically Marked Cables Unmarked Cable Programmable load for Exerciser Port Power Delivery Typically, the Host is connected Typically, the Device is connected here when in Analyzer Mode here when in Analyzer Mode Figure 2.6: Voyager M310C Preferred Connection Method WARNING: Cable Orientation: The use of 2 Electronically Marked cables is not permitted. Electronically Marked cables should preferably use the left connector (Port 1). Note: Analysis of USB SS+ (10Gbps) traffic requires the use of short, low-loss, high quality cables. The ... -
Page 96: Voyager M310 Analyzer
Teledyne LeCroy Voyager M310 Analyzer Voyager M310 Analyzer 2.4.1 System Components and Packing List These system components are on the packing list: Voyager M310 Protocol Analyzer/Exerciser System AC Power Adapter and Cord USB cables (7 USB 2.0, 3 USB 3.2) Micro to Standard USB adapter Mini to Standard USB adapter Quick Start Guide 2.4.2 Host Machine Requirements Please refer to the USBProtocolSuite_Readme.html file from the software installation site for the current host machine and operating system requirements. 2.4.3 Analyzer The Analyzer is shown in the figures below. Figure 2.7: Voyager M310 Analyzer Front Figure 2.8: Voyager M310 Analyzer Rear USB Protocol Suite User Manual www.valuetronics.com... -
Page 97: M310 Features
Teledyne L eCroy Voyager M310 Analyzer M310 Features The features of the Analyzer are listed in the following table. Features Function Front Panel: Power LED Green if plugged in and powered on Status LED Blue if system successfully initializes Red if hardware failure Green while initializing USB ports (Analyzer and A (downstream) and B (upstream) Exerciser) Analyzer LEDs Recording Green if 3.2 recording enabled in Analyzer mode Trig Yellow when triggered USB 2.0 Solid Yellow FS SOF's, LS EOP's, or control endpoint traffic Slow Flashing Yellow LS Traffic on endpoints other than 0 (resets activity timer as in 3.2) Fast Flashing Yellow FS Traffic on endpoints other than 0... - Page 98 Teledyne LeCroy Voyager M310 Analyzer Slow Flashing Yellow Low Power States Fast Flashing Yellow Symbol Traffic, Training (TS1/TS2/TSEQ) Solid Green Link Traffic (U0) LUP, LDN Blinking Green TP's and DP's (actual traffic) Exerciser Generating Green if generating enabled Trigger SMA external trigger input. Note: Edge detected (Rising or Falling) Voltage required. Signal needs to be > 800mV to see a logic "1", Signal needs to be < 400mV to see a logic "0" . Maximum value of the external input signal which can be input is 5 V. Minimum value is 0 V. These conditions will trigger the analyzer to start recording or will trigger the action specified in the Advance Recording Options. See “Advanced Mode: Voyager M310C (Analyzer Mode)” on page 263. SMA external trigger output. Pulse Width = 280 ns. Pulse Voltage = 3.3 Volts into 1 MegOhms. Pulse Voltage = 2.7 Volts into 50 Ohms. Pulse is positive going. Rear Panel: Sync / Data Used for Daisy Chaining and Cross Sync with ...
-
Page 99: Specifications
Teledyne L eCroy Voyager M310 Analyzer WARNING: Do not open the Voyager M310 enclosure. No operator serviceable parts are inside. Refer servicing to Teledyne LeCroy customer care. 2.4.4 Specifications The Analyzer has the following specifications. Power Requirements 12 V DC, 5 amps. Environmental Conditions Operating 0 to 55 °C (32 to 131 °F) Temperature Storage Range -20 to 80 °C (-4 to 176 °F) Operating Humidity 10 to 90%, non-condensing Operating Altitude Up to 6560 feet (2000 meters) Probing Characteristics Connection SuperSpeed connectors: The Voyager SuperSpeed (3.2) analyzer and exerciser port differential input impedance is between 80 and 120 ohms. USB 3.2 cables High Speed USB Connectors Standard cables Note: The USB 2.0 exerciser port is not terminated differentially. The single ended termination is 45 ohms to ground +/- 10% or between 40.5 and 49.5 ohms. The effective differential USB 2.0 termination is between 80 and 100 ohms (90 ohms +/- 10%). Switches Power On/off Recording Memory Size... -
Page 100: Voyager M3I Analyzer
Teledyne LeCroy Voyager M3i Analyzer Voyager M3i Analyzer 2.5.1 System Components and Packing List These system components are on the packing list: Voyager M3i Analyzer Exerciser System AC power cable USB cables (five) Micro to Standard USB adapter Mini to Standard USB adapter Quick Start Guide 2.5.2 Host Machine Requirements Please refer to the USBProtocolSuite_Readme.html file from the software installation site for the current host machine and operating system requirements. 2.5.3 Analyzer The Analyzer is shown in the figure. Figure 2.9: Voyager M3i Analyzer Front USB Protocol Suite User Manual www.valuetronics.com... -
Page 101: M3I Features
Teledyne L eCroy Voyager M3i Analyzer M3i Features The features of the Analyzer are listed in the following table. Features Function Power Switch (0/1) Off/On Status LED Blue if system successfully initializes Red if hardware failure Green while initializing Analyzer Ports A (downstream) and B (upstream) Analyzer LEDs Recording Red if 2.0 recording enabled or 3.2 recording enabled in Analyzer mode USB 3.2 SuperSpeed (5Gbps), formally known as 3.0 speed. No traffic or LFPS Solid Yellow Only Polling LFPS Slow Flashing Yellow Low Power States Fast Flashing Yellow Symbol Traffic, Training (TS1/TS2/TSEQ) Solid Green Link Traffic (U0) LUP, LDN Blinking Green... - Page 102 Teledyne LeCroy Voyager M3i Analyzer USB 3.2 SuperSpeed (5Gbps), formally known as 3.0 speed. No traffic or LFPS Solid Yellow Only Polling LFPS Slow Flashing Yellow Low Power States Fast Flashing Yellow Symbol Traffic, Training (TS1/TS2/TSEQ) Solid Green Link Traffic (U0) LUP, LDN Blinking Green TP's and DP's (actual traffic) USB 2.0 unused Note: USB 2.0 Link LEDs operate only while USB 2.0 Recording or Real- Time Statistics (RTS) is running. USB 3.2 LEDs always operate, unless USB 3.2 has been disabled in the Recording Options General Tab. A (downstream) MMCX plug connectors for interfacing B (upstream) with USB 3.2 signals Tx + Transmit pair Rx + Receive pair Clock A (downstream) MMCX plug connectors for interfacing with ...
-
Page 103: Specifications
Teledyne L eCroy Voyager M3i Analyzer Note: The rear has only a power connector. WARNING: Do not open the Voyager M3i enclosure. No operator serviceable parts are inside. Refer servicing to Teledyne LeCroy customer care. 2.5.4 Specifications The Analyzer has the following specifications. Power Requirements 90 to 254 VAC, 47 to 63 Hz (universal input), 100 W maximum Environmental Conditions Operating 0 to 55 °C (32 to 131 °F) Temperature Storage Range -20 to 80 °C (-4 to 176 °F) Operating Humidity 10 to 90%, non-condensing Operating Altitude Up to 6560 feet (2000 meters) Probing Characteristics Connection SuperSpeed connectors: The Voyager SuperSpeed (3.2) analyzer and exerciser port differential input impedance is between 80 and 120 ohms. USB 3.2 SS cables MMCX connectors for USB 3.2 High Speed USB Connectors Standard cables Note: The USB 2.0 exerciser port is not terminated differentially. The single ended termination is 45 ohms to ground +/- 10% or between 40.5 and 49.5 ohms. The effective differential USB 2.0 termination is between 80 and 100 ohms ... -
Page 104: Advisor T3
Teledyne LeCroy Advisor T3 Advisor T3 The Teledyne LeCroy USB Advisor T3™ USB 3.2 Protocol Analyzer is a verification system for USB development and testing. It supports both USB 2.0 and USB 3.2. It can record USB traffic and graphically present the logical transactions and events. It connects to a laptop or desktop host machine via USB 2.0. The system can monitor traffic between USB 2.0 links using standard high-speed compliant cables. If configured for USB 3.2 testing, the system supports monitoring between SuperSpeed links using USB 3.2 cables. 2.6.1 Components The Teledyne LeCroy Advisor T3 Analyzer package includes the following: One Teledyne LeCroy USB Advisor T3 Analyzer DC Power Adapter USB cables (three) Quick Start Guide Carrying Case 2.6.2 Front Panel Figure 2.10: Advisor T3 Front Panel The front panel has the following indicators and connectors: Power LED Green if on Status LED Blue if system successfully initializes.... -
Page 105: Rear Panel
Teledyne L eCroy Advisor T3 2.6.3 Rear Panel Figure 2.11: Advisor T3 Rear Panel The rear panel has the following indicators and connectors: Type B connector for connection to host machine Sync/Data Sync Only Cable Micro DB-25 to Micro DB-25 external interface cable for supporting Daisy-Chaining, CATC Sync, and Cross Sync functions. (Sold separately, Part # AC031XXA-X) Figure 2.12: Micro DB-25 to Micro DB-25 External Interface Cable Sync/External Trigger In/Out Cable Micro DB-25 "Octopus" interface cable for supporting Daisy- Chaining CATC Sync, and Cross Sync functions. Octopus side ... -
Page 106: Specifications
Teledyne LeCroy Advisor T3 see a logic "0" . Maximum value of the external input signal which can be input is 5 V. Minimum value is 0 V. Trigger Out Bayonet connector external trigger output. Pulse Width = 280 ns. Pulse Voltage = 3.3 Volts into 1 MegOhms. Pulse Voltage = 2.7 Volts into 50 Ohms. Pulse is positive going. Figure 2.13: Micro DB-25 "Octopus" Interface Cable Power Connector 12V, 3A DC Power Switch (0/1) WARNING: Do not open the enclosure. No operator serviceable parts are inside. Refer servicing to Teledyne LeCroy customer care. 2.6.4 Specifications The Analyzer has the following specifications. Power Requirements 12V DC, 3Amps USB Protocol Suite User Manual www.valuetronics.com... -
Page 107: Environmental Conditions
Teledyne L eCroy Advisor T3 Environmental Conditions Operating 0 to 55 °C (32 to 131 °F) Temperature Storage Range -20 to 80 °C (-4 to 176 °F) Operating Humidity 10 to 90%, non-condensing Operating Altitude Up to 6560 feet (2000 meters) Probing Characteristics Connection SuperSpeed connectors: The Voyager SuperSpeed (3.2) analyzer and exerciser port differential input impedance is between 80 and 120 ohms. USB 3.2 SS cables High Speed USB Connectors Standard cables Note: The USB 2.0 exerciser port is not terminated differentially. The single ended termination is 45 ohms to ground +/- 10% or between 40.5 and 49.5 ohms. The effective differential USB 2.0 termination is between 80 and 100 ohms (90 ohms +/- 10%). Switches Power On/off Recording Memory Size 1 GB or 4 GB for traffic data capture, timing, state and other data. USB Protocol Suite User Manual 83 www.valuetronics.com... -
Page 108: Advisor T3 System Setup
Teledyne LeCroy Advisor T3 2.6.5 Advisor T3 System Setup Advisor T3 is configured and controlled through a host machine USB port. Figure 2.14: Advisor T3 Setup The Advisor T3 SuperSpeed (3.2) analyzer port differential input impedance is between 80 and Note: 120 ohms. USB Protocol Suite User Manual www.valuetronics.com... -
Page 109: Mercury T2C
Teledyne L eCroy Mercury T2C Mercury T2C The LeCroy USB Mercury T2C™ USB 2.0 and Power Delivery Protocol Analyzer is a verification system for USB development and testing. It supports USB 2.0. It is designed to record USB traffic and graphically present the logical transactions and events. It connects to a laptop or desktop host machine via USB 2.0. The Mercury T2C is powered by the USB Type-C cable, so no additional power cord is needed. 2.7.1 Components The Teledyne LeCroy Mercury T2C Analyzer package includes the following: One Teledyne LeCroy USB Mercury T2C Analyzer Six USB cables: 2x A-C, C-B, C-uB, C-C, C-A Receptacle Quick Start Guide 2.7.2 Front Panel Figure 2.15: Mercury T2C Front Panel The front panel has the following indicators and connectors: Connector 1 LED (Green - Good) (Red - Flip it over!) (Solid Yellow - Special Condition: See... -
Page 110: Rear Panel
Teledyne LeCroy Mercury T2C (Red - Flip it over!) (Solid Yellow - Special Condition: See “M310C, Mercury T2C, Mercury T2P: Yellow LED” on page 376) 2.7.3 Rear Panel Figure 2.16: Mercury T2C Rear Panel The rear panel has the following indicators and connectors: Type C connector for connection to host machine Aux 9-pin Mini DIN connector, used for External Trigger In and Out BNC connections. (Cable sold separately, part # AC032XXA-X) Figure 2.17: Trigger In Bayonet connector external trigger input. Note: Edge ... -
Page 111: Specifications
Teledyne L eCroy Mercury T2C Trigger Out Bayonet connector external trigger output. Pulse Width = 280 ns. Pulse Voltage = 3.3 Volts into 1 MegOhms. Pulse Voltage = 2.7 Volts into 50 Ohms. Pulse is positive going. WARNING: Do not open the enclosure. No operator serviceable parts are inside. Refer servicing to Teledyne LeCroy customer care. 2.7.4 Specifications The Analyzer has the following specifications. Power Requirements Powered by USB Cable. 5V, 0.5 A Environmental Conditions Operating 0 to 50 °C (32 to 122 °F) Temperature Storage Range -20 to 80 °C (-4 to 176 °F) Operating Humidity 10 to 90%, non-condensing Operating Altitude Up to 6560 feet (2000 meters) Probing Characteristics Connection connector cables USB 2.0 USB Type-C High Speed USB Connectors Standard cables Recording Memory Size 256 MB for traffic data capture, timing, state and other data. -
Page 112: Mercury T2C System Setup
Teledyne LeCroy Mercury T2C 2.7.5 Mercury T2C System Setup Mercury T2C is configured and controlled through a host machine USB port. Figure 2.18: Mercury T2C Setup The Device (UFP) should be reconnect to the Connector 1 (Left side), whereas the Host (DFP) should be connected to Connector 2 (Right side). The device and host should be connected to the cables before inserting into the Analyzer, so the orientation and UFP vs DFP aspect can be determined. Then the cables can be connected to the Mercury T2C. If the LED associated with the Connector shows Red, you need to flip the connector over so it shows Green. The will enable the analyzer to connect all the other signals in a 3.2 cable correctly, allowing the other SS, SS+, or Alternate Modes to work without interruption. USB Protocol Suite User Manual www.valuetronics.com... -
Page 113: Mercury T2P
Teledyne L eCroy Mercury T2P Mercury T2P The LeCroy USB Mercury T2P™ USB 2.0 and Power Delivery Protocol Analyzer is a verification system for USB development and testing. It supports USB 2.0, Power Delivery and Type-C, as well as Aux Port Display Port or Thunderbolt 3 Low Speed traffic. It is designed to record USB traffic and graphically present the logical transactions, events, and Power samples. It connects to a laptop or desktop host machine via USB 2.0. The Mercury T2P is powered by the USB Type-C cable, so no additional power cord is needed. 2.8.1 Components The Teledyne LeCroy Mercury T2P Analyzer package includes the following: One Teledyne LeCroy USB Mercury T2P Analyzer Six USB cables: 2x A-C, C-B, C-uB, C-C, C-A Receptacle Quick Start Guide 2.8.2 Front Panel Figure 2.19: Mercury T2P Front Panel The front panel has the following indicators and connectors: Connector 1 LED (Green - Good) (Red - Flip it over!) (Solid Yellow - Special Condition: See... -
Page 114: Rear Panel
Teledyne LeCroy Mercury T2P 2.8.3 Rear Panel Figure 2.20: Mercury T2P Rear Panel The rear panel has the following indicators and connectors: Type C connector for connection to host machine Aux 9-pin Mini DIN connector, used for External Trigger In and Out BNC connections. (Cable sold separately, part # AC032XXA-X) Figure 2.21: Trigger In Bayonet connector external trigger input. Note: Edge detected (Rising or Falling) Voltage required. Signal needs to be > 800mV to see a logic "1", Signal needs to be < 400mV to see a logic "0" . Maximum value of the external input signal which can be input is 5 V. Minimum value is 0 V. Trigger Out Bayonet connector external trigger output. USB Protocol Suite User Manual www.valuetronics.com... -
Page 115: Specifications
Teledyne L eCroy Mercury T2P Pulse Width = 280 ns. Pulse Voltage = 3.3 Volts into 1 MegOhms. Pulse Voltage = 2.7 Volts into 50 Ohms. Pulse is positive going. WARNING: Do not open the enclosure. No operator serviceable parts are inside. Refer servicing to Teledyne LeCroy customer care. 2.8.4 Specifications The Analyzer has the following specifications. Power Requirements Powered by USB Cable. 5V, 0.5 A Environmental Conditions Operating 0 to 50 °C (32 to 122 °F) Temperature Storage Range -20 to 80 °C (-4 to 176 °F) Operating Humidity 10 to 90%, non-condensing Operating Altitude Up to 6560 feet (2000 meters) Probing Characteristics Connection connector cables USB 2.0 USB Type-C High Speed USB Connectors Standard cables Recording Memory Size 512 MB for traffic data capture, timing, state and other data. USB Protocol Suite User Manual 91 www.valuetronics.com... -
Page 116: Mercury T2P System Setup
Teledyne LeCroy Mercury T2P 2.8.5 Mercury T2P System Setup Mercury T2P is configured and controlled through a host machine USB port. Figure 2.22: Mercury T2P Setup The Device (UFP) should be reconnect to the Connector 1 (Left side), whereas the Host (DFP) should be connected to Connector 2 (Right side). The device and host should be connected to the cables before inserting into the Analyzer, so the orientation and UFP vs DFP aspect can be determined. Then the cables can be connected to the Mercury T2P. If the LED associated with the Connector shows Red, you need to flip the connector over so it shows Green. The will enable the analyzer to connect all the other signals in a 3.2 cable correctly, allowing the other SS, SS+, or Alternate Modes to work without interruption. USB Protocol Suite User Manual www.valuetronics.com... -
Page 117: Mercury T2
Teledyne L eCroy Mercury T2 Mercury T2 The LeCroy USB Mercury T2™ USB 2.0 Protocol Analyzer is a verification system for USB development and testing. It supports USB 2.0. It is designed to record USB traffic and graphically present the logical transactions and events. It connects to a laptop or desktop host machine via USB 2.0. The Mercury T2 is powered by the USB cable, so no additional power cord is needed. 2.9.1 Components The Teledyne LeCroy Mercury T2 Analyzer package includes the following: One Teledyne LeCroy USB Mercury T2 Analyzer USB cables (three) Quick Start Guide 2.9.2 Front Panel Figure 2.23: Mercury T2 Front Panel The front panel has the following indicators and connectors: Power LED Green if powered on by rear USB Host connection Status LED Blue if system successfully initializes. Red while booting. If red for more than a minute, hardware failure. Green while initializing Analyzer Port A (downstream) Connects to Device under test. Analyzer Port B (upstream) ... -
Page 118: Rear Panel
Teledyne LeCroy Mercury T2 2.9.3 Rear Panel Figure 2.24: Mercury T2 Rear Panel The rear panel has the following indicators and connectors: Type B connector for connection to host machine Aux 9-pin Mini DIN connector, used for External Trigger In and Out BNC connections. (Cable sold separately, part # AC032XXA-X) Figure 2.25: Trigger In Bayonet connector external trigger input. Note: Edge detected (Rising or Falling) Voltage required. Signal needs to be > 800mV to see a logic "1", Signal needs to be < 400mV to see a logic "0" . Maximum value of the external input signal which can be input is 5 V. Minimum value is 0 V. Trigger Out Bayonet connector external trigger output. Pulse Width = 280 ns. Pulse Voltage = 3.3 Volts into 1 MegOhms. Pulse Voltage = 2.7 Volts into 50 Ohms. Pulse is positive going. Do not open the enclosure. No operator serviceable parts are inside. Refer WARNING: servicing to Teledyne LeCroy customer care. USB Protocol Suite User Manual www.valuetronics.com... -
Page 119: Specifications
Teledyne L eCroy Mercury T2 2.9.4 Specifications The Analyzer has the following specifications. Power Requirements Powered by USB Cable. 5V, 0.5 A Environmental Conditions Operating 0 to 50 °C (32 to 122 °F) Temperature Storage Range -20 to 80 °C (-4 to 176 °F) Operating Humidity 10 to 90%, non-condensing Operating Altitude Up to 6560 feet (2000 meters) Probing Characteristics Connection High Speed USB Connectors Recording Memory Size 256 MB for traffic data capture, timing, state and other data. USB Protocol Suite User Manual 95 www.valuetronics.com... -
Page 120: Mercury T2 System Setup
Teledyne LeCroy Mercury T2 2.9.5 Mercury T2 System Setup Mercury T2 is configured and controlled through a host machine USB port. Figure 2.26: Mercury T2 Setup USB Protocol Suite User Manual www.valuetronics.com... -
Page 121: Voyager M3X Analyzer
Teledyne L eCroy Voyager M3x Analyzer 2.10 Voyager M3x Analyzer 2.10.1 System Components and Packing List These system components are on the packing list: Voyager M3x Analyzer Exerciser System AC power cable USB cables (7 USB 2.0, 3 USB 3.2) Micro to Standard USB adapter Mini to Standard USB adapter Quick Start Guide 2.10.2 Host Machine Requirements Please refer to the USBProtocolSuite_Readme.html file from the software installation site for the current host machine and operating system requirements. 2.10.3 Analyzer The Analyzer is shown in the figures below. Figure 2.27: Voyager M3x Analyzer Front Figure 2.28: Voyager M3x Analyzer Rear USB Protocol Suite User Manual 97 www.valuetronics.com... -
Page 122: M3X Features
Teledyne LeCroy Voyager M3x Analyzer M3x Features The features of the Analyzer are listed in the following table. Features Function Front Panel: Power LED Green if plugged in and powered on Status LED Blue if system successfully initializes Red if hardware failure Green while initializing USB ports (Analyzer and A (downstream) and B (upstream) Exerciser) Analyzer LEDs Recording Green if 2.0 recording enabled or 3.2 recording enabled in Analyzer mode Trig Yellow when triggered USB 2.0 Solid Yellow FS SOF's, LS EOP's, or control endpoint traffic Slow Flashing Yellow LS Traffic on endpoints other than 0 (resets activity timer as in 3.2) Fast Flashing Yellow FS Traffic on endpoints other than 0 (resets activity timer as in 3.2) Solid Green... -
Page 123: Specifications
Teledyne L eCroy Voyager M3x Analyzer SMA external trigger input. Note: Edge detected (Rising or Falling) Voltage required. Signal needs to be > 800mV to see a logic "1", Signal needs to be < 400mV to see a logic "0" . Maximum value of the external input signal which can be input is 5 V. Minimum value is 0 V. These conditions will trigger the analyzer to start recording or will trigger the action specified in the Advance Recording Options. See “Advanced Mode: Voyager M3x” on page 260. SMA external trigger output. Pulse Width = 280 ns. Pulse Voltage = 3.3 Volts into 1 MegOhms. Pulse Voltage = 2.7 Volts into 50 Ohms. Pulse is positive going. Rear Panel: Sync In For use in Daisy chaining and CrossSync scenarios. Sync Out For use in Daisy chaining and CrossSync scenarios. ETHERNET Gigabit Ethernet for connection to host machine. USB 3.2 Super Speed Standard B Connector to host machine. DC IN 12V, 5A power supply connector. Power Switch (0/1) Off/On Note: USB 2.0 Link LEDs operate only while USB 2.0 Recording or Real-Time Statistics (RTS) is running. ... -
Page 124: Environmental Conditions
Teledyne LeCroy Voyager M3x Analyzer Environmental Conditions Operating 0 to 55 °C (32 to 131 °F) Temperature Storage Range -20 to 80 °C (-4 to 176 °F) Operating Humidity 10 to 90%, non-condensing Operating Altitude Up to 6560 feet (2000 meters) Probing Characteristics Connection SuperSpeed connectors: The Voyager SuperSpeed (3.2) analyzer and exerciser port differential input impedance is between 80 and 120 ohms. USB 3.2 cables High Speed USB Connectors Standard cables Note: The USB 2.0 exerciser port is not terminated differentially. The single ended termination is 45 ohms to ground +/- 10% or between 40.5 and 49.5 ohms. The effective differential USB 2.0 termination is between 80 and 100 ohms (90 ohms +/- 10%). Switches Power On/off Recording Memory Size 1 GB or 4 GB for traffic data capture, timing, state and other data. USB Protocol Suite User Manual www.valuetronics.com... -
Page 125: Usbtracer/Trainer, Usb Advisor, Usbmobile Hs And Usbmobile T2
Teledyne L eCroy USBTracer/Trainer, USB Advisor, USBMobile HS and USBMobile T2 2.11 USBTracer/Trainer, USB Advisor, USBMobile HS and USBMobile These CATC analyzers are no longer supported beginning in version 7.65. To use these older analyzers you will have to uninstall the newer software and install an older release (4.80 or earlier) which will be available on the Teledyne LeCroy Web Site. Earlier versions of the software include the documentation related to these units in their respective User Manual versions. USB Protocol Suite User Manual 101 www.valuetronics.com... - Page 126 Teledyne LeCroy USBTracer/Trainer, USB Advisor, USBMobile HS and USBMobile T2 USB Protocol Suite User Manual www.valuetronics.com...
-
Page 127: Chapter 3: Installation
Chapter 3 Installation Window ® ® The USB Protocol Suite Analyzer software installs onto a Microsoft host machine using the Windows Server 2016, Windows Server 2019 or Windows 10 64-bit operating systems. Important: Please uninstall any versions of USBTracer, USB Advisor, or USBMobile HS software on your host machine BEFORE installing USB Protocol Suite. The older software is not compatible with the new software and device drivers. Note: Files recorded with USB Chief USB , USBTracer, USB Advisor, or USBMobile analyzers are no longer supported and cannot be converted into USB Protocol Suite files. Installing the Analyzer Software on the Host Machine Note: You must install the software before connecting the Analyzer to the host machine for the first time. 3.1.1 Downloading the USB Protocol Suite software You can download the latest version of the USB Protocol Suite software from the following site: https://teledynelecroy.com/sw/usb/ Note: First-time user registration is required. USB Protocol Suite User Manual 103 www.valuetronics.com... -
Page 128: Windows Server 2016/2019
Teledyne LeCroy Installing the Analyzer Software on the Host Machine 3.1.2 Windows Server 2016/2019 If you are using Windows Server 2016/2019, the Teledyne LeCroy USB Protocol Suite Software needs to be added to the firewall exceptions to ensure that the application can find the analyzers over your Ethernet network. To add the USB Protocol Suite Software application to the firewall exceptions perform the following steps. 1. Open the Control Panel. See Figure 3.1. Start with the Control Panel Figure 3.1: Windows Server 2016/2019: Start Menu -> Control Panel USB Protocol Suite User Manual www.valuetronics.com... - Page 129 Teledyne L eCroy Installing the Analyzer Software on the Host Machine 2. From the Control Panel. select the “Systems and Security” screen. See Figure 3.2. Figure 3.2: Windows Server 2016/2019: Control Panel -> System and Security Screen USB Protocol Suite User Manual 105 www.valuetronics.com...
- Page 130 Teledyne LeCroy Installing the Analyzer Software on the Host Machine 3. From the Control Panel -> System and Security Screen, select “Allow an App through Windows Firewall”. See Figure 3.3. Figure 3.3: Windows Server 2016/2019: Allow an App Through Windows Firewall USB Protocol Suite User Manual www.valuetronics.com...
- Page 131 Teledyne L eCroy Installing the Analyzer Software on the Host Machine 4. From the Windows Firewall screen -> Allow apps to communicate through Windows Firewall, select “Change settings”, then select “Allow another program”. See Figure 3.4. Figure 3.4: Windows Server 2016/2019: Change Settings -> Allowed Another app USB Protocol Suite User Manual 107 www.valuetronics.com...
- Page 132 Teledyne LeCroy Installing the Analyzer Software on the Host Machine 5. From the User Account Control screen, select “Yes”. Figure 3.5. Note: This screen may be optional if you have already allowed Microsoft Windows to make changes to your computer. Figure 3.5: Windows Server 2016/2019: User Account Control USB Protocol Suite User Manual www.valuetronics.com...
- Page 133 Teledyne L eCroy Installing the Analyzer Software on the Host Machine 6. From the “Add an app” screen, select the Browse button. See Figure 3.6. Figure 3.6: Windows Server 2016/2019: Add an App USB Protocol Suite User Manual 109 www.valuetronics.com...
- Page 134 Teledyne LeCroy Installing the Analyzer Software on the Host Machine 7. In the Browse window navigate to the location of the installation directory for the USB Protocol Suite you are installing. The Teledyne LeCroy USB Protocol Suite is typically installed on your machine in the C:\Program Files\LeCroy\USB Protocol Suite directory. See Figure 3.7. Figure 3.7: Windows Server 2016/2019: Browse to Find Application -> USB Protocol Suite Application 8. Select the USB Protocol Suite executable file (with the .exe extension) and click on “Open”. USB Protocol Suite User Manual www.valuetronics.com...
- Page 135 Teledyne L eCroy Installing the Analyzer Software on the Host Machine 9. If necessary, select the Teledyne LeCroy USB Protocol Suite you want to add. Then click on “ADD”, this will add the Teledyne LeCroy USB Protocol Suite software to the Apps allowed through the Firewall. See Figure 3.8. Figure 3.8: Windows Server 2016/2019: Add an Application to the Firewall Exceptions USB Protocol Suite User Manual 111 www.valuetronics.com...
- Page 136 Teledyne LeCroy Installing the Analyzer Software on the Host Machine 10. After the Application has been added, you can see it in the “Allow apps to communicate through Windows Firewall” screen. See Figure 3.9. Figure 3.9: Windows Server 2016/2019: Add Teledyne LeCroy USB Protocol Suite to Allowed Applications Click “OK” and you’re done with updating the Firewall. USB Protocol Suite User Manual www.valuetronics.com...
-
Page 137: Allow Usb Protocol Suite Through Local Firewall
Teledyne L eCroy Installing the Analyzer Software on the Host Machine 3.1.3 Allow USB Protocol Suite Through Local Firewall To add the USB Protocol Suite Software application to the firewall exceptions perform the following steps for a Windows 10 installation. 1. Open the Control Panel. See Figure 3.10. Start with the Control Panel Figure 3.10: Windows 10: Start Menu -> Control Panel USB Protocol Suite User Manual 113 www.valuetronics.com... - Page 138 Teledyne LeCroy Installing the Analyzer Software on the Host Machine 2. From the Control Panel. select the “Systems and Security” screen. See Figure 3.11. Figure 3.11: Windows 10: Control Panel -> System and Security Screen USB Protocol Suite User Manual www.valuetronics.com...
- Page 139 Teledyne L eCroy Installing the Analyzer Software on the Host Machine 3. From the Control Panel -> System and Security Screen, select “Allow an App through Windows Firewall”. See Figure 3.12. Figure 3.12: Windows 10: Allow an App Through Windows Firewall USB Protocol Suite User Manual 115 www.valuetronics.com...
- Page 140 Teledyne LeCroy Installing the Analyzer Software on the Host Machine 4. From the Windows Firewall screen -> Allow apps to communicate through Windows Firewall, select “Change settings”, then select “Allow another program”. See Figure 3.13 and Figure 3.14 on page 117. Figure 3.13: Windows 10: Change Settings -> Change settings USB Protocol Suite User Manual www.valuetronics.com...
- Page 141 Teledyne L eCroy Installing the Analyzer Software on the Host Machine Figure 3.14: Windows 10: Change Settings -> Allowed Another app USB Protocol Suite User Manual 117 www.valuetronics.com...
- Page 142 Teledyne LeCroy Installing the Analyzer Software on the Host Machine 5. From the User Account Control screen, select “Yes”. Figure 3.15. Note: This screen may be optional if you have already allowed Microsoft Windows to make changes to your computer. Figure 3.15: Windows 10: User Account Control USB Protocol Suite User Manual www.valuetronics.com...
- Page 143 Teledyne L eCroy Installing the Analyzer Software on the Host Machine 6. From the “Add an app” screen, select the Browse button. See Figure 3.16. Figure 3.16: Windows 10: Add an App -> Browse USB Protocol Suite User Manual 119 www.valuetronics.com...
- Page 144 Teledyne LeCroy Installing the Analyzer Software on the Host Machine 7. In the Browse window navigate to the location of the installation directory for the USB Protocol Suite you are installing. The Teledyne LeCroy USB Protocol Suite is typically installed on your machine in the C:\Program Files (x86)\LeCroy\USB Protocol Suite directory. See Figure 3.17. Figure 3.17: Windows 10: Browse to Find Application -> USB Protocol Suite Application 8. Select the USB Protocol Suite executable file (with the .exe extension) and click on “Open”. USB Protocol Suite User Manual www.valuetronics.com...
- Page 145 Teledyne L eCroy Installing the Analyzer Software on the Host Machine 9. If necessary, select the Teledyne LeCroy USB Protocol Suite you want to add. Then click on “ADD”, this will add the Teledyne LeCroy USB Protocol Suite software to the Apps allowed through the Firewall. See Figure 3.17. Figure 3.18: Windows 10: Add an Application to the Firewall Exceptions USB Protocol Suite User Manual 121 www.valuetronics.com...
- Page 146 Teledyne LeCroy Installing the Analyzer Software on the Host Machine 10. After the Application has been added, you can see it in the “Allow apps to communicate through Windows Firewall” screen. See Figure 3.18. Figure 3.19: Windows 10: Add Teledyne LeCroy USB Protocol Suite to Allowed Applications Click “OK” and you’re done with updating the Firewall. USB Protocol Suite User Manual www.valuetronics.com...
-
Page 147: Launching The Usb Protocol Suite
Teledyne L eCroy Setting Up the Analyzer - USB Connection 3.1.4 Launching the USB Protocol Suite To start the application, launch the program from the Start menu: Start > Programs > LeCroy > USB Protocol Suite > USB Protocol Suite The installer adds a service which helps keep your software up-to-date. If you receive a message Note: from your anti-virus software, please do one of the following: Disable your antivirus software until the USB Protocol Suite has completed installing, or choose not to use the Automatic Update feature when you are presented with this option during the installation. Setting Up the Analyzer - USB Connection To set up an Analyzer using a USB connection: 1. Connect the AC power cord to the rear of the Analyzer and to a 100-volt to 240-volt, 50-Hz to 60-Hz, 300-W power outlet. Note: The Analyzer is capable of supporting supply voltages between 100 volts and 240 volts, 50 Hz or ... -
Page 148: Setting Up The Analyzer - Ethernet Connection
Teledyne LeCroy Setting Up the Analyzer - Ethernet Connection Setting Up the Analyzer - Ethernet Connection To set up an Analyzer using an Ethernet connection: 1. Connect the provided AC power cord to the rear of the Voyager M3i and to a 100- volt to 240-volt, 50-Hz to 60-Hz, 300-W power outlet or attach the appropriate DC adapter for your analyzer. Note: The Analyzer is capable of supporting supply voltages between 100 volts and 240 volts, 50 Hz or 60 Hz, thus supporting all supply voltages around the world. 2. Download the most current software from: https://teledynelecroy.com/sw/usb/ 3. At this point you can connect from your host machine to the analyzer using either a Static IP Address (using a Static IP Address is helpful if you are planning to attach the analyzer to your local PC and want to use the ethernet connection) or a Dynamic IP address if you are on a network. The steps for each method are described below. 3.3.1 Using a Static IP Address In some cases, you might find it desirable to use a direct Ethernet connection from you Analyzer PC to the USB Analyzer. One reason might be that you want them separated by more than 1 meter, which is the typical USB cable length. Or you might not have a USB 3.2 (5Gbps) port on your Host PC, so Ethernet would be faster than USB 2.0 transfers. To make this connection, it is required that you set the Static IP Address on you PC, then use a USB cable (temporarily) to set a Static IP address on your USB Analyzer. After this is done, you can do a direct Ethernet connection from your PC to the Analyzer. Setting a Static IP Address on your PC 1. - Page 149 Teledyne L eCroy Setting Up the Analyzer - Ethernet Connection Figure 3.20: Control Panel: All Items -> Network and Sharing Center USB Protocol Suite User Manual 125 www.valuetronics.com...
- Page 150 Teledyne LeCroy Setting Up the Analyzer - Ethernet Connection This will bring up the Network and Sharing Center Menu. See Figure 3.21 Figure 3.21: Control Panel: Change Adapter Settings 3. Click on “Change Adapter Settings” and the Local Area Connection icon will pop up. See Figure 3.22. Figure 3.22: Local Area Connection Icon USB Protocol Suite User Manual www.valuetronics.com...
- Page 151 Teledyne L eCroy Setting Up the Analyzer - Ethernet Connection 4. Now click on the Local Area Connection icon to set up IPv4 Properties (see Figure 3.23). Figure 3.23: IPv4: Properties 5. Click on “Properties” and this will bring up a dialog box to enter your local Static IP Settings. See Figure 3.24 on page 128. USB Protocol Suite User Manual 127 www.valuetronics.com...
- Page 152 Teledyne LeCroy Setting Up the Analyzer - Ethernet Connection Typical Static IP Settings Figure 3.24: Setting Static IP Address 6. After setting the IP Address, Subnet mask and Default gateway, click on “OK” and these settings will be used by your host computer. 7. To verify that your IP Address has been changed, open a Command Prompt window (also available from Start -> All Apps -> Windows System). See USB Protocol Suite User Manual www.valuetronics.com...
-
Page 153: Setting A Static Ip Address On Your Usb Analyzer
Teledyne L eCroy Setting Up the Analyzer - Ethernet Connection Static IP Address Figure 3.25: Command Prompt Window: ipconfig Setting a Static IP Address on your USB Analyzer 1. Connect your PC to the Analyzer with a USB cable. 2. Now power on your analyzer (with the USB cable attached). 3. After the analyzer has initialized, Start the USB Protocol Suite software and select “Setup -> All Connected Devices”. See Figure 3.26 on page 130. USB Protocol Suite User Manual 129 www.valuetronics.com... - Page 154 Teledyne LeCroy Setting Up the Analyzer - Ethernet Connection Figure 3.26: Setup: All Connected Devices Select All Connected Devices and the following window pops up, showing you the connected USB analyzer. In this case we have a Voyager M310C Ready to Connect. See Figure 3.27. Figure 3.27: All Connected Devices: Analyzer Selected USB Protocol Suite User Manual www.valuetronics.com...
- Page 155 Teledyne L eCroy Setting Up the Analyzer - Ethernet Connection Now select the IP Settings tab to configure the analyzer with an appropriate IP address (see Figure 3.28 below). In this case we’ve used the same subnet settings as our host PC but set the LSBs of the IP Address to “20” so that the analyzer won’t interfere with our host PC (that has an IP address of 192.168.1.15). See Figure 3.25 on page 129 for reference. Figure 3.28: Setting Static IP Address for Analyzer Click Apply and a window will popup telling you that the new IP Settings have been applied. See Figure 3.29. Figure 3.29: New IP Settings Have Been Applied USB Protocol Suite User Manual 131 www.valuetronics.com...
-
Page 156: Ethernet Direct Connection
Teledyne LeCroy Setting Up the Analyzer - Ethernet Connection Ethernet Direct Connection 1. Make sure the USB cable is NOT attached the the USB Analyzer. 2. Now you can attach an ethernet cable from your host PC to the analyzer and power cycle the analyzer. Wait for the analyzer to initialize (the blue LED will come on after initialization) and start up the USB Protocol Suite software. Select “Setup -> All Connected Devices” and then select the analyzer you want to connect to. The Connect tab will be highlighted. See Figure 3.30. Figure 3.30: USB Analyzer with New IP Address Connected Over an Ethernet bus USB Protocol Suite User Manual www.valuetronics.com... - Page 157 Teledyne L eCroy Setting Up the Analyzer - Ethernet Connection Now the USB Analyzer Devices Dialog will show the analyzer has been connected and you can close the window and begin recording. See Figure 3.31. Figure 3.31: Analyzer Connected to Host PC over Ethernet Bus USB Protocol Suite User Manual 133 www.valuetronics.com...
-
Page 158: Using A Dynamic Ip Address
Teledyne LeCroy Setting Up the Analyzer - Ethernet Connection 3.3.2 Using a Dynamic IP Address 1. To use a DHCP network, make sure that the host machine connects to a DHCP network, then connect the Ethernet port on the Analyzer to the DHCP network. Note: If the DHCP network uses a Firewall, you must set the Firewall to allow the Analyzer device on the network. See “Allow USB Protocol Suite Through Local Firewall” on page 113. Note: Direct connection from the Ethernet port on the host machine to the Ethernet port on the Analyzer is supported in this release. See “IP Settings (Voyager only)” on page 141. 2. Turn on the power switch. At power-on, the Analyzer initializes itself in approximately ten seconds and performs an Note: exhaustive self-diagnostic that lasts about five seconds. If the diagnostics fail, call Teledyne LeCroy. Complete Analyzer setup in the “Application Startup” section (See “Application Startup” on page 138). WARNING: Do not change from USB to Ethernet, or back, without cycling to the Analyzer’s power. Disconnection of USB or Ethernet during capture or uploading of trace data is not supported, Note: and may cause the software to malfunction or crash. 3.3.3 Firewall Exceptions The installer provides the option to set Windows Firewall exceptions to enable full communication between USB Protocol Suite and network-attached analyz- ers. The installer only sets such exceptions for Private and Domain networks. For security reasons, the installer will not modify firewall settings for Public net- works. -
Page 159: Cascading With Catc Sync Expansion Card
Teledyne L eCroy Cascading with CATC SYNC Expansion Card Cascading with CATC SYNC Expansion Card You can daisy chain two Analyzers, if they both have a CATC SYNC port: Voyager M3 and M3i require a CATC Sync Expansion Card for cascading. Voyager M3x, M310, M310C, M310P, M4x, and Advisor T3 have built-in CATC SYNC ports and only require a cross-connect or octopus cable accessory kit. After Analyzers are connected, recording will start simultaneously and triggers will occur simultaneously, with synchronized timestamps. This feature can be "soft" disconnected by modifying the CATC Sync options on the Recording Options General tab. You must select both Analyzers in the Device List dialog (see “Analyzer Devices” on page 140). Important: If you are using other analyzers (NOT USB!) in your daisy chain (this would include PCIe, DDR, SAS, SAS, FC, net) and do not wish to use the daisy chaining feature of synchronized recordings, you must UNPLUG the cable! If you do not unplug, the electrical signal prevents recording on all Analyzers. In this software version, daisy chained recording only works if you use two Voyagers OR two Note: Advisor T3s. You cannot use one of each. Also, you must enable 3.2 Auto-Detect/Termination mode. Manual control does not work. 3.4.1 Capturing USB 2.0 traffic with CATC Sync or Cross Sync When using Cross Sync or CATC Sync and capturing USB 2.0 traffic, attach the USB 2.0 capturing ... - Page 160 Teledyne LeCroy Cascading with CATC SYNC Expansion Card To remove an expansion card, follow these steps: 1. Unplug the system from AC power and turn the system so the expansion port is facing you. Note the two retaining screws and the holes for the extraction tool that are located on the panel of the expansion card. The example shows a different expansion card, but the removal method is the same. Note: 2. Insert the extraction-tool prongs into the holes in the expansion card panel. Note: If the prongs do not slip easily into the holes, use a small nail file or similar device to remove paint from the prongs. 3. Rotate the extraction tool to a horizontal position to lock the prongs into place and make a handle. USB Protocol Suite User Manual www.valuetronics.com...
- Page 161 Teledyne L eCroy Cascading with CATC SYNC Expansion Card 4. Using the screwdriver, loosen both retaining screws by rotating counter-clockwise approximately two full turns, until feeling slight resistance. Do not force the retaining screws after two turns. 5. Using the extraction tool as a handle, gently wriggle the expansion card forward about 1/8”. 6. Repeat steps 4 and 5 approximately three times, until the card is free from the retaining screws and you can remove the card from the system. USB Protocol Suite User Manual 137 www.valuetronics.com...
-
Page 162: Application Startup
Teledyne LeCroy Application Startup Application Startup To start the application, launch the Teledyne LeCroy USB Protocol Suite program from the Start Menu: Start > All Programs > LeCroy > USB Protocol Suite > USB Protocol Suite to open the main window (see Figure 3.32 on page 138). Figure 3.32: Main Window. USB Protocol Suite User Manual www.valuetronics.com... -
Page 163: Confirm Proper Hardware Installation And Usb Or Ethernet Connection
Teledyne L eCroy Application Startup You can use the software with or without the system connected to the host machine. Without the Analyzer, the program functions as a trace viewer to view, analyze, and print trace files. 3.5.1 Confirm Proper Hardware Installation and USB or Ethernet Connection USB Connection For USB connection, after you open the USB Protocol Suite application, confirm proper installation and USB connection by selecting About from the Help menu to view the Software Version, Firmware Version, BusEngine™ Version, and Unit Serial Number in the About window. Ethernet Connection (Voyager only) For Ethernet connection, after you open the USB Protocol Suite application, confirm proper installation and Ethernet connection using the Analyzer Devices dialog and the About window. USB Protocol Suite User Manual 139 www.valuetronics.com... -
Page 164: Analyzer Devices
Teledyne LeCroy Application Startup 3.5.2 Analyzer Devices To show the available Analyzer Devices, select Setup > All Connected Devices to display the Analyzer Devices dialog. The dialog displays the Device, Location, and Status. You can click: About to display device information (see “Software, Firmware, and BusEngine Revisions” on page 733). Update Device (see “Manual Updates to Firmware, BusEngine, and Serdes BusEngine” on page 738) Update License (see “Updating the Software License” on page 743) Connect to display the Connection Properties dialog, in which you can set the system to: Automatically connect to the device. Ask to connect to the device. Take no action. Add Device to display the Add Ethernet Attached Device dialog, in which you can enter an IP Address. IP Settings to use a DHCP or Static IP address. To refresh the list of devices, click Refresh Device List. Before starting recording, select the Analyzer you want to use for recording. -
Page 165: Ip Settings (Voyager Only)
Teledyne L eCroy Application Startup 3.5.3 IP Settings (Voyager only) If connected to a device, you can change the IP settings: DHCP automatically assigns an IP address. DHCP is the default. Static IP prompts you to enter a specific IP address. To change from DHCP to Static IP while connected to a device: 1. Select Setup > All Connected Devices from the menu bar to display the Analyzer Devices dialog. Figure 3.33: Analyzer Devices Dialog. Note: If you are not connected to a device, the IP Settings command is grayed out. 2. Select the device to use in the recording, then click the IP Settings button to display the Device IP Settings dialog. Figure 3.34: Device IP Settings Dialog Two radio buttons are available: ... - Page 166 Teledyne LeCroy Application Startup 3. To change to Static IP, click the Static IP radio button. Enter the IP Address. Enter the Subnet Mask. Enter the Default Gateway. Figure 3.35: Device IP Settings Dialog Click Apply to get a success message and return to the Analyzer Devices dialog. You can let the system Suggest static IP settings (IP address and subnet mask). Note: 4. Click Close to close the dialog and use the device with a Static IP address. USB Protocol Suite User Manual www.valuetronics.com...
-
Page 167: Signal Parameters
Teledyne L eCroy Application Startup 3.5.4 Signal Parameters For USB, to add, remove, edit, load (from a comma-delimited .csv file), or save (as a comma- delimited .csv file) USB 3.2 devices and to calibrate USB 3.2 connections, select Setup > Signal Parameters... (see Figure 3.36) to display the Signal Settings dialog (see Figure 3.37 on page 144). Figure 3.36: Signal Parameters USB Protocol Suite User Manual 143 www.valuetronics.com... - Page 168 Teledyne LeCroy Application Startup Typical Figure 3.37: USB 3.2 Device Analyzer Host Signal Profiles Dialog USB Protocol Suite User Manual www.valuetronics.com...
-
Page 169: Voyager M310 And M310C
Teledyne L eCroy Application Startup Voyager M310 and M310C To edit the Host Signal Parameters Profile of a specific profile entry double click on the entry and the following Host Signal Parameters Profile dialog will pop up (see Figure 3.38). Figure 3.38: USB 3.2 Device Analyzer Host Signal Parameters Profile Dialog Voyager M310 and M310C The dialog allows you to Read from Analyzer. The dialog allows you to Apply to Analyzer. USB Protocol Suite User Manual 145 www.valuetronics.com... - Page 170 Teledyne LeCroy Application Startup You can enter Device to Analyzer Signal Settings and Host to Analyzer Signal Settings: Device Name Device Cable ID Host Name Host Cable ID Transmit Parameters Amplitude (0 - 1260mv) Pre-Tap (-15 to +15) Post 1st-Tap (0 - 31) Post 2nd-Tap (-15 to 15) Receive Parameters ...
-
Page 171: Voyager M3/M3I
Teledyne L eCroy Application Startup Voyager M3/M3i To edit the Host Signal Parameters Profile of a specific profile entry double click on the entry and the following Host Signal Parameters Profile dialog will pop up (see Figure 3.39). Figure 3.39: USB 3.2 Device Analyzer Host Signal Parameters Profile Dialog M3/M3i The dialog allows you to Read from Analyzer. The dialog allows you to Apply to Analyzer. USB Protocol Suite User Manual 147 www.valuetronics.com... - Page 172 Teledyne LeCroy Application Startup You can enter Device to Analyzer Signal Settings and Host to Analyzer Signal Settings: Device Name Device Cable ID Host Name Host Cable ID Input Signal Equalization (ISE) Settings short time constant: Maximum, Moderate, Minimum, Off or Current medium time constant: Maximum, Moderate, Minimum, Off or Current long time constant: Maximum, Moderate, Minimum, Off or Current If you select to Enable Both Equalization Modifiers you can set: ...
-
Page 173: Voyager M3X
Teledyne L eCroy Application Startup Voyager M3x To edit the Host Signal Parameters Profile of a specific profile entry double click on the entry and the following Host Signal Parameters Profile dialog will pop up (see Figure 3.40). Figure 3.40: USB 3.2 Device Analyzer Host Signal Parameters Profile Dialog M3x. The dialog allows you to Read from Analyzer. The dialog allows you to Apply to Analyzer. USB Protocol Suite User Manual 149 www.valuetronics.com... - Page 174 Teledyne LeCroy Application Startup You can enter Device to Analyzer Signal Settings and Host to Analyzer Signal Settings: Device Name Device Cable ID Host Name Host Cable ID Transmit Parameters VOD (0 - 7) Pre-Tap (-16 to 15) Post 1st-Tap (0 - 31) Post 2nd-Tap (0 - 31) Receive Parameters ...
-
Page 175: Voyager M310P
Teledyne L eCroy Application Startup Voyager M310P To edit the Host Signal Parameters Profile of a specific profile entry double click on the entry (see Figure 3.41) and the following Host Signal Parameters Profile dialog will pop up (see Figure 3.42 on page 152). Figure 3.41: USB 3.2 Device Analyzer Host Signal Parameters Profile Dialog M310P. USB Protocol Suite User Manual 151 www.valuetronics.com... - Page 176 Teledyne LeCroy Application Startup Voyager M310P To edit the Host Signal Parameters Profile of a specific profile entry double click on the entry and the following Host Signal Parameters Profile dialog will pop up (see Figure 3.42). Figure 3.42: USB 3.2 Device Analyzer Host Signal Parameters Profile Dialog M310P The dialog allows you to Read from Voyager. The dialog allows you to Apply to Voyager. You can enter Analyzer Signal Settings for Port 1 and Port 2: Left DUT (1) name Right (2) DUT name ...
- Page 177 Teledyne L eCroy Application Startup Tap 4 -7 to 7 db Tap 5 -7 to 7 db You can enter Exerciser Signal Settings for SS Pair A and SS Pair B: DUT name Cable ID DUT name Cable ID Receiver Parameters RX DC Gain (0 - 4 db) EQ Control (0 - 15 db) DFE Settings ...
-
Page 178: Advisor T3
Teledyne LeCroy Application Startup Advisor T3 For the Advisor T3, to add, remove, edit, load (from a comma-delimited .csv file), or save (as a comma-delimited .csv file) USB 3.2 devices and to calibrate USB 3.2 connections, select Setup > USB 3.2 Device/Host Signal Parameters. If the Advisor T3 is in default mode (Automatic) you’ll get the following message (see Figure 3.43). Figure 3.43: Advisor T3: Warning Message To set the Recording Options to Manual, Open the USB Protocol Suite -> Recording Options. Select General -> Advisor T3. Then select the USB 3.2 tab. Then select Manual (see Figure 3.44 on page 155). USB Protocol Suite User Manual www.valuetronics.com... - Page 179 Teledyne L eCroy Application Startup Figure 3.44: Recording Options: Advisor T3 This will allow you to bring up the Host Signal Profiles for the Advisor T3 (see Figure 3.45 on page 156). USB Protocol Suite User Manual 155 www.valuetronics.com...
- Page 180 Teledyne LeCroy Application Startup Figure 3.45: Host Signal Profiles: Advisor T3 Double click on an existing profile and you can update it’s parameters (see Figure 3.46 on page 157). USB Protocol Suite User Manual www.valuetronics.com...
- Page 181 Teledyne L eCroy Application Startup Figure 3.46: Host Signal Profiles: Advisor T3 The dialog allows you to Read from Analyzer. The dialog allows you to Apply to Analyzer. USB Protocol Suite User Manual 157 www.valuetronics.com...
- Page 182 Teledyne LeCroy Application Startup You can enter Device to Analyzer Signal Settings and Host to Analyzer Signal Settings: Device Name Device Cable ID Host Name Host Cable ID Input Signal Equalization (ISE) Settings short time constant: Maximum, Moderate, Minimum, Off or Current medium time constant: Maximum, Moderate, Minimum, Off or Current long time constant: Maximum, Moderate, Minimum, Off or Current If you select to Enable Both Equalization Modifiers you can set: ...
-
Page 183: M4X Signal Parameters (Usb4 And Usb3.2)
Teledyne L eCroy Application Startup 3.5.5 M4x Signal Parameters (USB4 and USB3.2) To select values for the Rx Equalizer Settings for the M4x follow the steps outlined below. Select Setup -> Signal Parameters -> M4x and the following dialog box opens: See Figure 3.47. Figure 3.47: Signal Parameters: M4x Rx Equalizer Settings: Set All Lanes or Set Lane 0 and Lane 1 to different values. You can set the values for Left - Analyzer Connector 1: To Analyzer ... - Page 184 Teledyne LeCroy Application Startup You can set the values for Right - Analyzer Connector 2: To Analyzer CTLE Values: From 0.0 dB to 6.0 dB in 0.2 dB increments DC Gain Values: From 0.0 dB to 6.0 dB in 0.2 dB increments SigDet Values: From 30 mV to 410 mV in varying increments To Left Connector CTLE Values: From 0.0 dB to 6.0 dB in 0.2 dB increments DC Gain Values: From 0.0 dB to 6.0 dB in 0.2 dB increments SigDet Values: From 30 mV to 410 mV in varying increments If you enter values for the Rx Equalizer Settings and select “Add” the following dialog box will open allowing you to save the set of settings. See Figure 3.48. Figure 3.48: New Signal Settings: Name of Set of Settings Click on “OK” .
- Page 185 Teledyne L eCroy Application Startup M4x Signal Settings: “Initial_Test_Settings” Set of Values Appear in Settings Box Figure 3.49: You can also Save and Apply, Reset, or Save the set of Rx Equalizer Settings values you have chosen. If you have more than one set of values you can Add that set or Delete it as well. USB Protocol Suite User Manual 161 www.valuetronics.com...
-
Page 186: Rx Equalization Settings Detail And Troubleshooting Capture/Link Problems
Teledyne LeCroy Application Startup 3.5.5.1 Rx Equalization Settings Detail and Troubleshooting Capture/Link Problems Figure 3.50 shows how Rx Equalization setting are mapped to different paths in M4x Analyzer front end. "To Analyzer" settings are designated to tune settings for the path between attached DUTs and "protocol analyzer FPGA" (which is shown with green lines in Figure 3.50), so if the link between two DUTs are good but analyzer is capturing IPSs, you need to adjust these parameters. If the errors (IPS packets) seen from "Left" in captured trace need to change setting for left connector and if errors seen from "right" in captured trace, you need to change parameters for right connector. "To Right connector"/"To Left Connector": These settings are designated to tune settings for pass- through the path (path between two DUTs) as highlighted with purple color in Figure 3.50. If the link between DUTs is getting broken by putting the M4x analyzer in the middle of traffic, you need to adjust these parameters to create a successful link between the DUTs attached to both sides of analyzer. Figure 3.50: Rx Equalization Settings USB Protocol Suite User Manual www.valuetronics.com... -
Page 187: Adding New Rx Equalization Settings Set And Saving It
Teledyne L eCroy Application Startup 3.5.5.2 Adding new Rx Equalization Settings set and saving it After you have updated the equalization settings you can Add or Save and Apply them with the buttons in the signal settings dialog. See Figure 3.51. Figure 3.51: Add and Save and Apply Buttons in Equalization Settings Dialog USB Protocol Suite User Manual 163 www.valuetronics.com... -
Page 188: Usb 3.2 Cabling And Signal Integrity
Teledyne LeCroy Your First USB Recording 3.5.6 USB 3.2 Cabling and Signal Integrity The Analyzer requires two connector discontinuities. In addition, bus-powered devices are susceptible to voltage drops on VBus. To maintain the best possible signal integrity for all devices under test, use high-quality cabling and use the shortest possible cable lengths. Do not "stress" the system by using long or low-quality cabling that might result in signal degradation. If you suspect signal integrity problems in capture situations, you should first try using shorter and higher-quality cables to see if this rectifies the problem. Your First USB Recording After installing and launching the software, you can test the system by performing the following steps: 1. Connect a USB cable to each of the two connectors on the Analyzer module, then connect the other ends to the USB device under test and USB host machine. Whenever you do connect/disconnect testing, always plug/unplug the “B” or "2/Right" Note: connector on the Analyzer (the one that connects to the Host under Test), to insure that the host machine detects the event properly. In some cases, using the “A” or "1/Left" Connector (the one attached to your Device) for this purpose can cause the host machine to misinterpret the terminations. 2. Select Setup > Recording Options on the Menu Bar. 3. Select the General tab to display a dialog box showing factory default settings, such as Snapshot and 4 MB buffer size (see Figure 3.52 on page 165). For the first recording, you can leave these settings unchanged. Under Recording Channels, select 2.0 to record USB 2.0 traffic. - Page 189 Teledyne L eCroy Your First USB Recording Figure 3.52: Recording Options - Voyager Dialog. Note: Items not supported on your hardware are grayed out or not shown. 4. Click OK to activate the recording options you selected. 5. Turn on the USB devices that are to be tested and cause them to generate USB traffic. on the Tool Bar. 6. Click 7. The system starts to record the USB traffic immediately. After 4 MB of traffic are recorded, the Analyzer uploads the data and displays the packets in the trace window. 8. To terminate recording before the snapshot automatically completes, on the Tool Bar. click 9. When the recording session finishes, the traffic uploads from the Analyzer to the hard drive on your host machine as a file named data.usb or the name you assigned as the default filename. While the file is uploading, you should see a brown progress bar at the bottom of the screen. When the bar disappears, the data has uploaded to disk. USB Protocol Suite User Manual 165 www.valuetronics.com...
-
Page 190: Trace View Features
Teledyne LeCroy Your First USB Recording 10. To save a current recording for future reference, select File > Save As on the Menu Bar. on the Tool Bar to display the standard Save As window. 11. Click Give the recording a unique name and save it to the appropriate directory. 3.6.1 Trace View Features After the recording terminates, the results display (see Figure 3.53 on page 166). The packet view display uses color and graphics to document captured traffic. Packets are on separate rows, with individual fields both labeled and color- coded. Packets are numbered sequentially (as recorded), time-stamped (with a resolu- tion of 2 ns on 3.2 signaling), and highlighted to show the transmitted speed (low-speed, full-speed, high-speed, or SuperSpeed). You can name and save display formats for later use. Data fields can collapse to occupy minimal space in the display. Figure 3.53: Trace View Display You can start the application from the Desktop or from the installed directory. The display software can operate independently of the Analyzer. When used without the Analyzer, the program functions in a Trace Viewer mode to view, analyze, and print captured protocol ... -
Page 191: Notes On Windows 7 And Windows 8 Directory Protections
Teledyne L eCroy Notes on Windows 7 and Windows 8 Directory Protections traffic. When used with the Analyzer, you can set trigger conditions, record, monitor, and analyze the activity of your USB bus. Notes on Windows 7 and Windows 8 Directory Protections 3.7.1 User Data File Paths Windows™ 7 and Windows 8 institute a policy which prevents user data from being written into the Program Files directory/folder. It was common for applications written for Windows 10 (and earlier) to use the Program Files folder to store user data. Teledyne LeCroy and CATC products used this folder as a default folder for storing trace files, user option files (default.opt, default.rec), scripts, and so on. The default folder for USB Protocol Suite was: x:\Program Files\Lecroy\USB Protocol Suite\… Windows 7 and Windows 8 make such paths illegal directories for user data. For Windows 7 and Windows 8, files that are accessible by different user accounts must be in the path x:\Users\Public\… To preserve the ability of multiple user accounts to access all the Teledyne LeCroy files that were accessible in Windows 10 when using Windows 7 and Windows 8, files that were in the Program Files path in Windows 10 are now in: x:\Users\Public\Documents\Lecroy\USB Protocol Suite\… In some cases, such as paths stored in the Recording Options .rec file, the application silently changes this path, so that the Windows 7 and Windows 8 operating systems will accept it as valid. USB Protocol Suite on Windows 10 still uses the Program Files directory. However, if a Recording Options file that was created on a Windows 7 system is used on a Windows 10 system, trace files ... -
Page 192: Notes On Windows Sleep And Hibernation Features
Teledyne LeCroy Notes on Windows Sleep and Hibernation Features If the additional files ever become out of date (newer software structures from a new release, etc.) or if any of the files are lost or damaged, the software will rebuild a fresh version of the information. To save memory space, the maximum number of traces that can be opened at one time when recording is from 1 to 10. You can also auto-delete traces if your recording session goes beyond the limit set (from 1 to 10). This topic is covered in more detail in “Recording Options Modes” on page 244. Notes on Windows Sleep and Hibernation Features Hibernate and Sleep modes are not supported during acquisition, uploading or decoding. The software is designed to not allow the system to go to low power modes. If the user forces the system to go to these modes, the result for USB Protocol Suite is unpredictable, and corrupt files may result. 3.10 Notes on Analyzer/System Grounding When you use the analyzer with a host machine and Hosts and Devices under test, it is desirable to prevent ground loops by plugging all devices into an outlet with a common ground. If additional external lab equipment issued for Triggering In/Out for debugging purposes, they should also share the same electrical ground. In the absence of these grounds, the user should be aware that ground loops can cause malfunction in triggering signals. USB Protocol Suite User Manual www.valuetronics.com... -
Page 193: Chapter 4: Software Overview
Chapter 4 Software Overview The USB Protocol Suite application can function with or without the Analyzer. When used without an Analyzer, the program functions in a Trace Viewer mode to view, analyze, and print captured protocol traffic. When used with the Analyzer attached to the host machine, you can monitor and analyze the activity of your USB branch from USB ports on the Analyzer front. Starting the Program To start the USB Protocol Suite application: 1. Select Start > All Programs > LeCroy > USB Protocol Suite > USB Protocol Suite. The main window displays (see Figure 4.1 on page 170). USB Protocol Suite User Manual 169 www.valuetronics.com... - Page 194 Teledyne LeCroy Starting the Program Figure 4.1: Main Window. USB Protocol Suite User Manual www.valuetronics.com...
-
Page 195: The Main Display Window
Teledyne L eCroy The Main Display Window The Main Display Window The Menus and their functions are described in the tables below. 4.2.1 File Menu Figure 4.2: File Menu Drop Down Options USB Protocol Suite User Manual 171 www.valuetronics.com... - Page 196 Teledyne LeCroy The Main Display Window TABLE 4.1: File Menu Functions File menu Functions New .utg file. Creates a new, empty traffic generation file. Available only if a trace file (.usb) is open. To edit a .utg file, click Edit as Text in the toolbar. Open Opens a file. Close Closes the current file. Save As Saves all, or a range of, packets from the current file. Print Prints part or all of the current traffic data file. Print Preview Produces an on-screen preview before printing. Print Setup Sets the options for the current or new printer. Edit as Text Opens the Script Editor. Available only when a traffic generation file (.utg) is open. See “Editing a Generation File” on page 650. Edit Comment Creates or edits the Trace file comment field. See “Edit Comment” on page 443. Check Syntax of Reads open .utg file and checks syntax for errors. Available only .utg file when a traffic generation file (.utg) is open. USB Protocol Suite User Manual www.valuetronics.com...
- Page 197 Teledyne L eCroy The Main Display Window File menu Functions Export >> Saves all or part of a trace to a text file or generator file. Packets to Text Saves trace as a text file in Packet View Format. (Packet View Format) Packets / Saves trace as a comma-separated-values text file for use with Transaction / Excel. See “Exports to .CSV” on page 191. ® Microsoft Spreadsheet to. CSV (Comma Separated Values for Excel, etc.) Format) Saves trace as a script file that can be used by a Generator to Packets to USB 2.0 generate a trace. See “Exporting Packets to USB 2.0 Host Traffic Host Traffic Generator Text File (.utg files)” on page 192. Generator Text File (.utg) Exports packets to Device Emulation files. This option does not Packets to USB 2.0 export transactions. See “Exporting Packets to USB 2.0 Host Traffic Device Emulation Generator Text File (.utg files)” on page 192. Traffic Generation Text File (.utg) Exports USB4 Tunneled USB traffic to PCIe Protocol Suite Trace File USB4 Tunneled (.pex). This allows you to export ONLY PCIe Protocol SuiteTraffic from ...
- Page 198 Teledyne LeCroy The Main Display Window File menu Functions Compare Endpoint Allows you to select two endpoints of different directions with the Data same address and verify that the data OUT/IN is identical to the data IN/OUT from the other endpoint. Used when running echo-types of tests for data integrity. Available only when a trace file (.usb) is open. (2.0 only) Import If you have exported simulations to a defined .csv format, you can import data from the .csv file to a BusEngine™ data file. To use this feature, you must contact support for information on how to export to a specific-format .csv file and then import the file. You can also import SimPass USB files. Note: The format of .csv export files is NOT compatible with that of files to be used for these Import functions. The Import .csv file is based on symbol streams at the 10 bit symbol level. The exports are based on decoded delimited packet bytes. Clean Up Decoder Use this selection to intelligently clean up temp files created during Temp Files the decoder process. This will free up disk space, but make re-loading Trace files much slower, since they will have to be re-decoded. Exit Exits the program. USB Protocol Suite User Manual www.valuetronics.com...
-
Page 199: Setup Menu
Teledyne L eCroy The Main Display Window 4.2.2 Setup Menu Setup menu Functions Display Options Provides display options such as color, formats, and filters. See “Display Options” on page 513. Recording Options Provides setup options for recording, triggering events and filtering. See “Recording Options” on page 241. Update Device Updates the BusEngine™ and Firmware manually. See “Manual Updates to Firmware, BusEngine, and Serdes BusEngine” on page 738. Launch CrossSync Opens the CrossSync multiple-analyzer traffic synchronization Control Panel software (see CrossSync Control Panel on page 234). For more information, refer to the CrossSync User Manual. All Connected Opens a dialog box with a list of analyzers connected to the host Devices machine. Lets you select an analyzer and update the BusEngine, Firmware, and licensing information. See “Analyzer Devices” on page 140. Signal parameters Adds, removes, edits, loads, and saves USB4 and USB3.2 devices and lists the device name, device cable, host name, host cable, and to what the Profile Signal Settings apply. Used to calibrate 5, 10, and 20 Gbps connections. Also shows custom device-to-analyzer and host-to-analyzer signal settings. See “Signal Parameters” on page 143. USB Protocol Suite User Manual 175 www.valuetronics.com... -
Page 200: Record Menu
Teledyne LeCroy The Main Display Window 4.2.3 Record Menu Record menu Functions (see “Recording Status” on page 225.) Start Causes the Analyzer to begin recording USB activity. Stop Causes the Analyzer to stop recording. VBus Disconnect See VBus Disconnect under “Recording” on page 205. Manual Trigger See Manual Trigger under “Recording” on page 205. Upload Again Allows you to upload a different portion of the captured trace if the previous upload was only partially uploaded. 4.2.4 Generate Menu USB Protocol Suite User Manual www.valuetronics.com... -
Page 201: Report Menu
Teledyne L eCroy The Main Display Window Generate menu Functions (see “Traffic Generation 2.0” on page 643.) Start/Stop Starts traffic generation. After traffic generation has begun, the Start command becomes Stop and lets you stop traffic generation. IntelliFrame Sets the mode of generation to IntelliFrame. Use before Start. Generation Mode (2.0 only) Bitstream Sets the mode of generation to bitstream. Use before Start. (2.0 only) Generation Mode Repeat Mode Allows you to repeat once, a specified number of times, or an infinite number of times using the Generation Repeat Mode window. (2.0 only) 4.2.5 Report Menu USB Protocol Suite User Manual 177 www.valuetronics.com... - Page 202 Teledyne LeCroy The Main Display Window Report menu Functions File Information Displays information about the recording, such as the number of packets and triggering setup. See “Trace Information” on page 564. Error Summary Summarizes the errors throughout the recording. Allows for fast navigation to packets with errors. See “Error Summary” on page 567. Timing Calculates timing between two packets and bus utilization. Calculations See “Timing Calculations” on page 573. Data View Shows packet information. See “Data View” on page 576. Traffic Summary Summarizes the numbers and types of errors, packets, transactions, Report split transactions, and transfers that occurred in the open trace. See “Traffic Summary Report” on page 580. Bus Utilization Displays graphs of packet length, bus usage, and bus usage by device. See “Bus Utilization” on page 582. Link Tracker Opens a window for displaying a detailed chronological view of traffic. The window provides view and navigation options. See “Link Tracker (3.2 x1 only)” on page 590. Navigator Allows you to view the location of errors and triggers in a trace, narrow the range of traffic on display, and jump to any point in the trace. See “Using the Navigator” on page 595. Detail View Displays details of selected packet. See “Detail View” on page 602. Spec View Shows packet header information and other items, in a view that ...
-
Page 203: Search Menu
Teledyne L eCroy The Main Display Window 4.2.6 Search Menu Figure 4.3: Search Menu Search menu Functions (see “Searching Traces” on page 445.) Go to Trigger Positions the display to show the first packet that follows the trigger event. Go to Selected Positions the display to show the selected packet. packet Go to Packet/ Positions the display to the packet/transaction/transfer number Transaction/ selected in the Go to Packet/Transaction/Transfer menu. Transfer Go to Marker Positions the display to the selected marked packet. Go to USB 2.0 Positions the display to the selected event, condition, value, or type. Go to USB 3.2 SS Positions the display to the selected event, condition, value, or type. and SS+ Go To Power Searches for specific Power Delivery and Configuration Channel Delivery/ CC Event Messages. Go to Channel Positions the display at selected channel. Select from 0, 1, 2 and 3. Go to SCSI Positions the display to the selected SCSI Operation, ... - Page 204 Teledyne LeCroy The Main Display Window Search menu Functions Go to Display Port Positions the display to the selected Display Port Packets, Transaction Type or Transfer Type Go to USB4 SB Positions the display to the selected SideBand Transaction Type: AT, RT, LT or Raw Go to USB4 Rx/Tx Positions the display to the selected Ordered Set, Control Packets, Line Management Packets, Time Sync Packets, Tunneled Packets or Unidentified Symbol Sequences (USS) Find Allows complex searches on multiple criteria. See “Find” on page 502. Find Next Repeats the previous Find operation. Toggle Search Allows the search direction to be changed from Forward to Direction Backward, or vice versa. The current Search Direction can be found in the lower right hand corner of the Application, in the Status Bar. USB Protocol Suite User Manual www.valuetronics.com...
-
Page 205: View Menu
Teledyne L eCroy The Main Display Window 4.2.7 View Menu Top Half Bottom Half Figure 4.4: View Menu (top and bottom halves) View menu Functions Toolbars Displays list of available toolbars. See “Resetting the Toolbar” on page 223. Status Bar Switches display of the Status Bar on or off. See “Status Bar” on page 224. QuickTiming Bar Quick Timing provides immediate time deltas and bandwidth calculations. If the Start is placed on a packet that contains an Address and Endpoint, the bandwidth for that combination is displayed in the Status Bar below the trace data. CATC Walk Select Play to start playing the CATC Walk playlist or Manage Playlists to display the Edit CATC Walk Playlists dialog to manage playlists. USB Protocol Suite User Manual 181 www.valuetronics.com... - Page 206 Teledyne LeCroy The Main Display Window View menu Functions Real-time Statistics Allows you to view traffic statistics as they occur. See “Real Time Monitoring” on page 638. USB 3.0 5Gbps SS Electrical Tests electrical characteristics. Test See “USB 3.0 5Gbps SS Electrical Test Modes” on page 718. Trace Views Displays CATC Trace, Compressed CATC Trace, Spreadsheet (Color), or Spreadsheet (B/W). Unhide fields Unhide previously hidden Traffic, VBus Power, PD Preamble, CC1 Left Power, CC2 Left Power, CC1 Right Power, CC2 Right Power, USB4 SB CRC, USB4 Reserved, USB4 CRC or Unhide All. Zoom In Increases the size of the displayed elements. Zoom Out Decreases the size of the displayed elements. Wrap Wraps displayed packets within the window. Synchronize Trace View Synchronizes the Trace view with other views with Other Views Hide All USB 2.0 Traffic Hides all the USB 2.0 traffic (low speed, full speed, and high speed). Hide All USB 3.2 Traffic Hides all the SuperSpeed and SuperSpeed+ traffic. Hide All USB PD Traffic Hides all the USB power delivery traffic. Hide All CC Traffic Hides all Type-C CC1 and CC2 Event Traffic (Configuration Channel) Hide All DP Traffic Hides All Data Port Traffic Hides All Transfers from Left DUT or DUT (Exerciser) when system is in Analyzer Mode Hide All Traffic from Left ...
- Page 207 Teledyne L eCroy The Main Display Window View menu Functions Hide USB4 (or TBT3) Traffic Hides USB4 Sideband Traffic Hide USB4 Traffic Hide/Show Ordered Sets (Hide SLOS1/SLOS2) (Hide TS1/TS2) (Hide TSN) (Hide Low Power OSs) (Hide CL_WAKEs) (Hide DESKEWS) Hide/Show Control Packets (Hide Control Packets) (Read Request) (Read Response) (Write Request) (Write Response) (Notification) (Notification Ack) (Hot Plug Event) (Inter-Domain Request) (Inter-Domain Response) Hide/Show Link Management Packets (Hide Link Management Packets_) (Credit Grant) (Path Credit Sync) (Shared Buffers Credit Sync) Hide/Show Time Sync Packets (Hide Time Sync Packets) (Follow Up) (Inter Domain TS) Hide/Show Miscellaneous Traffic (Hide SKP/Idle/USS/IPS/LFPS) Hide/Show Upstream Hop IDs (Hop ID 0/Hop ID 1/Hop ID3/Hop ID 8) Hide/Show Downstream Hop IDs (Hop ID 0/Hop ID 1/Hop ID3/Hop ID 8)
- Page 208 Teledyne LeCroy The Main Display Window View menu Functions Hiding Power Delivery Hide Unknown Packets Traffic Hide Ping Packets Hide GoodCRC Packets Hide Devices Opens the Hiding Devices dialog displaying packets belonging to specified devices by address and endpoint (Addr/Endp)..Hide All Except Transfers Hide All Except Transfer’s Packets Hide USB2 NAK’s/USB3 Shows/Hides USB2 NAK’d Transactions and USB3 Failed Transactions Failed Hide Non-Data Transaction Shows/Hides all Non-Data Traffic View Layers Mode Display All Layers, Application Layers, or Lower USB Layers. Stacking View Puts a group of packets in one row, to shorten display. See “Stacking” on page 407. Apply Decoding Scripts Decoding scripts set the values of the display and recording options for optimum views of trace information from specific vendors or classes of data. This menu option allows you to select the vendor or class of data for the request recipients and endpoints listed in the Request Recipients and Endpoints menu. You can keep the settings across recordings. See “Decode Requests” on page 527. Enable Sync Traces Synchronizes views between synced traces. See “Enable Sync Traces (used with Hub Compliance)” on page 441 and “Edit Comment” on page 443. Level Viewing Displays Packet Level Displays PHY Transaction Level Displays Transaction Level Displays Split Transaction Level Displays Transfer Level PTP Group...
-
Page 209: Hide/Show Tunneled Pcie Traffic
Teledyne L eCroy The Main Display Window Hide/Show Tunneled PCIe Traffic 4.2.7.1 You can Show or Hide different types of Tunneled PCIe traffic. One of the options is to Show or Hide Update_FC traffic as shown in Figure 4.5, Figure 4.6 and Figure 4.7 on page 186. Figure 4.5: View -> Hide USB4 (or TBT3) traffic -> Hide/Show Tunneled PCIe -> Hide Update_FC Figure 4.6: Show Update_FC traffic USB Protocol Suite User Manual 185 www.valuetronics.com... - Page 210 Teledyne LeCroy The Main Display Window When you select View -> Hide USB4 (or TBT3) Traffic -> Hide/Show Tunneled PCIe -> Hide Update_FC traffic the displayed trace hides the Update_FC packets as shown in Figure 4.7. Packets 9060 to 9065 are not displayed Figure 4.7: Hide Update_FC traffic USB Protocol Suite User Manual www.valuetronics.com...
-
Page 211: Hide/Show Tunneled Usb3 Traffic
Teledyne L eCroy The Main Display Window Hide/Show Tunneled USB3 traffic 4.2.7.2 You can Show or Hide different types of Tunneled USB3 traffic. One of the options is to Show or Hide LFPS Packets as shown in Figure 4.8, Figure 4.9 and Figure 4.10 on page 188. Figure 4.8: View -> Hide USB4 (or TBT3) traffic -> Hide/Show Tunneled USB3 traffic -> Hide LFPS Packets LFPS Packets Shown Figure 4.9: rrace Showing Tunneled USB3 Traffic -> LFPS Packets Shown Now select Hide LFPS Packets. See Figure 4.10 on page 188. - Page 212 Teledyne LeCroy The Main Display Window LFPS Packets Hidden Packet 1 - 9 Hidden Figure 4.10: Trace with LFPS Packets Hidden USB Protocol Suite User Manual www.valuetronics.com...
-
Page 213: Window Menu
Teledyne L eCroy The Main Display Window 4.2.8 Window Menu Window menu Functions New Window Switches display of the Tool Bar on or off. Cascade Displays all open windows in an overlapping arrangement. Tile Horizontal Displays all open windows in a above-below arrangement. Tile Vertical Displays all open windows in a side-by-side arrangement. Arrange Icons Arranges minimized windows at the bottom of the display. Windows ... Displays a list of open windows. USB Protocol Suite User Manual 189 www.valuetronics.com... -
Page 214: Help Menu
Teledyne LeCroy The Main Display Window 4.2.9 Help Menu Help menu Functions Tell Teledyne Report a problem to Teledyne LeCroy Support via e-mail. This LeCroy requires that an e-mail client be installed and configured on the host machine. Guide to Manuals Invokes a web page which guides you to the correct documentation for the analyzer you are using. USB User Manual Displays the USB Protocol Suite User Manual. It can be used as on- line help. Other Manuals Select to display the Automation, Verification Script Engine (VSE), Script Decode Language or USB 3.2 Exerciser Manual PDFs. It can be used as on-line help. Video Tutorials Has links to YouTube videos that describe Voyager features: Basic USB 3.2 Recording, USB 3.2 Basic Triggering, USB 3.2 Advanced Triggering, Troubleshooting USB 3.2 Connection Issues, USB 3.2 Packet Header Display, USB 3.2 Compliance (Part 1). USB 3.2 Compliance (Part 2) Display License Displays information related to licensing. Also used to update a Information license key. See “License Information” on page 741. Register Product Register at the Teledyne LeCroy website. Online See “Registering Online” on page 743. -
Page 215: Exports To .Csv
Teledyne L eCroy Exports to .CSV Help menu Functions Check for Updates Use the Internet to analyze your system for licensed updates. You can set the system to automatically check for updates at application startup in the Teledyne LeCroy USB Protocol Suite Software Update window. See “Software Updates” on page 734. Shortcut List Displays the Shortcuts List of navigation, common, search, decode levels, and miscellaneous mouse and keyboard shortcuts. See “Analyzer Keyboard Shortcuts” on page 236. About USB Displays version information about the Analyzer and the Protocol Suite USB Protocol Suite. See “Software, Firmware, and BusEngine Revisions” on page 733. Exports to .CSV .CSV files may be created as exports from the contents of 2.0 CATC Trace Packet and Transaction Views, 3.2 CATC Trace Packet views, and any Spreadsheet view. The output is limited to 1 million rows. Note: The format of Export files is NOT compatible with that of files to be used for the Import functions. The Import .csv file is based on symbol streams at the 10 bit symbol level. The exports are based on decoded delimited packet bytes. 4.3.1 Export Packets to .CSV When viewing 2.0 or 3.2 Packets in either the CATC Trace view or the CATC Trace Compressed view, ... -
Page 216: Exporting Packets To Usb 2.0 Host Traffic Generator Text File (.Utg Files)
Teledyne LeCroy Exports to .CSV 4.3.4 Exporting Packets to USB 2.0 Host Traffic Generator Text File (.utg files) Before exporting to a .utg file, first make sure the .usb file contains traffic for only one device: 1. Hide all other device addresses in the trace, leaving only the address of your device and the Address 0 (the default enumeration address). icon. 2. Click on the Hide Devices The following dialog displays. 3. Save to a new file using the All and Do not save hidden Packets/Transactions/Transfers selections. USB Protocol Suite User Manual www.valuetronics.com... - Page 217 Teledyne L eCroy Exports to .CSV 4. On the new file, you can now: Click File > Export and select Packets to USB 2.0 Host Traffic Generator Text File (.utg)... The following dialog displays. 5. Take all the default selections unless you have good reason, as this will create the simplest, fastest file: a. Frame Numbering- Letting the frame numbers be generated by the hardware will enable you to edit the .utg file without having to modify all the frame numbers. b. Limit empty_frames to 2 SOF's - This reduces the size of the the generator file image in the hardware memory, allowing the most efficient use of that space. If you need the value to be some number other than 2, you can use a text editor to do a global search & Replace. This might be necessary if you are trying to preserve the number of frames between interrupt or isochronous packets. In that case, it might be better to export without this item checked, and then pare down the size of the file through hand editing the file to reduce large values of "empty_frames". c. Include NAK'ed Transactions - This uses extra generation memory to repeat the original scenario's NAK behavior. This can cause the scenario to fail if the device does not behave EXACTLY the same each run. d.
- Page 218 Teledyne LeCroy Exports to .CSV e. Include exact EOP values (LS&FS) - This recreates the same EOP values for the packets as they were seen in the original trace file. This takes much longer to export, and there is little to be gained from it. 6. If the captured file was Hi Speed and was recorded in Auto-Speed Detect mode, you must add a chirp = here statement before the first SOF packets in the .utg file. This is required because when the capture is made in Auto-Speed Detect mode, the first "Chirp" sequence is not captured in the trace file. USB Protocol Suite User Manual www.valuetronics.com...
-
Page 219: Export: Usb4 Tunneled Pcie Traffic To Pcie Protocol Suite Trace File
Teledyne L eCroy Exports to .CSV 4.3.5 Export: USB4 Tunneled PCIe Traffic to PCIe Protocol Suite Trace File If you load a USB4 trace with “Tunneled” PCIe traffic, you can Export only the PCIe tunneled traffic to a new PCIe “.pex” trace. If you open the CrossSync tool (see Figure 4.11) you can see both the Tunneled PCIe traffic in the USB4 “.usb” trace and the PCIe traffic in the PCIe Protocol Analysis software (see Figure 4.13 on page 196). For more information about CrossSync tool see the CrossSync User Manual. Figure 4.11: USB4 Traffic with Tunneled PCIe traffic -> Shown in CrossSync tool To make sure than the traces are time synchronized, select the Traces synced icon in the CrossSync Toolbar. See Figure 4.12. Figure 4.12: Select Traces Synced from Toolbar The trace with USB4 tunneled PCIe traffic will be time synchronized with the Exported trace with ... - Page 220 Teledyne LeCroy Exports to .CSV Exported PCIe Trace USB4 with Tunneled PCIe Trace Figure 4.13: CrossSync: USB Protocol Suite and PCIe Protocol Suite Enabled USB Protocol Suite User Manual www.valuetronics.com...
-
Page 221: Export: Usb4 Tunneled Usb Traffic To Usb 3.2 Native Trace
Teledyne L eCroy Exports to .CSV 4.3.6 Export: USB4 Tunneled USB Traffic to USB 3.2 Native Trace If you load a USB4 trace with “Tunneled” USB3.2 traffic, you can Export only the USB 3.2 tunneled traffic to a new trace. As shown below in Figure 4.14 shows two traces. The original USB4 traffic with tunneled USB3.2 traffic (left side) and the USB3.2 Native traffic only on right side. You can also time Synchronize the two traces by selecting View -> . Then the USB4 trace with tunneled USB3.2 Native traffic and the trace with tunneled PCIe traffic will be time synchronized. See Figure 4.14. Figure 4.14: Original USB4 Trace with Tunneled USB 3.2 Traffic USB Protocol Suite User Manual 197 www.valuetronics.com... -
Page 222: Export: Usb4 Tunneled Dp Traffic To Dp Native Trace
Teledyne LeCroy Exports to .CSV 4.3.7 Export: USB4 Tunneled DP Traffic to DP Native Trace If you have captured Data Port (DP) traffic in a USB4 trace, you can export the USB4 tunneled DP traffic to a DP Native Trace using the Export function in the USB Protocol Suite software. See Figure 4.15. Figure 4.15: Export USB4 Tunneled DP traffic to DP Native Trace When you select the Export -> USB4 Tunneled DP Traffic to DP Native Trace File another window pops up that shows you the path to the exported trace file and allows you to enter a name for the trace file. See Figure 4.16 on page 199. USB Protocol Suite User Manual www.valuetronics.com... - Page 223 Teledyne L eCroy Exports to .CSV Figure 4.16: Enter a trace File Name Click on Save to store the newly name DP Trace file. You now have the ability to open the DP Trace file using the quantumdata ATP Manager. This tool must be downloaded and installed separately. See Figure 4.17. Figure 4.17: quantamdata ATP Manager Select the Import function from the lower left side of the window. USB Protocol Suite User Manual 199 www.valuetronics.com...
- Page 224 Teledyne LeCroy Exports to .CSV Then select the trace your just stored. See Figure 4.18. Figure 4.18: Select File to Import Select Open and the quantumdata Import Tunneled DP Trace dialog will pop up. See Figure 4.19 on page 200. Import Tunneled DP Trace dialog Figure 4.19: quantumdata USB Protocol Suite User Manual www.valuetronics.com...
- Page 225 Teledyne L eCroy Exports to .CSV Select OK to bring up the quantumdata USB4 -> DP Import window will show a Processing Events as the trace is import. See Figure 4.20. Figure 4.20: quantumdata USB4 -> DP Import window When the importing of the trace has finished, the DP Capture Viewer will pop up. See Figure 4.21 on page 201. DP Capture Viewer Figure 4.21: quantumdata For more details about quantumdata products click on the following link. https://www.quantumdata.com USB Protocol Suite User Manual 201 www.valuetronics.com...
-
Page 226: Tool Bar
Teledyne LeCroy Tool Bar Tool Bar The Tool Bar provides quick and convenient access to the most popular program functions. Tool tips briefly describe the functionality of each icon and menu item as the mouse arrow is moved over the icon/item. 4.4.1 Files, Searches, and Options Setup Recording Options. See “Recording Options” on page 241. Open file Find (see “Find” on Find Next page 502) USB Protocol Suite User Manual www.valuetronics.com... -
Page 227: Zoom In And Zoom Out
Teledyne L eCroy Tool Bar 4.4.2 Zoom In and Zoom Out Zoom In Zoom Out 4.4.3 Miscellaneous Display Realtime Statistics. Assign High Level Decodes. See “Real Time Monitoring” See “Decode Requests” on on page 638. page 527. Display Stacking View. See Export Tunneled USB3.0 or “Stacking” on page 407. Export Tunneled PCIe traffic to new trace. See “Export Tunneled PCIe Traffic, Tunneled USB3 or Tunneled DP traffic” on page 217. 4.4.4 Analysis (Reports) Trace Information Report Error Report See “Trace Information” on See “Error Summary” on page 564. page 567. Timing and Bus Usage Traffic Summary Report Calculations See “Traffic Summary Report” ... - Page 228 Teledyne LeCroy Tool Bar Show USB 3.2 Link State Show USB 3.2 LTSSM View Timing View. See “USB (3.2) LTSSM View” See “USB (3.2) Link State on page 607. Timing View” on page 605. Show Power Tracker. (Power captures are supported only on Voyager M3i, M3x, M310, and M310C.) See “Power Tracker: VBus and Configuration Channel (CC )” on page 608. USB Protocol Suite User Manual www.valuetronics.com...
-
Page 229: Recording
Teledyne L eCroy Tool Bar 4.4.5 Recording SuperSpeed (USB 3.2) receiver terminations of Analyzer: M3i: If both Analyzer ports are set to Auto in Recording Options, this button is dimmed. If either port is set to Manual, this button can apply or remove USB 3.2 termination. M3: This button is always enabled, and Auto mode is not supported. Termination control not available on Voyager M310P, since it uses a passive electrical tap. Start Manual Trigger Recording Stop Recording Momentary VBus Disconnect (On systems that support it) Causes the VBus power between the Host and the Device connected through the Analyzer A and B USB ports to be broken for 1 second, simulating a unplug-plugin cycle. This is the recommended method of creating plug-in scenarios. Note: This button can be changed to make it work as a toggle between VBus On and VBus off. This can be modified on the Recording Options General tab. Note: When Disconnect is done during recording, it may cause capturing of IPS packets (Inter-Packet Symbols) see page 380 and false triggering of CRC triggers, because packets will be abruptly stopped in the middle of a symbol stream. Note: Disconnection of USB or Ethernet during capture or uploading of trace data is not supported, and may cause the software to malfunction or crash. 4.4.6 Generator (Traffic Generation for USB 3.2) Please see “Traffic Generation USB 3.2/USB4/PD Exerciser” on page 683.... -
Page 230: Generator (Traffic Generation For Usb 2)
Teledyne LeCroy Tool Bar 4.4.7 Generator (Traffic Generation for USB 2) Please see “Traffic Generation 2.0” on page 643. Start or Stop Traffic Bitstream and Intelliframe modes Generation (available if you have the Traffic Generation module). Repeat Mode. This button becomes active when a traffic generation file (*.utg) is open. It only applies during Host Emulation. Device Emulation does not support looping. 4.4.8 View Level Please see “Switch to Transactions View” on page 418 and the following. Display Packets. Display PTP Objects. See “Trace View Features” on See “Switch to PTP Object page 377. Transfers” on page 430. Display Transactions. Display PTP Sessions. See “Switch to Transactions See “Switch to PTP Sessions” View” on page 418. on page 431. Display Split Transactions. Display SCSI Operations See “Switch to Transactions See “Switch to SCSI View” on page 418. Operations” on page 432. -
Page 231: Hide Protocols
Teledyne L eCroy Tool Bar 4.4.9.1 Hide Protocols Hide all USB 2.0 traffic Hide all USB 3.2 traffic Hide all Power Delivery Traffic Hide all Configuration Channel (CC) Traffic Hide all DisplayPort Traffic USB Protocol Suite User Manual 207 www.valuetronics.com... -
Page 232: Hiding Traffic (2.0 & 3.2)
Teledyne LeCroy Tool Bar 4.4.9.2 Hiding Traffic (2.0 & 3.2) You can Hide Devices and NAK’s NRDY’s by clicking the buttons in the table below or from the View menu. Hide Devices (Addr/Endp) Hide USB2 NAK’s/USB3 Failed Transactions Hide All Packets Except Hide Non-Data Transactions Transfer’s Packets (All except Setup, In <Out and Status) Click View and select Hide Devices (Addr/Endp)... as shown in Figure 4.22 on page 209 USB Protocol Suite User Manual www.valuetronics.com... - Page 233 Teledyne L eCroy Tool Bar Hiding Devices Figure 4.22: Selecting Hide Devices The Hiding Devices dialog is invoked as shown in Figure 4.23 on page 210. USB Protocol Suite User Manual 209 www.valuetronics.com...
- Page 234 Teledyne LeCroy Tool Bar Clicking on the Pin will make the dialog stay available after applying the hiding. The Class is determined from the class decoder mapping, which could have occurred either automatically or via the user applying it explicitly. Hide All (or Show All) Figure 4.23: Hiding Devices Dialog. Check the topmost checkbox to Hide or Show All items in the list. This is provided to make it easier to select what you want. Check the upper level box (hierarchically) to hide all communications on an address, or the lower level to hide individual endpoints. In various locations, the list of Link, Address, Endpoint and Direction is shown in the Display Options dialog under the USB 2.0 Packet Hiding and USB 3.2 Packet Hiding tabs as shown in Figure 4.24 on page 211. USB Protocol Suite User Manual www.valuetronics.com...
- Page 235 Teledyne L eCroy Tool Bar Figure 4.24: Display Option Dialog Showing Hide Device Traffic USB Protocol Suite User Manual 211 www.valuetronics.com...
-
Page 236: Usb 2.0 Display/Hide
Teledyne LeCroy Tool Bar 4.4.9.3 USB 2.0 Display/Hide Select from the following options to hide USB 2.0 traffic. Refer to “Hiding Traffic (2.0 & 3.2)” on page 208. USB Protocol Suite User Manual www.valuetronics.com... -
Page 237: Usb 3.2 Display/Hide
Teledyne L eCroy Tool Bar 4.4.9.4 USB 3.2 Display/Hide Hide SOFs. Hide Chirps Select from the following options to hide USB 3.2 traffic. For other types of traffic refer to “Hiding Traffic (2.0 & 3.2)” on page 208. Hide Traffic from Left DUT. Hide L0 traffic Hide L1 traffic Hide LB traffic Hide PD/USB4 SB Traffic Hide Traffic from Right DUT. Show L0 traffic Show L1 traffic Show LB traffic Show PD/USB4 SB Traffic Hide Link Training Sequences: (TSeq, TS1A/TS1B/TS1/TS2, SYNC). Hide Link Commands: LUP/LDN, Flow Control, Power Management USB Protocol Suite User Manual 213 www.valuetronics.com... - Page 238 Teledyne LeCroy Tool Bar Hide Bus Events: LFPS Packets, Electrical Idles, Termination, VBUS Hide Miscellaneous Packets: LMP, ISO Time Stamp, Inter- Packet Symbols, Skip Sequences, Logical Idle, Loopback (BCNT, BRST, BERC), Compliance Pattern USB Protocol Suite User Manual www.valuetronics.com...
-
Page 239: Usb 4.0 Display/Hide
Teledyne L eCroy Tool Bar 4.4.9.5 USB 4.0 Display/Hide Select from the following options to hide USB4 traffic. For other types of traffic refer to “Hiding Traffic (2.0 & 3.2)” on page 208. Hide Ordered Sets Hide SLOS1/SLOS2 traffic Hide TS1/TS2 traffic Hide TSN traffic Hide Low Power Ordered Sets Hide CL_WAKEs Hide DESKEWS Hide TLPs Hide Control Packets Hide Link Management Packets Hide Time Sync Packets Hide E2E Packets Hide TunUSB LUP/LDN Packets Hide TunPCIe Update_FC Packets USB Protocol Suite User Manual 215 www.valuetronics.com... - Page 240 Teledyne LeCroy Tool Bar Hide Miscellaneous traffic: Hide SKIP Hide IDLE Hide USS Hide IPS Hide LFPS Hide Power Delivery Items: Hide Unknown Hide Ping Hide GoodCRC USB Protocol Suite User Manual www.valuetronics.com...
-
Page 241: Export Tunneled Pcie Traffic, Tunneled Usb3 Or Tunneled Dp Traffic
Teledyne L eCroy Tool Bar 4.4.10 Export Tunneled PCIe Traffic, Tunneled USB3 or Tunneled DP traffic icon to quickly export USB3.0 or PCIe tunneled traffic You can use the from a USB4.0 trace by selecting: Tunneled PCIe Tunneled USB3 Tunneled DP USB Protocol Suite User Manual 217 www.valuetronics.com... -
Page 242: Pcie Tunneling
Teledyne LeCroy Tool Bar 4.4.10.1 PCIe Tunneling If you load a USB4.0 trace with PCIe tunneled traffic (see Figure 4.25 on page 218) and you you can quickly export select “Tunneled PCIe” from the drop down tab the PCIe tunneled traffic to a new PCIe trace. Figure 4.25: USB Trace with PCIe Tunneled Traffic When you do this Quick Export, you’ll get an information message about using the CrossSync Control Panel if you want to see both the USB4 trace and the PCIe trace simultaneously. See Figure 4.26 on page 219. USB Protocol Suite User Manual www.valuetronics.com... - Page 243 Teledyne L eCroy Tool Bar Using the CrossSync Control Panel Message Figure 4.26: After exporting the tunneled PCIe traffic, the new exported trace will be named as [original_trace_name]_PCIe_Export. This trace is located in same folder as original trace and opened automatically by the PCIe Protocol Analysis software after the export completes. See Figure 4.27. Tunneled PCIe Traffic from USB4 Trace Brought Up PCIe Protocol Analysis Figure 4.27: Exported Software tool USB Protocol Suite User Manual 219 www.valuetronics.com...
-
Page 244: Tunneled Usb3 Traffic
Teledyne LeCroy Tool Bar 4.4.10.2 Tunneled USB3 traffic If you load a USB4 trace with USB3 tunneled traffic as shown in the figure below (see Figure 4.28) you can quickly export the Tunneled USB3 traffic by selecting the “Tunneled USB3” drop down tab. Figure 4.28: Original USB4 Trace with Tunneled USB3 traffic Before Export After exporting the tunneled USB3 traffic, the new exported trace will be named as [original_trace_name]_USB3_Exported. This trace is located in same folder as original trace and opened automatically after the export completes. See Figure 4.29. USB Protocol Suite User Manual www.valuetronics.com... - Page 245 Teledyne L eCroy Tool Bar Figure 4.29: Exported USB3 Traffic USB Protocol Suite User Manual 221 www.valuetronics.com...
-
Page 246: Dp Tunneling
Teledyne LeCroy Tool Bar 4.4.10.3 DP Tunneling If you load a USB4.0 trace with Tunneled DP traffic (see Figure 4.30) and you select “Tunneled you can quickly export the DP tunneled DP” from the drop down tab traffic to a new trace. Figure 4.30: USB4.0 Trace with Tunneled DP traffic To open the trace after Exporting Tunneled DP traffic, see “Export: USB4 Tunneled DP Traffic to DP Native Trace” on page 198. USB Protocol Suite User Manual www.valuetronics.com... -
Page 247: Tooltips
Teledyne L eCroy Tooltips Tooltips Tooltips provide information about trace cells and application buttons. To display a tooltip, position the mouse pointer over the item. View Options You can hide, display, or reset toolbars by selecting View > Tool bars from the menu bar. Figure 4.31: View Options Dialog 4.6.1 Resetting the Toolbar From time to time (such as following a software upgrade), it is possible for the buttons on the toolbar not to match their intended function. To reset the toolbar: 1. Select View > Tool bars from the menu bar. 2. Select Customize from the submenu to display the Customize dialog box. Figure 4.32: Customize Dialog USB Protocol Suite User Manual 223 www.valuetronics.com... -
Page 248: Status Bar
Teledyne LeCroy Status Bar 3. Select the Toolbars tab to display the Toolbars page of the Customize dialog box (see the following figure). Figure 4.33: Toolbars Dialog 4. Click the Reset All button. The toolbar resets to the factory defaults. Status Bar The Status Bar is located at the bottom of the main display window. Depending on the current activity, the left side of the bar has segments that indicate the hardware, status, size, activity, and buffer. The right side of the bar has segments that indicate port status, link status, and search direction. 2 : 2.0 traffic 3: 3.2 SuperSpeed (SS) traffic, 5Gbps 3+: 3.2 SuperSpeedPlus (SS+) traffic, 10Gbps Figure 4.34: Status Bar USB Protocol Suite User Manual www.valuetronics.com... -
Page 249: Recording Progress
Teledyne L eCroy Status Bar 4.7.1 Recording Progress When you begin recording, the Status Bar displays an indicator. As recording progresses, the indicator changes to reflect the recording progress graphically: A black vertical line illustrates the location of the Trigger Position that you selected in Recording Options. Pre-Trigger progress is in the field to the left of the Trigger Position in the before- trigger color specified in the Display Options. When the Trigger Position is reached, the indicator wiggles as it waits for the trig- ger. After the trigger occurs, the field to the right of the Trigger Position fills with the after-trigger color specified in the Display Options. When recording is complete, the upper half of the progress indicator fills with white, indicating the progress of the data upload to the host machine. You should be aware of two exceptional conditions: If a Trigger Event occurs during the before-trigger recording, the before-trigger color changes to the after-trigger color to indicate that not all the expected data was recorded pre-trigger. When you click Stop before or after a Trigger Event, the Status Bar adjusts accordingly to begin uploading the most recently recorded data. The indicator fills with color in proportion to the specified size and actual rate at which the hardware is writing and reading the recording memory. However, the indicator is normalized to fill the space within the Status Bar. 4.7.2 Recording Status During recording, the current Recording Status is in a segment. When you activate the Record function, this segment flashes a message depending on the selected Recording Options, such as Waiting for Trigger, Uploading or Rec/Uploading. The status bar displays Waiting for Trigger while waiting for trigger to occur based on the settings ... - Page 250 Teledyne LeCroy Status Bar Figure 4.37: Status Bar - Rec/Uploading The status bar displays Triggered when the trigger condition has occurred, but uploading has not commenced yet. Figure 4.38: Status Bar - Triggered The traffic data copies to disk (overwriting any previous version of this file) using the default file name data.usb. You can also create a file name by specifying one in the Recording Options dialog box. To abort the upload process: Press Esc on the keyboard Again click in the Tool Bar. You are asked if you want to keep or discard the partially uploaded data. Note: While uploading is in progress, clicking the Stop button again opens a dialog that allows you to do a partial upload, flush the current file, keep what has uploaded at this point, or to continue uploading. The Partial Upload button enables when you have partially uploaded data. When you click Partial Upload, a dialog box displays options on what portion of data you want to upload again (see the following figure). Figure 4.39: Partial Upload Options Dialog When the data is saved, the Recorded Data file appears in the main display window, and the ...
-
Page 251: Recording Activity
Teledyne L eCroy Status Bar ger (or the packet that caused the trigger) is initially positioned second from the top of the display. If the recording did not result from a Trigger Event, the display begins with the first packet in the traffic file. 4.7.3 Recording Activity During recording, a segment of the Status Bar displays recording activity as a series of vertical bars. The more vertical bars that display, the greater the amount of activity recording. If there are no vertical bars, there is no recording activity. During uploading, the percent of the completed upload displays. Note: If packets are filtered from the recording, or data are truncated, recording activity reduces. 4.7.4 Cable Status 4.7.4.1 Mercury T2C/T2P: Cable Status The Mercury T2C has cable status LEDs on the front panel. See Figure 4.40. Port 2 Connector and Status Port 1 Connector and Status Figure 4.40: Mercury T2C “C” Connectors and LED Status Indicators (same as T2P) The “C” cable can be inserted into Connectors 1 or 2 on the Mercury T2C/T2P front panel right- side up (correctly) or upside down (incorrectly). If they are inserted incorrectly (upside down) the ... - Page 252 Teledyne LeCroy Status Bar Cable Inserted Upside Down Cable Inserted Correctly Figure 4.41: Status Bar in S/W Display Menu USB Protocol Suite User Manual www.valuetronics.com...
-
Page 253: Voyager 310C: Cable Status
Teledyne L eCroy Device Status 4.7.4.2 Voyager 310C: Cable Status The Voyager 310C has similar “C” cable connectors and Status LEDs. See Figure 4.42. They work in a similar way as the Status LEDs on the Mercury T2C/T2P. The Status LED operation is also mimicked in the Status Bar, at the bottom of the Teledyne LeCroy USB Protocol Suite software display menu. Port 1 Port 2 Connector Connector and Status and Status Figure 4.42: Voyager 310C: “C” Connectors and LED Status Indicators 4.7.5 Search Status The lower right-most segment displays the current search direction: Fwd (forward) or Bwd (backward). Change the search direction from the Search Menu or double-click the Search Status segment. Device Status 4.8.1 Device Status Details Window The status of various device characteristics, such as Terminations, Speeds, Link States etc. can be ... - Page 254 Teledyne LeCroy Device Status Figure 4.43: Device Status Details Window Button This will bring up the following Device Status Details Window (see Figure 4.44). Figure 4.44: Device Status Details Window USB Protocol Suite User Manual www.valuetronics.com...
-
Page 255: Contents Of Device Status Details Window
Teledyne L eCroy Device Status 4.8.1.1 Contents of Device Status Details Window The contents of this window can vary with the Analyzer type being used, as well as the types of traffic being captured (2.0, 3.2, PD) The possibilities include: 1. Name of Device User-assigned name from Recording Options 2. Type-C Cable Connection Inversion Status Off: No cable attached Solid Red: Plug is Upside Down, please invert and reinsert Solid Green: Plug is correctly oriented 3. 3.2 Link Status Off: No traffic or LFPS Solid Yellow: Only Polling LFPS Slow Flashing Yellow: Low Power States Fast Flashing Yellow: Symbol Traffic, Training (TS1/TS2/TSEQ) ... -
Page 256: Link Status
Teledyne LeCroy Device Status If the analyzer is in manual termination mode, the far end values are unknown, so they are not shown. When in Exerciser mode, it shows the status of the Exerciser A or B port and the far end Device or Host, using the same A/1, B/2, D, H convention. Polling occurs when the Application CPU is not busy. The polling interval is reflected in a small dot (.) at the end of the string in the Status Bar. Note: Terminations reflect what the Analyzer is presenting to the device or host. The Analyzer changes these terminations while attempting to connect the Host DUT and Device DUT together using the SuperSpeed connection protocol. For more information about the Recording buttons, see “Recording” on page 205. 4.8.3 Link Status The circles 2 and 3 on the lower right of the Status Bar represent the equivalent colors of the link states for USB 2.0 and USB 3.2. Analyzer USB 3.2 SS+ Off: No traffic or LFPS. Solid Yellow: Only Polling LFPS Slow Flashing Yellow: Low Power States Fast Flashing Yellow: Symbol Traffic, Training (TS1/TS2/TSEQ) Solid Green: Link Traffic (U0) LUP, LDN Blinking Green: TP's and DP's (actual traffic) USB 3.2 SS Off: No traffic or LFPS.... -
Page 257: Navigation Tools
Teledyne L eCroy Navigation Tools Flashing Green: HS traffic on endpoints other than 0 (resets activity timer as in 3.2) Exerciser USB 3.2 SS+ Off: No traffic or LFPS. Solid Yellow: Only Polling LFPS Slow Flashing Yellow: Low Power States Fast Flashing Yellow: Symbol Traffic, Training (TS1/TS2/TSEQ) Solid Green: Link Traffic (U0) LUP, LDN Blinking Green: TP's and DP's (actual traffic) 3.2 SS Off: No traffic or LFPS. Solid Yellow: Only Polling LFPS Slow Flashing Yellow: Low Power States Fast Flashing Yellow: Symbol Traffic, Training (TS1/TS2/TSEQ)... -
Page 258: Zoom Out
Teledyne LeCroy CrossSync Control Panel 4.9.2 Zoom Out Zoom Out decreases the size of the displayed elements, allowing more (but smaller) packet fields per screen. on the Tool Bar. Click 4.9.3 Wrap Select Wrap to adjust the Trace View so that packets fit onto one line. If a packet is longer than the size of the window, the horizontal scroll bar can be used to see the hidden part of the packet. on the Tool Bar or select Wrap under View on the Menu Bar. Click 4.10 CrossSync Control Panel The CrossSync Control Panel allows you to select analyzers for synchronization and manage the recording process. USB Protocol Suite User Manual www.valuetronics.com... -
Page 259: Launching The Crosssync Control Panel
Teledyne L eCroy CrossSync Control Panel 4.10.1 Launching the CrossSync Control Panel To launch CrossSync from the USB Protocol Suite software application, select the Setup > Launch CrossSync Control Panel. Or, you can launch CrossSync from the ‘Start’ menu. Figure 4.45: Launching CrossSync from the USB Protocol Suite Application For more information, refer to the CrossSync Control Panel User Manual. Note: If you are using CrossSync, USB Compliance Suite, or any application that uses the Automation Interface to the USB Protocol Suite, and the system prompts you that it cannot write a trace file to disk: 1. Make sure that the trace-file destination folder has write/create permissions. (For example, the target directory might be the network file system, which typically does not have write/create permissions.) 2. Make sure that the Windows (or other) Firewall Settings for USB Protocol Suite are set to Public. USB Protocol Suite User Manual 235 www.valuetronics.com... -
Page 260: Analyzer Keyboard Shortcuts
Teledyne LeCroy Analyzer Keyboard Shortcuts 4.11 Analyzer Keyboard Shortcuts 4.11.1 Shortcuts List To display the Shortcut List, select Help > Shortcut List. Figure 4.46: Shortcuts List: Navigation USB Protocol Suite User Manual www.valuetronics.com... - Page 261 Teledyne L eCroy Analyzer Keyboard Shortcuts Figure 4.47: Shortcuts List: Common USB Protocol Suite User Manual 237 www.valuetronics.com...
- Page 262 Teledyne LeCroy Analyzer Keyboard Shortcuts Figure 4.48: Shortcuts List: Search 1 USB Protocol Suite User Manual www.valuetronics.com...
- Page 263 Teledyne L eCroy Analyzer Keyboard Shortcuts Figure 4.49: Shortcuts List: Search 2 USB Protocol Suite User Manual 239 www.valuetronics.com...
- Page 264 Teledyne LeCroy Analyzer Keyboard Shortcuts Figure 4.50: Shortcuts: Decode Levels and Miscellaneous USB Protocol Suite User Manual www.valuetronics.com...
-
Page 265: Chapter 5: Recording Options
Chapter 5 Recording Options Use Recording Options to create and change various features that control the way information is recorded by the Analyzer. To open the Recording Options dialog box: Select Recording Options under Setup on the Menu Bar. on the Tool Bar. Click As an example, you see the Recording Options dialog box for the Voyager M310 (analyzer mode), in Simple Mode for recording options (see Figure 5.1 on page 242.) USB Protocol Suite User Manual 241 www.valuetronics.com... - Page 266 Teledyne LeCroy Analyzer Selected Figure 5.1: Recording Options - General Tab Voyager M310: Simple Mode. The Recording Options window always opens with the General tab showing. USB Protocol Suite User Manual www.valuetronics.com...
- Page 267 Teledyne L eCroy The Recording Options for the Voyager 310 in Exerciser mode are shown in Figure 5.2. Exerciser Selected Figure 5.2: M310: Recording Options Simple Mode -> Exerciser selected Note: Tabs available differ depending on attached analyzer type. If no analyzer is attached, you can select any product. See “Recording Option Summary Tab” on page 375. USB Protocol Suite User Manual 243 www.valuetronics.com...
-
Page 268: Recording Options Modes
Teledyne LeCroy Recording Options Modes Recording Options Modes The General tab shows either the Basic or Advanced Recording Options Mode. Simple Mode for recording options is for simple Recording Options. Advanced mode provides more sophisticated Recording Rules that enable complex filters, triggers, and sequencing. You can switch modes by clicking the Switch to Simple Mode or Switch to Advanced Mode button see Figure 5.4. 5.1.1 Simple Mode: Voyager M3, M3i and M3x In Simple Mode (Analyzer), the Recording Options dialog box for the Voyager M3, M3i, and M3x is shown below. Switch to Simple Mode/Switch to Advanced Mode Button Voyager M3, M3i, and M3x Figure 5.3: Recording Options: Simple Mode USB Protocol Suite User Manual www.valuetronics.com... -
Page 269: Advanced Mode: Voyager M3, M3I And M3X
Teledyne L eCroy Recording Options Modes 5.1.2 Advanced Mode: Voyager M3, M3i and M3x In Advanced Mode (Analyzer), the Recording Options dialog box for the Voyager M3, M3i, and M3x is shown below. Voyager M3, M3i, and M3x Figure 5.4: : General Tab in Advanced Mode (Analyzer Mode) USB Protocol Suite User Manual 245 www.valuetronics.com... - Page 270 Teledyne LeCroy Recording Options Modes In Advanced Mode (Exerciser), the Recording Options dialog box for the Voyager M3, M3i, and M3x is shown below, see Figure 5.5. Voyager M3, M3i, and M3x Figure 5.5: : General Tab in Advanced Mode (Exerciser Mode) USB Protocol Suite User Manual www.valuetronics.com...
-
Page 271: Simple Mode: Advisor T3
Teledyne L eCroy Recording Options Modes 5.1.3 Simple Mode: Advisor T3 In Simple Mode for recording options, the Recording Options dialog box for the Advisor T3 is shown below, see Figure 5.6. Figure 5.6: Advisor T3: General Tab in Simple Mode for Recording Options USB Protocol Suite User Manual 247 www.valuetronics.com... -
Page 272: Advanced Mode: Advisor T3
Teledyne LeCroy Recording Options Modes 5.1.4 Advanced Mode: Advisor T3 In Advanced Mode, the Recording Options dialog box for the Advisor T3 is shown below, see Figure 5.7. Figure 5.7: Advisor T3: Recording Options - General Tab in Advanced Mode (Analyzer) USB Protocol Suite User Manual www.valuetronics.com... -
Page 273: Simple Mode: Mercury T2
Teledyne L eCroy Recording Options Modes 5.1.5 Simple Mode: Mercury T2 In Simple Mode for recording options, the Recording Options dialog box for Mercury T2 has the General and USB 2.0 tabs. See Figure 5.8. Figure 5.8: Mercury T2: Recording Options - General Tab in Simple Mode USB Protocol Suite User Manual 249 www.valuetronics.com... -
Page 274: Advanced Mode: Mercury T2
Teledyne LeCroy Recording Options Modes 5.1.6 Advanced Mode: Mercury T2 In Advanced Mode, the Recording Options dialog box for Mercury T2 has the General, USB 2.0 and USB 2.0 Rec Rules: Ch 0 tabs. See Figure 5.9. Figure 5.9: Mercury T2: Recording Options - General Tab in Advanced Mode USB Protocol Suite User Manual www.valuetronics.com... -
Page 275: Simple Mode: Mercury T2C
Teledyne L eCroy Recording Options Modes 5.1.7 Simple Mode: Mercury T2C In Simple Mode for recording options, the Recording Options dialog box for Mercury T2C has the General, USB 2.0, Power Delivery and USB Type-C tabs. See Figure 5.12. Analyzer Mode Capture CC Debug Info (See Note) Figure 5.10: Mercury T2C: Recording Options - General Tab in Simple Mode The Capture CC Debug Info checkbox enables capturing of specific debug information used by Note: Teledyne LeCroy to investigate issues with the Type-C Termination detection. This should only be checked at the direction of Teledyne LeCroy Technical Support, as it alters the normal contents of the trace data. If directed to use this, the trace should be captured, then this box unchecked for normal trace acquisitions. The Trigger options for Power Delivery and USB Type-C events are the same in both Simple and Advanced Mode. USB Protocol Suite User Manual 251 www.valuetronics.com... -
Page 276: Advanced Mode: Mercury T2C
Teledyne LeCroy Recording Options Modes The Simple Trigger Options for Power Delivery are shown below: Analyzer Mode: Figure 5.72 on page 325 The Simple Trigger Options for USB Type-C events are shown below: Analyzer Mode: Figure 5.74 on page 328 5.1.8 Advanced Mode: Mercury T2C In Advanced Mode, the Recording Options in Analyzer Mode dialog box for Mercury T2C has the General, USB 2.0, Power Delivery, USB Type-C and USB 2.0 Rec Rules: Ch 0 tabs. See Figure 5.13. Analyzer only Figure 5.11: Mercury T2C: Recording Options General Tab in Advanced Mode USB Protocol Suite User Manual www.valuetronics.com... -
Page 277: Simple Mode: Mercury T2P
Teledyne L eCroy Recording Options Modes 5.1.9 Simple Mode: Mercury T2P In Simple Mode for Analyzer recording options, the Recording Options dialog box for Mercury T2P has the General, USB 2.0, Power Delivery and USB Type-C tabs. See Figure 5.12. Analyzer only Figure 5.12: Mercury T2P: Recording Options - General Tab in Simple Mode Note: The Capture CC Debug Info checkbox enables capturing of specific debug information used by Teledyne LeCroy to investigate issues with the Type-C Termination detection. This should only be checked at the direction of Teledyne LeCroy Technical Support, as it alters the normal contents of the trace data. If directed to use this, the trace should be captured, then this box unchecked for normal trace acquisitions. USB Protocol Suite User Manual 253 www.valuetronics.com... -
Page 278: Advanced Mode: Mercury T2P
Teledyne LeCroy Recording Options Modes The Trigger options for Power Delivery and USB Type-C events are the same in both Simple and Advanced Mode. The Simple Trigger Options for Power Delivery are shown below: Analyzer Mode: Figure 5.72 on page 325 The Simple Trigger Options for USB Type-C events are shown below: Analyzer Mode: Figure 5.74 on page 328 5.1.10 Advanced Mode: Mercury T2P In Advanced Mode, the Recording Options dialog box for Mercury T2P has the General, USB 2.0, Power Delivery, USC Type-C and USB 2.0 Rec Rules: Ch 0 tabs. See Figure 5.13. Analyzer only Figure 5.13: Mercury T2P: Recording Options General Tab in Advanced Mode USB Protocol Suite User Manual www.valuetronics.com... - Page 279 Teledyne L eCroy Recording Options Modes Advanced Settings: Recording Settings: USB Type-C Select the USB Type-C tab and the following dialog box pops up with an Advanced Setting tab. See Figure 5.14. Note: This dialog gives the user the ability to change some of the Mercury’s or Voyager's internal voltage thresholds and debounce timing values used to evaluate Type-C states and behaviors. THIS SHOULD ONLY BE USED BY ADVANCED USERS WHO KNOW WHAT THEY ARE DOING. Changing these values may break the operation between the partners. Figure 5.14: T2C: Recording Mode -> Advanced Settings for USB Type C USB Protocol Suite User Manual 255 www.valuetronics.com...
-
Page 280: Select Advanced Settings
Teledyne LeCroy Recording Options Modes 5.1.11 Select Advanced Settings These options allows you to set the Voltage Settings and Debounce Times used by the Analyzer or Exerciser for detecting different Type-C states. These have been calibrated by Teledyne LeCroy for each analyzer to provide the best results, but may need to be fine-tuned by the customer for specific devices during the development stages. Note that changing these values COULD cause improper captures of Type-C state changes as viewed in the Trace Files. These should only be modified by users who understand the implications. If you select the User Defined checkbox, you can set you own voltage thresholds. If you want to use the default values you can un-check the checkbox and the values will be grayed out. See Figure 5.15. User Defined Value Set by User (green box) Figure 5.15: Advanced Recording Options -> USB Type-C Voltage Thresholds USB Protocol Suite User Manual www.valuetronics.com... - Page 281 Teledyne L eCroy Recording Options Modes You can also select the Debounce Threshold tab (see Figure 5.16). If you select the User Defined checkbox, you can set you own voltage thresholds. If you want to use the default values you can un-check the checkbox and the values will be grayed out. These options allow you to set the Debounce Threshold Settings used by the Analyzer or Exerciser. User Defined Value Set by User (green box) Figure 5.16: USB Type-C Debounce Thresholds tab USB Protocol Suite User Manual 257 www.valuetronics.com...
-
Page 282: Simple Mode: Voyager M3X
Teledyne LeCroy Recording Options Modes 5.1.12 Simple Mode: Voyager M3x In Simple Mode for Analyzer recording options, the Recording Options dialog box for the Voyager M3x is: Analyzer selected Figure 5.17: Voyager M3x: Recording Options General Tab in Simple Mode For the recording option for the M3x in simple Exerciser Mode see Figure 5.18 on page 259. USB Protocol Suite User Manual www.valuetronics.com... - Page 283 Teledyne L eCroy Recording Options Modes Figure 5.18: M3x: Recording Options -> Exerciser Selected, Simple Mode USB Protocol Suite User Manual 259 www.valuetronics.com...
-
Page 284: Advanced Mode: Voyager M3X
Teledyne LeCroy Recording Options Modes 5.1.13 Advanced Mode: Voyager M3x In Advanced Mode, the Recording Options dialog box for the Voyager M3x (Analyzer Mode) is shown below with USB2.0, USB3.2, USB 2.0 Rec Rules: CH0 and USB3.2 (SS) Rec Rules see Figure 5.19. Analyzer Mode Figure 5.19: Voyager M3x: Recording Options General Tab in Advanced Mode 5.1.13.1 Advanced Mode: M3x Recording Options Exerciser Mode In Advanced Mode, the Recording Options dialog box for the Voyager M3x (Exerciser Mode) is shown below with USB2.0, USB3.2, USB 2.0 Rec Rules: CH0 and USB3.2 (SS) Rec Rules tabs see Figure 5.20. USB Protocol Suite User Manual www.valuetronics.com... - Page 285 Teledyne L eCroy Recording Options Modes Exerciser Mode Figure 5.20: M3x: Advanced Mode -> Recording Options Exerciser Mode USB Protocol Suite User Manual 261 www.valuetronics.com...
-
Page 286: Simple Mode: Voyager M310C (Analyzer Mode)
Teledyne LeCroy Recording Options Modes 5.1.14 Simple Mode: Voyager M310C (Analyzer Mode) In Simple Mode (Analyzer) the Voyager M310C has options for USB2.0, USB3.2, Power Delivery and USB Type-C. See Figure 5.21. Analyzer Mode Figure 5.21: Voyager M310C: Simple Mode Recording Options 5.1.14.1 Simple Mode: Voyager M310C (Exerciser Mode) In Simple Mode (Exerciser) the Voyager M310C has options for USB 2.0, USB 3.2, Power Delivery and USB Type-C. It also has an option for Auto CC/PD connectivity for Exerciser Link and a single connection to the DUT. See Figure 5.22. USB Protocol Suite User Manual www.valuetronics.com... -
Page 287: Advanced Mode: Voyager M310C (Analyzer Mode)
Teledyne L eCroy Recording Options Modes Exerciser Mode Figure 5.22: Voyager M310C: Simple Mode (Exerciser) Recording Options The Trigger options for Power Delivery and USB Type-C events are the same in both Simple and Advanced Mode. The Simple Trigger Options for Power Delivery are shown below: Analyzer Mode: Figure 5.72 on page 325 Exerciser Mode: Figure 5.73 on page 326 The Simple Trigger Options for USB Type-C events are shown below: Analyzer Mode: Figure 5.74 on page 328 Exerciser Mode: Figure 5.75 on page 330 5.1.14.2 Advanced Mode: Voyager M310C (Analyzer Mode) In Advanced Mode the Voyager M310C has options for USB2.0, USB3.2, Power Delivery, USB Type-C, USB 2.0 Rec Rules: CH0 and USB3.2 (SS) Rec Rules. See Figure 5.23. USB Protocol Suite User Manual 263 www.valuetronics.com... -
Page 288: Advanced Mode: Voyager M310C (Exerciser Mode)
Teledyne LeCroy Recording Options Modes Analyzer Mode Figure 5.23: Voyager M310C: Advanced Mode Recording Options -> Analyzer Mode 5.1.14.3 Advanced Mode: Voyager M310C (Exerciser Mode) In Advanced Mode (Exerciser) the Voyager M310C has options for USB2.0, USB3.2, Power Delivery, USB Type-C, USB 2.0 Rec Rules: CH0 and USB3.2 (SS) Rec Rules. It also has an option for Auto CC/PD connectivity for Exerciser Link and a single connection to the DUT. See Figure 5.24. USB Protocol Suite User Manual www.valuetronics.com... - Page 289 Teledyne L eCroy Recording Options Modes Exerciser Mode Figure 5.24: Voyager M310C: Advanced Mode Recording Options -> Exerciser Mode USB Protocol Suite User Manual 265 www.valuetronics.com...
-
Page 290: Simple Mode: Voyager M310P (Analyzer)
Teledyne LeCroy Recording Options Modes 5.1.15 Simple Mode: Voyager M310P (Analyzer) In Simple Mode the Voyager M310P has options for USB2.0, USB3.2, Power Delivery and USB Type-C. See Figure 5.25. Analyzer Mode Figure 5.25: Voyager M310P: Simple Mode Recording Options (Analyzer) 5.1.15.1 Simple Mode: Voyager M310P (Exerciser) In Simple Mode (Exerciser) the Voyager M310P has options for USB2.0, USB3.2, Power Delivery and USB Type-C. It also has an option for Auto CC/PD connectivity for Exerciser Link and a single connection to the DUT. See Figure 5.26. USB Protocol Suite User Manual www.valuetronics.com... -
Page 291: Advanced Mode: Voyager M310P (Analyzer)
Teledyne L eCroy Recording Options Modes Exerciser Mode Figure 5.26: Voyager M310P: Simple Mode Recording Options (Exerciser) The Power Delivery and USB Type-C Recording Options are the same for both Simple and Advanced Modes. The Simple Trigger Options for Power Delivery are shown below: Analyzer Mode: Figure 5.72 on page 325 Exerciser Mode: Figure 5.73 on page 326 The Simple Trigger Options for USB Type-C events are shown below: Analyzer Mode: Figure 5.74 on page 328 Exerciser Mode: Figure 5.75 on page 330 5.1.16 Advanced Mode: Voyager M310P (Analyzer) In Advanced Mode the Voyager M310P analyzer has options for USB2.0, USB3.2, Power Delivery, USB Type-C, USB 2.0 Rec Rules: CH0 and USB3.2 (SS) Rec Rules. See Figure 5.27. USB Protocol Suite User Manual 267 www.valuetronics.com... -
Page 292: Advanced Mode: Voyager M310P (Exerciser)
Teledyne LeCroy Recording Options Modes Analyzer Mode Figure 5.27: Voyager M310P: Advanced Mode Recording Options (Analyzer) 5.1.16.1 Advanced Mode: Voyager M310P (Exerciser) In Advanced Mode (Exerciser) the Voyager M310P has options for USB2.0, USB3.2, Power Delivery, USB Type-C, USB 2.0 Rec Rules: CH0 and USB3.2 (SS) Rec Rules. It also has an option for Auto CC/PD connectivity for Exerciser Link and a single connection to the DUT. See Figure 5.28. USB Protocol Suite User Manual www.valuetronics.com... - Page 293 Teledyne L eCroy Recording Options Modes Exerciser Mode Figure 5.28: Voyager M310P: Advanced Mode Recording Options (Exerciser) USB Protocol Suite User Manual 269 www.valuetronics.com...
-
Page 294: Simple Mode: Voyager M4X (Analyzer)
Teledyne LeCroy Recording Options Modes 5.1.17 Simple Mode: Voyager M4x (Analyzer) The usage modes for Voyager M4x are selected from the following choices: Analyzer Mode: The "Analyzer" Mode enables the top pair of Type-C Connectors on the front of the M4x that are labeled "Analyzer". These are used to capture USB 2.0, USB 3.2 (x1 and x2, 5 Gbps and 10Gbps), USB4, Power Delivery, Type-C signals, and USB4 SideBand signals. Exerciser Mode The "Exerciser" Mode enables the Exerciser connector on the front of the M4x, but is not enabled for use at this time. DP Alt Mode Analyzer: The "DP Alt Mode Analyzer" Mode enables the lower 2 Type-C Connectors. These are used to capture USB 2.0, Power Delivery, Type-C signals, and Display Port Aux Channel packets. The Gb speed signals are wired directly from Connector 1 to Connector 2 and are not analyzed. In Simple Mode the Voyager M4x has options for USB2.0, Power Delivery, USB Type-C and USB4. See Figure 5.29. Analyzer Mode USB4 Selected Figure 5.29: Voyager M4x: Simple Mode Recording Options USB Protocol Suite User Manual www.valuetronics.com... -
Page 295: Simple Mode: Voyager M4X (Exerciser)
Teledyne L eCroy Recording Options Modes 5.1.17.1 Simple Mode: Voyager M4x (Exerciser) In Simple Mode (Exerciser) the Voyager M4x has options for USB2.0, Power Delivery, USB Type-C and USB4. It also has an option for Auto CC/PD connectivity for Exerciser Link and a single connection to the DUT See Figure 5.30. Exerciser Mode Figure 5.30: Voyager M4x: Simple Recording Options (Exerciser) USB Protocol Suite User Manual 271 www.valuetronics.com... -
Page 296: Simple Mode: Voyager M4X (Dp Alt Mode Analyzer)
Teledyne LeCroy Recording Options Modes 5.1.17.2 Simple Mode: Voyager M4x (DP Alt Mode Analyzer) DP Alt Mode Analyzer DP AUX Enabled Figure 5.31: Voyager M4x: Simple Recording Options (DP Alt Mode Analyzer) The Power Delivery and USB Type-C Recording Options are the same for both Simple and Advanced Modes. The Simple Trigger Options for Power Delivery are shown below: Analyzer Mode: Figure 5.72 on page 325 Exerciser Mode: Figure 5.73 on page 326 The Simple Trigger Options for USB Type-C events are shown below: Analyzer Mode: Figure 5.74 on page 328 Exerciser Mode: Figure 5.75 on page 330 ... -
Page 297: M4X Recording Options (Simple Mode): Usb4
Teledyne L eCroy Recording Options Modes 5.1.17.3 M4x Recording Options (Simple Mode): USB4 The Link Settings, Spread Spectrum Clock, Filter Out and Simple Trigger recording options for the M4x in Analyzer Simple Mode USB4 are shown below: Figure 5.32: Voyager M4x: Recording Options USB4 -> Triggers and Filters USB Protocol Suite User Manual 273 www.valuetronics.com... -
Page 298: Link Settings
Teledyne LeCroy Recording Options Modes 5.1.17.4 Link Settings Protocol TBT3 - This will cause the software to interpret the packets and behavior accord- ing to the TBT3 specification. For example, if a new field is used in USB4 that was Reserved in TBT3, it will be shown as an error. USB4 - Interprets all packets and behavior according to the USB4 specification. Speed Mode Rounded - USB4 clock rate of 20.000 Gbps (Gen 3) or 10.000 Gbps (Gen 2) Legacy (Non-Rounded) - TBT3 clock rate of 20.625 Gbps (Gen 3) or 10.3125 Gbps (Gen 2) Speed Auto Gen 2 Gen 3 Channel Width Auto Lane Reversal Auto RS-FEC Auto FEC Encoded (Forward Error Correction) ... -
Page 299: Filter Out
Teledyne L eCroy Recording Options Modes Lane 0 Left Auto Off/On Lane 0 Right Auto Off/On Lane 1 Left Auto Off/On Lane 1 Right Auto Off/On Spread Spectrum Clock Receive Transmit (Exerciser) 5.1.17.5 Filter Out Select the checkbox of items you do not want captured in the trace file. his will reduce the size of the trace file and/or reduce the amount of capture memory used. USB3.2 LFPS filter option is smart filtering option that keeps "USB4 LFPSs" in trace and only Note: filters USB3.2 LFPSs that happens before entering USB4 mode. 5.1.17.6 Simple Triggers Select any number of the items listed to cause a trigger to occur when the event is seen by the Analyzer. 5.1.17.7 Pattern Triggers Pattern triggers are applied the first few DWORDS of a packet to force a Software Trigger when a ... - Page 300 Teledyne LeCroy Recording Options Modes Figure 5.33: Triggering: Before clicking on “Copy from Left” After hitting "Copy from Left": See Figure 5.34 on page 277. USB Protocol Suite User Manual www.valuetronics.com...
- Page 301 Teledyne L eCroy Recording Options Modes Figure 5.34: Triggering: After clicking on “Copy from Left” USB Protocol Suite User Manual 277 www.valuetronics.com...
-
Page 302: Edit Tlp Mask Match Pattern Options
Teledyne LeCroy Recording Options Modes 5.1.17.8 Edit TLP Mask Match Pattern Options If you select the Edit button in the Recording Options -> Pattern Trigger (see Figure 5.35) this will bring up a dialog box for editing the TLP. See Figure 5.36 on page 279. - Page 303 Teledyne L eCroy Recording Options Modes Figure 5.36: Edit TLP Mask Match Pattern Dialog Box The Packet Category produces a drop menu where you can choose the type of packet you want to trigger on including: Control Packet Link Mgmt Packet Time Sync Packet Tunneled PCIe Packet Tunneled USB3 Packet Tunneled DP Packet Tunneled DP AUX Packet As an example, if you chose Tunneled PCIe Packet the following options are available in DW0: HopID Length See Figure 5.37 on page 280. USB Protocol Suite User Manual 279 www.valuetronics.com...
- Page 304 Teledyne LeCroy Recording Options Modes Figure 5.37: Tunneled PCIe Packet Options: PDF For PDF you can choose from the following options: Ordered Set Electrical Idle State TLP/DLLP PERST Active PERST Inactive An example with each option selected is shown in Figure 5.38. Figure 5.38: Tunneled PCIe Packet Options Selected USB Protocol Suite User Manual www.valuetronics.com...
- Page 305 Teledyne L eCroy Recording Options Modes After you click on “OK” the Trigger Pattern you selected will be shown in the Recording Options dialog box (see Figure 5.39). In this case since we chose Tunneled PCIe Packet the PCIe text in the Pattern Trigger area will be highlighted. Figure 5.39: Recording Options -> Pattern Trigger Set Another example of a more complex trigger pattern is shown in Figure 5.40 on page 282. USB Protocol Suite User Manual 281 www.valuetronics.com...
-
Page 306: Tunneled Pcie Packet
Teledyne LeCroy Recording Options Modes PCIe Highlighted Figure 5.40: Edit TLP Mask match Pattern: Tunneled PCIe Packet 5.1.17.9 Tunneled PCIe Packet (TLP Only) Check this option if you are trying to trigger on a PCIe TLP. In the special case of PCIe tunneling, the pattern being set for matching is applied simultaneously to the following DWORDS: DWORD0-DWORD1- DWORD2-DWORD3-DWORD4 DWORD0 -DWORD3-DWORD4 DWORD5- DWORD6 The above compensates for the fact the PCIe can insert a 2-DWORD DLP at the beginning of a tunneled packet, causing the PCIe TLP to start at DWORD 3. The other Packet Types chosen from the drop down menu function in a similar manner. USB Protocol Suite User Manual www.valuetronics.com... -
Page 307: Sideband (Sb)
Teledyne L eCroy Recording Options Modes 5.1.17.10 SideBand (SB) Example => SideBand Mask and Match Cleared: See Figure 5.41. Figure 5.41: Side Band: SB Cleared Example => : See Figure 5.42. SB Edited Figure 5.42: Side Band: SB Edited USB Protocol Suite User Manual 283 www.valuetronics.com... -
Page 308: Spread Spectrum Settings (Ssc)
Teledyne LeCroy Recording Options Modes 5.1.17.11 Spread Spectrum Settings (SSC) Note: In legacy platforms, the Receiver SSC settings are the same for both ports. Receiver: When operating in Analyzer mode, it may necessary to manually adjust the SSC settings to be more tolerant to Spread Spectrum Clocking from the Device-under-test. This recording option adjusts the "Receiver" logic on the left and right analyzer ports independently to improve lock performance. When either side is checked, the analyzer Reference Clock will apply "down-spread" to its own internal Receiver Reference Clock to better track SSC signaling. When un-checked, the analyzer Receiver Reference Clock will be set to the nominal data rate. Important notes: USB 3.2 & USB4: The SSC setting can be adjusted per port for the analyzer (left/ right connector) allowing users to independently tune SSC tolerance for the host and device (TX) signal. Users are advised to experiment with different settings as the advertised SSC settings may not always correlate to the signal reaching the analyzer. USB4: if an analyzer port receives the data from a re-timer, the Receiver SSC set- ting needs to be unchecked (left or right connector) as the re-timer initially transmits without SSC. Transmitter: This setting is applicable only in "Exerciser mode". Check "Transmitter" to apply Spread Spectrum Clocking on exerciser transmitter path. Note: The Transmitter and Receive commands are independent of each other. USB Protocol Suite User Manual www.valuetronics.com... -
Page 309: Tlp Filtering: Filter Options
Teledyne L eCroy Recording Options Modes 5.1.17.12 TLP filtering: Filter Options If you select the TLP Filtering tab, the following options dialog box will pop up. See Figure 5.43. Figure 5.43: TLP filtering Options Using this dialog users are able to define "Filter IN" (capture only TLP traffic with associated HOP ID[s]) criteria or "Filter Out" (do not capture TLP traffic with associated HOP ID[s]) criteria separately for left/right port. There are options to swap left/right patterns or copy pattern from other side for quicker pattern definition. A simple example is shown below. See Figure 5.44 on page 286. USB Protocol Suite User Manual 285 www.valuetronics.com... - Page 310 Teledyne LeCroy Recording Options Modes Figure 5.44: Swap Left and Right (before Swap) Figure 5.45: Swap Left and Right (after Swap) USB Protocol Suite User Manual www.valuetronics.com...
- Page 311 Teledyne L eCroy Recording Options Modes You can also use the Copy from Right or Copy from Left button to simplify editing this dialog box. See Figure 5.46 and Figure 5.47. Figure 5.46: Copy from Left/Copy from Right (before Copy to Left) Figure 5.47: Copy from Left/Copy from Right In filter out mode, if "Do not filter packets with header gap error" option checked, it keeps TLP packets in trace with header GAP violation. See Figure 5.48 on page 288 USB Protocol Suite User Manual 287 www.valuetronics.com...
- Page 312 Teledyne LeCroy Recording Options Modes Figure 5.48: Do not filter packets with header gap error USB Protocol Suite User Manual www.valuetronics.com...
-
Page 313: Usb4 Analyzer Mode: Either Auotdetect Or Two Independent Settings For Ssc Setting For Analyzer Left/Right Port
Teledyne L eCroy Recording Options Modes USB4 Analyzer mode: Either AuotDetect or 5.1.17.13 Two independent settings for SSC setting for analyzer left/right port. See Figure 5.49. Figure 5.49: Voyager M4x: Recording Options -> Spread Spectrum Clock (Two Independent Clocks) USB Protocol Suite User Manual 289 www.valuetronics.com... -
Page 314: Usb4 Exerciser Mode: Either Autodetect Or Enable Receiver Spread Spectrum Clock (Ssc)
Teledyne LeCroy Recording Options Modes 5.1.17.14 USB4 Exerciser mode: Either AutoDetect or Enable Receiver Spread Spectrum Clock (SSC) See Figure 5.50. Figure 5.50: Voyager M4x: Recording Options -> Exerciser Mode SSC USB Protocol Suite User Manual www.valuetronics.com... -
Page 315: Usb 3.2 Analyzer Mode: Two Independent Settings For Ssc Setting For Analyzer Left/Right Port
Teledyne L eCroy Recording Options Modes 5.1.17.15 USB 3.2 analyzer mode: Two independent settings for SSC setting for analyzer left/right port See Figure 5.51. Figure 5.51: Voyager M4x: Recording Options USB 3.2 Analyzer Mode USB Protocol Suite User Manual 291 www.valuetronics.com... -
Page 316: Usb 3.2 Exerciser Mode: One Setting For Receiver And One Setting For Transmitter
Teledyne LeCroy Recording Options Modes 5.1.17.16 USB 3.2 exerciser mode: One setting for receiver and one setting for transmitter See Figure 5.52. Figure 5.52: Voyager M4x: Recording Options: USB3.2 Exerciser Mode USB Protocol Suite User Manual www.valuetronics.com... -
Page 317: Advanced Mode: Voyager M4X (Analyzer)
Teledyne L eCroy Recording Options Modes 5.1.18 Advanced Mode: Voyager M4x (Analyzer) The Recording Options for the M4x (Advanced Mode) are shown below: Figure 5.53: Voyager M4x Recording Options: Advanced Mode All the recording options for Advanced Mode are the same as Simple Mode except that you also have the USB2.0 Recording Rules : Ch 0 as shown below: USB Protocol Suite User Manual 293 www.valuetronics.com... - Page 318 Teledyne LeCroy Recording Options Modes Figure 5.54: Voyager M4x Advanced Recording Options: USB 2.0 Recording Rules: Ch 0 The use of the Advanced Recording Rules is covered in great detail in section “Recording Rules - USB 2.0” on page 334. USB Protocol Suite User Manual www.valuetronics.com...
-
Page 319: General Recording Options
Teledyne L eCroy General Recording Options General Recording Options The General Recording Options allow you to select or adjust the trigger mode, the buffer size, the amount of post-trigger recording, and the trace filename and path. 5.2.1 Product You can select one of the following products: Voyager M4x Voyager M310P Voyager M310C Voyager M3i Voyager M3x Voyager M310 Advisor T3 Mercury T2 Mercury T2C Mercury T2P USBTracer/Trainer* USB Advisor* * These analyzers are no longer supported. See “USBTracer/Trainer, USB Advisor, USBMobile HS and USBMobile T2” on page 101 for more information. 5.2.2 Analyzer vs. Exerciser vs. DP Alt Mode Analyzer This selects the overall mode of operation of the Voyager product. (Mercury and Advisor products ... -
Page 320: Snapshot
Teledyne LeCroy General Recording Options The options are: Snapshot, Manual Trigger, and Event Trigger. 5.2.3.1 Snapshot A Snapshot is a fixed-length recording. The size of this recording is set by is clicked and ends the Buffer Size box. Recording begins when button is pressed. when either the selected buffer size is filled or the 5.2.3.2 Manual Trigger Some Teledyne LeCroy analyzer models include a manual trigger button on the front panel of the system. The manual trigger option can be used when you elect to initiate the recording by pressing the manual trigger button. on the Tool Bar. Recording continues in a circular manner Recording begins when you click within the limits set by the buffer size. is clicked on the Tool Bar or after post-trigger memory has been filled Recording ends when following depression of the trigger button on the front panel. 5.2.3.3 Event Trigger on the Tool Bar. Recording begins when you click Recording continues in a circular manner within the limits set by the buffer size until an event is detected that meets the Trigger conditions specified in the Triggering Options and the defined amount of data has been recorded after the Trigger Event. 5.2.4 Recording Channels USB4, USB 3.2, USB 2.0, Power Delivery and SBU You can select USB 2.0 and/or USB 3.2 and/or Power Delivery and/or SBU as the recording ... -
Page 321: Power Delivery Recording Channel
Teledyne L eCroy General Recording Options 5.2.5 Power Delivery Recording Channel Enabling this on systems that are licensed for Power Delivery will capture the signaling over the connector. This is supported only on Voyager Configuration Channel (CC) wire in the USB Type-C M310C/M310P and Mercury T2C/T2P. TABLE 5.2: Recording Modes Summary Power Model USB2.0 USB3.2 Delivery Voyager M4x Yes*x2 Yes** Yes, DP and USB4 Voyager M310 Yes* Voyager M310P Yes* Yes** Yes, DP Voyager M310C Yes* Yes** Voyager M3x Voyager M3i Advisor T3 Mercury T2 Mercury T2C Yes** Mercury T2P... -
Page 322: Buffer Size
Teledyne LeCroy General Recording Options trigger and post-trigger. Spooled Recording: The analyzer begins recording data to the analyzer memory when the record button is pressed. The entire analyzer memory (2 GB or 4 GB) is used to buffer data while simultaneously uploading the trace file to an attached storage device. Set Recording Size Limits. If you use Snapshot, you can optionally use Record for an elapsed time or Record a number of megabytes. If you use Manual Trigger or Event Trigger, you can optionally use the Until Triggered, plus options to enter post-trigger limits by megabytes or elapsed time. These options allow you to specify a trigger event to start the recording. When these options are used, the trigger position slider is not active. The trigger event is within the first 100 packets. The balance of the memory captures traffic occurring post trigger. Note: You can use Snapshot, Manual Trigger, or Event Trigger trigger mode with either Recording Scope: Conventional Single Buffer Recording or Spooled Recording. When capturing USB4, SS or SS+ traffic with Spooled Recording, the traffic rate may overflow Note: the system's ability to upload data to disk. In the event of overflow, the analyzer stops the recording automatically, even if the trigger event has not yet occurred. This can occur in 3.2 traffic as well as in 2.0 traffic. The analyzer does not drop data or leave gaps in the recording. Instead, it automatically uploads all the traffic stored in memory. You must make sure that the traffic being recorded does not overrun the buffer in this mode, by either adjusting the actual data transmissions between the host and device, or by adding filters to the analyzer recording to reduce the quantity of data per second that the analyzer is capturing and uploading to the Analyzer host machine. 5.2.8 Buffer Size You can adjust the size of the recording buffer from a very small size up to the maximum available in your product. The maximum values selected may be slightly smaller than the entire buffer size ... -
Page 323: Trigger Position
Teledyne L eCroy General Recording Options 5.2.9 Trigger Position You can adjust the amount of recording to be done post-trigger or select where you want the Trigger located within the defined buffer. You can adjust the Triggering Position between 1 and 99% post-trigger. Trigger Position is available only when Manual Trigger or Event Trigger is selected as trigger mode. As an example, if the buffer size is set to 16 MB, then for the following Trigger Position settings, the amount of pre-trigger and post-trigger data is: 95% post-triggering: 0.8 MB pre-trigger, 15.2 MB post-trigger 75% post-triggering: 4 MB pre-trigger, 12 MB post-trigger 50% post-triggering: 8 MB pre-trigger, 8 MB post-trigger 25% post-triggering: 12 MB pre-trigger, 4 MB post-trigger 5% post-triggering: 15.2 MB pre-trigger, 0.8 MB post-trigger When a Trigger occurs, recording continues until the post-trigger amount of the buffer is filled or Note: when Stop is selected. 5.2.10 Options Name The Options Name is a descriptive label of the current Recording Options settings. Options Names are associated with files that have a .rec suffix. The default option name is default. Default preserves the current Recording Options settings. The purpose of the Options Name box is to give you a place to preserve different Recording Options that you use on a recurrent basis. For example, if you use two or three different Recording ... -
Page 324: Trace File Name & Path
Teledyne LeCroy General Recording Options 5.2.11 Trace File Name & Path Trace File Name & Path is the location for saving your trace file. The default recording file name is data.usb for recordings and its associated data in a folder with the same name (but with the extension .tmp). If you are recording on both channels, then the system creates two files: data_0.usb for Channel 0, and data_1.usb for Channel 1. Click Trace File Name & Path. Click Change Default Location to display a Specify Trace File Name dialog in which to enter the recording file name *.usb for all subsequent recordings. The serial number of the analyzer will be added to the filename if more than one USB analyzer is Note: being used. Due to restrictions on where files can be written by users in Windows™ 7 and Windows 8, the Note: USB Protocol Suite software may implicitly change a directory from the Program Files path x:\Program Files\Lecroy\… t o the user's data path x:\Users\Public\Documents\Lecroy\… This is done (for example) when the desired Trace File Name & Path has such a reference in the Recording Options file. Note that when the opposite situation occurs (a Windows 7 and Windows ... - Page 325 Teledyne L eCroy General Recording Options Figure 5.56: Advanced Trace File Settings: 5 Open Traces at a time Figure 5.57: Advanced Trace File Settings: 10 Open Traces at a time, Auto-Delete when maximum number reached (10) Note: None of this applies to automation cases. Behavior in automation will remain the same as before. USB Protocol Suite User Manual 301 www.valuetronics.com...
-
Page 326: Vbus Power
Teledyne LeCroy General Recording Options 5.2.13 VBus Power You can control power settings: Keep VBus Power on after Generation/Exerciser completes: Check if you want to keep the Host VBus on at completion of a 2.0 or 3.2 Trainer/Exerciser script. Capture Power Measurements (Voltage and Current): Record voltage and cur- rent. Persistent VBus Disconnect Button: Check if you want the modify the behavior of the "Momentary Disconnect" function (Invoked through the API or by the button). When checked, the operation works as a "toggle" of the connec- tion mode, remaining in the OFF state until you invoke it again to change it back to ON. This can be used to turn off the VBus for long periods of time. The normal unchecked behavior is for the button to cycle OFF-ON automatically, with the off duration lasting about a half a second. Uses extra disk space corresponding to the size specified in Buffer Size for each trace. 5.2.14 USB Raw File Support Check this box to capture trace file data during upload. This is recommended. If you are having any ... -
Page 327: External Trigger Settings
Teledyne L eCroy Save External Signals 5.2.16 External Trigger Settings 5.2.16.1 Repeated Trigger Out In some circumstances, you will want to issue a pulse on the external trigger connection(s) whenever you see an event. By checking this box, this pulse will occur every time the event is seen, as long as it is set up as a trigger in the trigger definition dialogs. It will only be indicated once in the captured software, at the point where the first instance occurred. Events must be spaced far enough apart for the pulse to be reset by hardware, or it will not be visible on external equipment. It is safest to choose events which will occur no more frequently than once per microframe (125 uSec) Repeated Triggering. Figure 5.58: External Trigger Settings: Low/High/Toggle 5.2.16.2 Trigger In to Exerciser Only Trigger In connects to Exerciser only (no connection to analyzer). 5.2.16.3 Trigger Output Type You can set the external trigger to be one of the following: Pulse Low Pulse High Pulse Toggle ... - Page 328 Teledyne LeCroy Recording Options-USB 2.0 Generator/Analyzer Clocking Overrides: Select Slow Clock and enter number of megahertz. Note: Auto-Detect mode does not allow Slow Clock. Generator-related Parameters: Choose parameters and device address location. Options: Truncate data fields Figure 5.59: Recording Options USB 2.0. USB Protocol Suite User Manual www.valuetronics.com...
-
Page 329: Analyzer Trace Speed
Teledyne L eCroy Recording Options-USB 2.0 5.4.1 Analyzer Trace Speed This option sets the speed of the traffic recorded by the Analyzer. The default setting is Auto- detect. This setting tells the Analyzer to discover what speed traffic is running and to label packets accordingly. Auto-Detect will find a speed and lock on it permanently for the duration of the trace. If traffic speed changes, it will not be seen by the analyzer. If you are having problems with your recordings, you might try setting the traffic speed to one of the fixed values -- Low, Full, and Hi speed. These settings are used when you want to manually set the traffic speed. It can take ~ 6 ms for the High Speed detection to occur in Auto-Detect mode, so it is possible to miss some packets with this method. One side effect of using Auto-Detect Speed selection is that the first set of High Speed Chirps that occur prior to the first packet is not recorded. The Auto-Detection mechanism is looking for a match on a packet pattern, so it does not see the Chirp signaling (which is only visible to the High Speed Detection circuitry). Note: In General, if you already know the speed of the device you are working with, it is better to set the speed explicitly! In some rare cases, auto-detection circuitry causes Full Speed devices to fail to enumerate on plug- in. Changing the Analyzer speed to Full Speed can sometimes solve this problem. -
Page 330: Generator/Analyzer Clocking Overrides
Teledyne LeCroy Recording Options-USB 2.0 5.4.2 Generator/Analyzer Clocking Overrides Generator/Analyzer Clocking Overrides allows changes to be made to the Analyzer/generator clocking. Select Slow Clock, then enter a value in the box on the right. The value that is entered tells the Analyzer how much to divide the base clock by. For example, entering a 4 causes Full Speed traffic to be generated at a 3-megabit rate as opposed to the standard 12-megabit rate. You can use the slow clock selection to slow down the base clock during generation. This also changes the Analyzer’s clock base to match. 1. In the USB 2.0 tab, make sure you are out of Auto-Detect mode. 2. Select the Slow Clock checkbox. 3. In the Divide By field, enter a value. 4. Click OK. Due to ASIC changes in the Voyager M3x/M310/M310C design, slow speed generation and Note: capture at Hi Speed is NOT supported. 5.4.3 USB On-The-Go USB On-The-Go option sets the Analyzer to record the USB On-The-Go traffic. This protocol lets you run two devices, specify one of them as the host, one of them as the device, and to assign each device a name. 5.4.4 Generator-related Parameters You can set traffic generation parameters: Disable Generator Memory: Use the whole Capture Buffer for the trace. Not ... -
Page 331: Data Truncation Option
Teledyne L eCroy Recording Options-USB 2.0 5.4.5 Data Truncation Option Truncate Data Fields (2.0): Allows data fields to be truncated during recording in order to save Analyzer memory and allow recording of more packets. Enter a minimum data length value in the Bytes box. The system truncates the data to the stated value (or up to 5 bytes more to optimize operation efficiency in the Analyzer hardware). Note: Truncation of data may cause incorrect transaction or transfer decoding. USB Protocol Suite User Manual 307 www.valuetronics.com... -
Page 332: Recording Options - Usb 3.2 For Voyager
Teledyne LeCroy Recording Options - USB 3.2 for Voyager Recording Options - USB 3.2 for Voyager The USB 3.2 tab presents options for setting Recording Ports, Descrambling, Polarity Inversion, Spread Spectrum Clock, Recording/Generating, Simple Filters and Truncate Data Fields, Simple Triggers, Clock/Speed Selection, and USB Connector Termination/RxDetect. Voyager M3x/M310/M310C do not support Port Configurations. Note: Note: For details about using a Spread Spectrum Clock see “Spread Spectrum Settings (SSC)” on page 284. You can see the Simple Triggers Common Settings in Figure 5.60 below. Figure 5.60: M4x Recording Options for USB3.2 USB Protocol Suite User Manual www.valuetronics.com... - Page 333 Teledyne L eCroy Recording Options - USB 3.2 for Voyager The other categories of Simple Triggers are: SS Specific SS+ Specific (SYNC packets can be used as simple triggers) VBus Levels These other simple triggers can be seen in Figure 5.61. Figure 5.61: Simple Triggers: SS Specific / SS+ Specific / Vbus Levels Note: Filtering LUP/LDN will apply to both channels on Power Delivery Systems, since the Data Roles can be swapped. See Figure 5.62 on page 310. USB Protocol Suite User Manual 309 www.valuetronics.com...
- Page 334 Teledyne LeCroy Recording Options - USB 3.2 for Voyager Figure 5.62: Recording Options - USB 3.2 for Voyager M3 and M3i. USB Protocol Suite User Manual www.valuetronics.com...
- Page 335 Teledyne L eCroy Recording Options - USB 3.2 for Voyager Figure 5.63: Recording Options - USB 3.2 for Voyager M3x. LFPS Capture Method - The Voyager M3x has a special circuit designed to capture LFPS with very accurate timing. If for some reason a device or host is found which is not electrically compatible with this new design, the user can switch to the Legacy method which is used on previous USB 3.2 analyzers (Voyager M3x only). For Recording Ports, select USB 3.2 Connectors, MMCX, or Custom (DS:USB 3.2, US:USB 3.2). The custom option allows you to change the recording channels to use a mix of MMCX and USB 3.2 connectors (Voyager M3i only). USB Protocol Suite User Manual 311 www.valuetronics.com...
-
Page 336: Descrambling
Teledyne LeCroy Recording Options - USB 3.2 for Voyager 5.5.1 Descrambling In Analyzer Mode, Select Auto to have the analyzer determine the Scrambling state of the incoming data stream on the connector examining the TS1 Packets. You can force the analyzer to either Descramble or not regardless of what is seen in the TS1 packets by selecting On or Off, respectively. In Exerciser mode, you can chose the Exerciser Transmit Scrambling mode by selecting On or Off. On sends Scrambled data, so the DUT would need to Descramble it. Off sends data without being Scrambled. Auto defaults to sending Scrambled data, just like On. For the DUT side, it works like the Analyzer settings, above. 5.5.2 Polarity Inversion In Analyzer Mode, Select Auto to have the analyzer determine the Polarity state of the incoming data stream on the connector examining the TSEQ Packets. You can force the analyzer to either Invert Polarity or not regardless of what is seen in the TSEQ packets by selecting On or Off, respectively. In Exerciser mode, you can chose the Exerciser Polarity Inversion mode by selecting On or Off. On sends the data Inverted, and Off does not. It is up to the device to handle these cases. Auto defaults to sending uninverted data just like Off. For the DUT side, it works like the Analyzer settings, above. Note: For Spread Spectrum Clock, select Transmit (Exerciser) to apply Spread Spectrum Clocking to the transmitter. To adjust the receivers to be more tolerant to Spread Spectrum Clocking, select Receive. The Transmitter and Receive commands are independent of each other. For Recording/Generating, select Analyzer Only, Host Emulation, or Device Emulation. For Simple Filters, you can Filter-Out Logical Idles, Filter-Out SKPs, Filter-Out LUP/LDN, Filter-Out ITP or Filter-Out Bus Events (LFPS, EIdle, Term). -
Page 337: Usb Connector Termination/Rxdetect Settings
Teledyne L eCroy Recording Options - USB 3.2 for Voyager 5.5.3 USB Connector Termination/RxDetect settings Analyzer Ports: This setting identifies the SS Rx termination approach on the analyzer ports. The Auto mode [default] has been designed to recognize USB 3 hosts and devices attached to one port of the analyzer, and then present terminations to DUT attached to other port. (Termination proxying) However, some cases have timing that can cause the Host and Device not to connect or fall back to USB 2.0. In this case we need to use Manual mode. After selecting Manual, the "Status: on/off" button will be enabled in toolbar to allow toggling of the termination state. The Momentary Disconnect button is also available to cycle Vbus off and then back on. Note: The Analyzer Ports settings do not apply for the M310P Analyzer connectors, since it uses Note: a Passive Electrical Tap. Termination is therefore passed through directly. Exerciser ports: Two settings for exerciser ports: Enable RxDetect The RxDetect mode has been designed to recognize USB 3 hosts and devices and present a SS termination to them when they are plugged in. LTSSM Controlled Termination If this feature is Enabled, the Exerciser will automatically present SuperSpeed receiver termination is accordance with the Type-C specification and the USB 3 Link Training Status State Machine. Disabling the feature will allow complete control of the termination state through an Exerciser script (.usb3g) file, which may be desirable for testing compliance scenarios. The Disabled setting further allows the user to select whether termination will be enabled (Start with TERM ON), disabled (Start with TERM OFF), or unmodified (Keep TERM state) when the recording options are initially applied. See Figure 5.64 on page 314 for USB Connector Termination/RxDetect and Common Simple Triggers when the unit is in Analyzer mode. For the same recording options in Exerciser mode see Figure 5.65 on page 315. USB Protocol Suite User Manual 313 www.valuetronics.com... - Page 338 Teledyne LeCroy Recording Options - USB 3.2 for Voyager Figure 5.64: Recording Options - USB 3.2 for Voyager M310C/M310P/M4x in Analyzer Mode USB Protocol Suite User Manual www.valuetronics.com...
-
Page 339: Truncate Data Fields
Teledyne L eCroy Recording Options - USB 3.2 for Voyager Figure 5.65: Recording Options - USB 3.2 for Voyager M310C/M310P/M4x in Exerciser Mode 5.5.4 Truncate Data Fields Truncate the data fields in a Data Payload packet to the length specified in the pull-down selection. The actual amount captured is at LEAST the amount selected and may be up to 8 bytes more, depending on traffic, to increase efficiency of the Analyzer hardware. Note: Truncating the payload will allow for more packets to fit in a trace, but it has the potential to prevent accurate decoding to higher layers (transfers, SCSI, etc). USB Protocol Suite User Manual 315 www.valuetronics.com... - Page 340 Teledyne LeCroy Recording Options - USB 3.2 for Voyager M310/M310C Specific Selections Analyzer Speed Select to Auto-Detect either SS (5 Gbps) or SSP (10Gbps) traffic, or explicitly choose either one. Generation Speed Select either SS (5 Gbps) or SSP (10 Gbps) speeds for the Exerciser scenario. USB Protocol Suite User Manual www.valuetronics.com...
-
Page 341: Recording Options - Usb 3.2 For Advisor T3
Teledyne L eCroy Recording Options - USB 3.2 for Advisor T3 Recording Options - USB 3.2 for Advisor T3 The USB 3.2 tab presents options for setting Descrambling, Termination/RxDetect, Polarity Inversion, Simple Filters, and Truncate Data Fields. Figure 5.66: For Descrambling, on A or B connectors, select On, Off, or Auto. For Termination/RxDetect you can select Auto or Manual for Analyzer Ports and Enable RxDetect for Exerciser Ports. For Analyzer Ports, if you select the Manual mode, the Term button in the toolbar is enabled. For more information about the Recording buttons, see “Recording” on page 205. The Auto RxDetect mode has been designed to recognize 3.2 hosts and devices and present 3.2 Note: terminations to them when they are plugged in. However, some cases have timing that can cause the Host and Device not to connect or to go into USB 2.0 mode. If either of these timing cases occurs, click the Momentary Disconnect button on the toolbar to cause a Disconnect/ Reconnect cycle of the VBus. If cycling does not work, disable and then re-enable the xHCI Host ... -
Page 342: Recording Rules Actions And Action Properties
Teledyne LeCroy Recording Rules Actions and Action Properties For Polarity Inversion, Downstream and/or Upstream, select On, Off, or Auto. For Simple Filters, you can Filter-Out Logical Idles, Filter-Out SKPs, Filter-Out LUP/LDN, Filter-Out ITP or Filter-Out Bus Events (LFPS, EIdle, Term). For Simple Triggers you can select the relevant Downstream and Upstream Triggers. Select one of the Framing Error Triggers, Low Power States and CRC Error Triggers. Truncate Data Fields Truncate the data fields in a Data payload Packet to the length specified in the pull-down selection. Check External Trigger Out with Sample Triggers if needed. Note: Truncating the payload will allow for more packets to fit in a trace, but it has the potential to prevent accurate decoding to higher layers (transfers, SCSI, etc). Recording Rules Actions and Action Properties Note: For both USB 2.0 and USB 3.2 (except as noted). The Actions are: Action Description Trigger Indicate Trigger event in the captured trace file. - Page 343 Teledyne L eCroy Recording Rules Actions and Action Properties Action Description External Trigger Setting: See “External Trigger Settings” on page 303”. Send LOW pulse on external trigger output. External Trigger Pulse External Trigger Pulse Send HIGH pulse on external trigger output. HIGH External Trigger Pulse Send toggling signal (LOW/HIGH/LOW etc.) on Toggle external trigger output Properties Opens the Event Properties dialog box. Filter-Out Filtering Start-of-Frames (SOF's) in USB 2.0 captures can inhibit the ability of the software to decode upper layers (transfer and above) properly. The SOF is used as a delimiter of traffic in the analysis heuristics, and its absence can cause a failure to recognize whether transactions should be joined into a given transfer. If you are seeing transfers that do not appear correct (for example, at the SCSI level), and you have filtered SOF's, it is recommended that you repeat the capture with filtering of SOF's turned off. Similarly, if ITP packets are filtered from a USB 3.2 capture, it is impossible to distinguish between false and real sequence errors, so it is not recommended to filter these. If they are filtered, sequence errors should be ignored. Trigger Trigger position in the resulting trace cannot always be determined precisely, due to hardware limitations. In >95% of the cases, the trigger packet shown in the trace file is the one which caused the trigger. In the other exception cases, it should still always be within three packets of the actual triggering event. Stop Recording This will stop recording very quickly after the trigger condition occurs, but requires a small amount of post-trigger traffic before it completes. This is done so that a trigger on a packet will still allow the remaining part of that packet to be captured. For this ...
- Page 344 Teledyne LeCroy Recording Rules Actions and Action Properties Error Event Action Properties Figure 5.67: Event Properties: Actions Dialog. You can set External Triggering Out based on the setting in Recording Options -> General -> External Trigger Settings (see “External Trigger Settings” on page 303), Sequencing, and Filtering. Note: Due to analyzer limitations in USB 3.2 capturing, some items cannot be filtered when they occur back-to-back in the capture stream. These items include small packets, such as LMP packets. When these items occur back-to-back, it can cause filtering not to work. In some cases, it can cause unexpected symbols to be captured as Inter-Packet Symbols (IPS), which cannot be decoded to real USB 3.2 packets by the analyzer software. USB Protocol Suite User Manual www.valuetronics.com...
-
Page 345: Power Delivery/Cc Recording Options
Teledyne L eCroy Power Delivery/CC Recording options Power Delivery/CC Recording options The Voyager M310C/M310P/M4x and the Mercury T2C/T2P have the following Channel Configuration (CC) Simple Triggers: Resistor Detect Connect Status Power Measurement 5.8.1 Resistor Detect Select a Resistor Detect checkbox (Left or Right) to trigger recording. See Figure 5.68. Figure 5.68: CC Simple Triggers: Resistor Detect 5.8.1.1 Connect Status Select one of the following Connect Status checkboxes to trigger the analyzer (see Figure 5.69): Default 1.5A Disconnect USB Protocol Suite User Manual 321 www.valuetronics.com... -
Page 346: Power Measurement
Teledyne LeCroy Power Delivery/CC Recording options Figure 5.69: CC Simple Triggers: Connection Status 5.8.1.2 Power Measurement Select one of the following Power Measurement checkboxes to trigger the analyzer (see Figure 5.69): CC1 L: Set V(min) and V(max) values CC2 L: Set V(min) and V(max) values CC1 R: Set V(min) and V(max) values CC2 R: Set V(min) and V(max) values USB Protocol Suite User Manual www.valuetronics.com... - Page 347 Teledyne L eCroy Power Delivery/CC Recording options Power Measurement Figure 5.70: CC Simple Triggers: Power Measurement You can also select from the following conditions (see Figure 5.71 on page 324) to trigger the analyzer: Disable Less Than Greater Than Between USB Protocol Suite User Manual 323 www.valuetronics.com...
-
Page 348: Power Delivery/Usb Type-C Recording Options (Simple Mode)
Teledyne LeCroy Power Delivery/CC Recording options Figure 5.71: CC Simple Triggers: Power Measurement 5.8.1.3 Power Delivery/USB Type-C Recording Options (Simple Mode) Note: The images below show the M310P but the Power Delivery and USB Type-C Recording Options for the M4x, M310C, T2P and T2C analyzers are identical. Note: Exerciser options are not applicable in Mercury T2C or Mercury T2P. The Simple Trigger Options for Power Delivery are shown below: Analyzer Mode: Figure 5.72 Exerciser Mode: Figure 5.73 on page 326 The Simple Trigger Options for USB Type-C events are shown below: Analyzer Mode: Figure 5.74 on page 328 Exerciser Mode: Figure 5.75 on page 330 USB Protocol Suite User Manual www.valuetronics.com... -
Page 349: M310P: Power Delivery Analyzer Mode Recording Options (Simple)
Teledyne L eCroy Power Delivery/CC Recording options 5.8.1.4 M310P: Power Delivery Analyzer Mode Recording Options (simple) See Note below Power Delivery Simple Mode) for M4x, M310P, Figure 5.72: Recording Options -> Analyzer ( M310C, T2P and T2C Note: Selecting the “Extern Trigger Out via Simple Triggers” checkbox will cause a Trigger Pulse on the external Trigger Out Cable when the External Trigger Cable AC032XXA-X is attached. USB Protocol Suite User Manual 325 www.valuetronics.com... -
Page 350: M310P: Power Delivery Exerciser Mode Recording Options (Simple)
Teledyne LeCroy Power Delivery/CC Recording options 5.8.1.5 M310P: Power Delivery Exerciser Mode Recording Options (simple) (See Warnings and Descriptions below) See Note below Power Delivery for M4x, M310P, Figure 5.73: Recording Options -> Exerciser (Simple Mode) M310C, T2P and T2C USB Protocol Suite User Manual www.valuetronics.com... - Page 351 Teledyne L eCroy Power Delivery/CC Recording options Note: Selecting the “Extern Trigger Out via Simple Triggers” checkbox will cause a Trigger Pulse on the external Trigger Out Cable when the External Trigger Cable AC032XXA-X is attached. Exerciser: This checkbox changes the mode from analyzing two connected Power WARNING: Delivery partners to one where the M310P acts as one of the partners, running scripts to implement the customer's desired behaviors. For more information on the usage of the Power Delivery Exerciser, see the included document "USB Power Delivery Exerciser Manual". It is normally located in C:\Program Files (x86)\LeCroy\USB Protocol Suite\Documents Allow Vbus without CC-Pin Termination: This checkbox allows you to override the WARNING: Type-C/PD protocol. This features was added so that during development you can test the SS+ protocol without requiring the Type-C/PD Protocols to establish Vbus. Allow Vbus > 5V: This checkbox allows you to generate voltages on VBus as high as 20 WARNING: Volts. See “Voyager M310C Analyzer” on page 17. Since this can damage devices which are not tolerant of anything more than 5 Volts, it is unwise to check this unless you are sure your scripts are written so that they do not damage your equipment or cables. It is recommend that you always use 5 Amp cables for most Power Delivery Exerciser scenarios. USB Protocol Suite User Manual 327 www.valuetronics.com...
-
Page 352: M310P: Usb Type-C Analyzer Mode Recording Options (Simple)
Teledyne LeCroy Power Delivery/CC Recording options 5.8.1.6 M310P: USB Type-C Analyzer Mode Recording Options (simple) See Description of Analyzer VConn Behavior below CC State Detection enabled Resistor Detect Device Information Left: Type Power Measurement See Note below See “Advanced Settings: Recording Settings: Advanced USB Type-C” on page 255 Settings for M4x, M310P, Figure 5.74: USB Type-C Recording Options -> Analyzer (Simple Mode) M310C, T2P and T2C Selecting the “Extern Trigger Out via Simple Triggers” checkbox will cause a Trigger Pulse on the ... -
Page 353: Analyzer Vconn Behavior
Teledyne L eCroy Power Delivery/CC Recording options connectors at all times. This may be helpful during debugging when the CC voltage is not found to be within the correct thresholds. Note: This mode (when CC Detection is disabled) is to be used for low-level debugging only, as the behavior of many state transitions can be broken. The LED reporting will not work as expected, and the ability to distinguish between the Left and Right port traffic is eliminated. Choose this at your own risk, normally under the guidance of Teledyne LeCroy representative. 5.8.2.1 Analyzer VConn Behavior Certain devices with a captured Type-C plug require VConn on CC2 to drive their electronics. An example would be an HDMI Adapter or a device that is fully powered by VConn (known as a VConn Powered Device, or VPD). This selection box allows you to configure how you would like the Vconn power to be treated, depending on the analyzer product being used. Disabled - Vconn is not connected through nor is any voltage applied to either connector. Analyzer Sourced - Auto: The analyzer looks for the proper identifiers of the cables and supplies Vconn to one of the 2 connectors as needed. Analyzer Sourced - Manual (Left Connector): The analyzer supplies Vconn to the Left Connector Analyzer Sourced - Manual (Right Connector): The analyzer supplies Vconn to the Right Connector Connected Through - On the M310P, it is possible to connect the Vconn signal directly between the two connectors. This selection does that. USB Protocol Suite User Manual 329 www.valuetronics.com... -
Page 354: M310P: Usb Type-C Exerciser Mode Recording Options (Simple)
Teledyne LeCroy Power Delivery/CC Recording options 5.8.2.2 M310P: USB Type-C Exerciser Mode Recording Options (simple) See Description of Analyzer VConn Behavior below Resistor Detect Device Information Left: Type Power Measurement See Note below See “Advanced Settings: Recording Settings: Advanced USB Type-C” on page 255 Settings for M4x, M310P, Figure 5.75: USB Type-C Recording Options -> Exerciser (Simple Mode) M310C, T2P and T2C USB Protocol Suite User Manual www.valuetronics.com... -
Page 355: Analyzer Vconn Behavior
Teledyne L eCroy Power Delivery/CC Recording options Note: Selecting the “Extern Trigger Out via Simple Triggers” checkbox will cause a Trigger Pulse on the external Trigger Out Cable when the External Trigger Cable AC032XXA-X is attached. This checkbox changes the mode from analyzing two connected Power Delivery WARNING: partners to one where the M310P acts as one of the partners, running scripts to implement the customer's desired behaviors. For more information on the usage of the Power Delivery Exerciser, see the included document "USB Power Delivery Exerciser Manual". It is normally located in C:\Program Files (x86)\LeCroy\USB Protocol Suite\Documents 5.8.2.3 Analyzer VConn Behavior Does not apply. USB Protocol Suite User Manual 331 www.valuetronics.com... -
Page 356: Vbus Power Measurement Trigger Options
Teledyne LeCroy VBUS Power Measurement Trigger Options VBUS Power Measurement Trigger Options The Voyager M3x, M310, M310C and M310P have the following Simple Triggers (see Figure 5.76): Vbus Voltage Vbus Current Figure 5.76: USB3.2: Simple Triggers -> Vbus Levels You can specify V(min) and V(max) or I(min) and I(max) with the following conditions (see Figure 5.77): Disable Less Than Greater Than Between Figure 5.77: USB3.2: Simple Triggers -> Vbus Levels USB Protocol Suite User Manual www.valuetronics.com... -
Page 357: Absolute Value
Teledyne L eCroy VBUS Power Measurement Trigger Options 5.9.1 Absolute Value If you don’t know which direction the power is coming from (whether it’s being sourced or sinked) you can select the Abs. Value and then set the voltage and current (min) and (max) and the select conditions will trigger the analyzer. See Figure 5.78. Absolute Value Figure 5.78: USB3.2: Simple Triggers -> Vbus Levels -> Absolute Value In the case shown above the analyzer will trigger if the magnitude (positive or negative) of the Vbus is greater than 3300 mV and the magnitude of the current (positive or negative) is between 1.123 mA and 2.456 mA. USB Protocol Suite User Manual 333 www.valuetronics.com... -
Page 358: Recording Rules - Usb 2.0
Teledyne LeCroy Recording Rules - USB 2.0 5.10 Recording Rules - USB 2.0 Use the Recording Rules to set triggers and filters for USB 2.0. Toolbar Config Status Indicator Main Display Available Area Events Area Figure 5.79: Recording Rules USB 2.0 Dialog. The page has the following areas: Toolbar: Contains buttons that control the Recording Rules page. Available Events Area: Area where you can park Event buttons that you intend to use in the Main Display area. Main Display Area: Area where you configure trigger and filter rules. You config- ure rules by dragging Event buttons from the Available Events area and then assigning actions to those buttons. Config Status Indicator: A button that indicates if the rule is valid or invalid. If a ... -
Page 359: Recording Rules Toolbar
Teledyne L eCroy Recording Rules - USB 2.0 Pop-Up Menus: When you right-click a button or area in the Recording Rules page, a context- sensitive pop-up menu appears that lets you do operations that relate to that button or area. Figure 5.80: PO-Up Menu. Properties Dialogs: When you click the Show/Hide Properties Dialog button for an event, action, or state, a dialog allows you to perform the same operations as in the pop-up menus. 5.10.1 Recording Rules Toolbar The Recording Rules toolbar buttons control the Recording Rules page. Figure 5.81: Recording Rules Toolbar. USB Protocol Suite User Manual 335 www.valuetronics.com... -
Page 360: Recording Rules Page: How It Works
Teledyne LeCroy Recording Rules - USB 2.0 TABLE 5.3: Recording Rules Buttons New Event. Creates a Zoom Out. Makes the new event in the display appear smaller. Available Events area. Delete Event. Deletes Show/Hide Channels. the selected event. Shows or hides the channel icon on the Event button. Undo. Undoes the Show/Hide Properties change made to Dialog. Shows or hides the Recording Rules properties dialog of the page. The Undo selected event, action, or buffer has unlimited state. size. Redo. Restores This display appears when changes done to the the current Recording Recording Rules Rules configuration can be page. executed by the hardware. Zoom In. Enlarges This display appears when the display (see the current Recording ... -
Page 361: Creating Event Buttons
Teledyne L eCroy Recording Rules - USB 2.0 is active at a time. The analyzer does not go to a successive state unless it is directed to do so by the previous state. Sequences are described in detail in “Using Sequences” later in this chapter. Briefly, creating a rule involves the following steps: 1. Creating Event buttons in the Available Events area. 2. Drag-and-drop of Event buttons to the appropriate areas (cells) in the Main Display area. 3. Assigning an action or actions to each Event button. 5.10.3 Creating Event Buttons To create a rule, first create one or more Event buttons. As you create Event buttons, they appear in the Available Events area. You then can drag-and-drop them into the Main Display area. To create event buttons: 1. Click the New Event button at the left side of the toolbar to display the New Event pop-up menu (see Figure 5.82). Figure 5.82: New Event Pop-up Menu. 2. Select an event, such as Errors. The event appears in the Available Events area. See Figure 5.83. USB Protocol Suite User Manual 337 www.valuetronics.com... -
Page 362: Sma External Trigger In
Teledyne LeCroy Recording Rules - USB 2.0 Figure 5.83: Available Events Area. 5.10.4 SMA External Trigger In The example below shows the options available for the M310P after the External SMA/BNC Trigger In Event occur (as defined in “M310P Features” on page 62). Although this example shows the options for a Voyager M310P they are typical for all analyzers that have an SMA External Trigger In. USB Protocol Suite User Manual www.valuetronics.com... -
Page 363: Dragging A Button To The Main Display Area
Teledyne L eCroy Recording Rules - USB 2.0 Figure 5.84: Advanced Mode Recording: External Trigger In 5.10.5 Dragging a Button to the Main Display Area After you create an Event button in the Available Events area, you can drag the button to the Main Display area and drop it in the appropriate cell (a cell is a grayed-out rectangle with a dashed line around it). You can think of each cell as a target for drag-and-drop of an Event button. There are two types of cell that might appear: Sequence cell and State cell. In the Main Display area, they are labeled as follows: Sequence cell: Drag an event here to add a new sequence. State cell: Drag an event here to add another state. If there currently are no events in the Main Display area, a single sequence cell appears at the top of the area. To drag-and-drop the Event button: USB Protocol Suite User Manual 339 www.valuetronics.com... - Page 364 Teledyne LeCroy Recording Rules - USB 2.0 1. Place the mouse cursor on the Event button in the Available Events area. Click the left mouse button. 2. Drag the button to the cell. When the button is in the cell, a dashed highlight line appears around the cell. Drop the button in the cell (release the left mouse button). The Event button appears in the cell. Drag an event here to add another state Drag an event here to add a new sequence Figure 5.85: Events Button in Cell. The default label for the first cell is “Sequence 0, State 1." As described later in this section, you can change that label using the Properties pop-up for that cell. Two new cells appear under the first cell. The first of these new cells is a state cell that allows you to create another state in rule Sequence 0 (to make Sequence 0 a multi-state sequence: Sequence 0 State 1 and Sequence 0 State 2). You can have up to 7 states in one sequence. See Figure 5.86 on page 340. Figure 5.86: Recording Options: Adding a New State to Sequence 0 USB Protocol Suite User Manual www.valuetronics.com...
-
Page 365: Assigning An Action
Teledyne L eCroy Recording Rules - USB 2.0 The second of the new cells is to create a separate sequence, which would be labeled Sequence 1 (Errors). See Figure 5.87. Figure 5.87: Recording Options: Adding a New Sequence You can define up to 8 sequences. 5.10.6 Assigning an Action After you have dropped the Event button in a cell in the Main Display area, you can assign an action to the event. If you do not assign an action to an Event button, the analyzer ignores the event. Note: To assign an action to an Event button: 1. Right-click the Event button to display a pop-up menu (see Figure 5.88 on page 342.) USB Protocol Suite User Manual 341 www.valuetronics.com... - Page 366 Teledyne LeCroy Recording Rules - USB 2.0 Figure 5.88: Assigning Action to Event Button. 2. Select Specify Action, and then choose an action from the submenu. The menu closes, and the action is assigned. USB Protocol Suite User Manual www.valuetronics.com...
-
Page 367: Recording Rules Pop-Up Menus
Teledyne L eCroy Recording Rules - USB 2.0 Note: You can also set actions within the Properties dialog for each event. Double-click the Event button to open the Properties dialog, then select the Actions tab and set your actions. See Figure 5.89. Figure 5.89: Action Assigned. 5.10.7 Recording Rules Pop-Up Menus The Recording Rules window has context-sensitive pop-up menus that are associated with the following types of object: cells, events, and actions. 5.10.7.1 Cell Pop-up Menu If you click a cell in the Main Display area that has an Event button contained in it, the Cell pop-up menu appears. The Cell pop-up menu has the following options. New Event: Displays the same menu that you get when you click the New Event button on the toolbar. USB Protocol Suite User Manual 343 www.valuetronics.com... -
Page 368: Action Pop-Up Menu
Teledyne LeCroy Recording Rules - USB 2.0 Properties: Displays the Properties dialog for the selected cell. 5.10.7.2 Action Pop-up Menu If you click an Action button in the Main Display area, the Action pop-up menu appears. The Action pop-up menu has the following trigger and filter options: Trigger: Sets or clears Trigger action. Filter-In: Sets or clears Filter-In action. If Filter-In is set, you cannot use Filter-Out (it is disabled). Note: The Filter-In function is meant to be used to capture traffic for a specific device address or specific device endpoint by specifying the ones that should be captured. It does not Filter-Out certain packets which are not associated with specific devices, such as Stray-Of-Frames (SOF's) Filter-Out: Sets or clears Filter-Out action. If Filter-Out is set, you cannot use Fil- ter-In (it is disabled). Stop Recording: Stops recording and uploads the captured data. Reset Timeout: Resets the Timeout back to 0. 5.10.7.3 Advance the Sequence to Another State To create an event sequence consisting of the event you clicked on and an event in a successive state of the sequence. A thick arrow appears from the selected event and points downward. See Figure 5.90 on page 345. USB Protocol Suite User Manual www.valuetronics.com... - Page 369 Teledyne L eCroy Recording Rules - USB 2.0 Advance to next State of Sequence Figure 5.90: Advancing the Sequence. In other words, the Advance the Sequence button is the link between two states in a multi-state sequence. The Advance the Sequence arrow tells the analyzer to go to the next state if it detects the event at the tail (origin) of the arrow. The Action pop-up menu has the following restart and trigger options: Restart All: Restarts all rules in all sequences and in the global state and displays an arrow and a Restart All button. This action precludes selecting Advance the Sequence and Restart the Sequence. USB 2.0 only. External Trigger Pulse HIGH: Sends an output signal with a Pulse High format through the output ports on the back of the UPAS. Pulse High is the default for- mat. Pulse High causes the analyzer to transmit a 5-volt, 40-nanosecond signal. Teledyne LeCroy Protocol Analyzers use a TTL compatible output driver. This driver is not intended to drive a 50 ohm DC load. When doing so the output level is reduced from 3.3 volts to 2.2 volts. This does not harm the output driver. To see the full level, it is required to change the input impedance on the device ...
-
Page 370: Event Pop-Up Menu
Teledyne LeCroy Recording Rules - USB 2.0 5.10.7.4 Event Pop-up Menu If you click an Event button in the Main Display area, the Event pop-up menu appears. The Event pop-up menu has the following options: Specify Action(s): Opens the Actions submenu, allowing you to assign an action to the event. Options on this submenu are the same as those on the Action pop- up, described previously. Add Counter: Adds a counter to count a specified number of times the event occurs before the analyzer executes the corresponding action. Move Event to: Moves the selected event to a different position in the Record- ing Rules window. Copy Event to: Copies the selected event to a different position in the Recording Rules window. Delete This Event: Deletes the selected Event. Alternatively, you can use the Delete button on the toolbar or keyboard to delete events. Properties: Displays the Event Properties dialog for the selected event. 5.10.8 Events and Event Properties for USB 2.0 Recording rules are associations between events and actions. These associations determine how ... - Page 371 Teledyne L eCroy Recording Rules - USB 2.0 Transaction Data Length Split Extern Data7-Data0 In (UPAS 2500) For Advisor, the supported events for USB 2.0 are: Packet Identifier Token Pattern SOF Pattern Device Request Data Pattern Bus Condition Errors Transaction Data Length Split For Mobile, the supported events for USB 2.0 are: Packet Identifier Token Pattern SOF Pattern Device Request ...
-
Page 372: Event Properties (Of The Error Event)
Teledyne LeCroy Recording Rules - USB 2.0 5.10.8.1 Event Properties (of the Error Event) Figure 5.91: Event Properties Dialog. The dialog lists the Properties and their Values. The default values of Babble clocks and Time-out or Turnaround violation are based on the Note: recording speed selected in the 2.0 Misc tab. If the selected speed is Auto-Detect, the defaults are based on Hi Speed traffic, since this is the most prevalent speed today. If you change the recording speed AFTER you have defined error events, the Babble clocks and Time-out or Turnaround violation values are NOT updated, so you can get a false trigger or a missed error. USB Protocol Suite User Manual www.valuetronics.com... -
Page 373: Data Pattern Mask And Match
Teledyne L eCroy Recording Rules - USB 2.0 Therefore, to ensure Babble and Turnaround triggers have the correct default values, you should follow this procedure: 1. Set the Recording Speed to the explicit value you are going to be capturing (Hi, Full, or Low) in the 2.0 Misc tab. Do not use Auto-Detect. 2. Delete any error triggers from the Rec Rules tab. 3. Save your recording options as Default. 4. Close the Recording Options dialog. 5. Open the Recording Options Dialog. 6. Select the Errors trigger in the Rec Rules Tab. 7. If capturing Hi Speed, verify that the default value for Babble trigger is 7435. 8. If capturing Full or Low Speed, verify that the default value for Babble trigger is 59840. If you always leave the speed set to a specific value due to testing the same device or class of devices all the time, the values will remain correct when you open the Rec Rules dialog. 5.10.8.2 Data Pattern Mask and Match If you select Data Pattern as the Event, you can set Data Pattern event properties in the Event Properties dialog. Click the “...” button at the right of the first line to display the Data Pattern dialog (see Figure 5.92 on page 350). USB Protocol Suite User Manual 349 www.valuetronics.com... - Page 374 Teledyne LeCroy Recording Rules - USB 2.0 Figure 5.92: Data Pattern Dialog. In the Data Pattern dialog, you can set the Bitmask, Mask, and Match for each bit, Bitmask and Match always correlate. When you set Bitmask or Match, the other changes to maintain their correlation. Note: If you set Bitmask/Match before setting Mask, the Mask changes to the default mask. You must change to the Mask that you want. If you set an appropriate Mask before setting Bitmask/Match, the Mask does not change automatically to a default mask if you change Bitmask/Match. If you are trying to match less than 16 bytes of data and want it to match the pattern in a data Note: payload which might be less than 16 bytes, align your pattern to the END of the 16 byte mask/ match array. For example, if you want to match the SCSI header “USBS” in a payload that MIGHT be less than 16 bytes, you would fill out the table as follows: USB Protocol Suite User Manual www.valuetronics.com...
-
Page 375: Actions For Usb2.0
Teledyne L eCroy Recording Rules - USB 2.0 This will match the pattern in a payload of sizes 4 through 1024. 5.10.9 Actions for USB2.0 After an Event has been assigned to a Sequence, an Action can be assigned to that Event. See Figure 5.93. USB Protocol Suite User Manual 351 www.valuetronics.com... -
Page 376: Example: Filter-In And Filter-Out
Teledyne LeCroy Recording Rules - USB 2.0 Figure 5.93: Recording Options: Actions Available for USB2.0 Actions are context sensitive (they depend on the type of Event selected). In the case above when Any Transaction is detected the External Trigger Out will toggle and only transactions will be displayed in the captured trace because the Filter-In button was selected. If Filter-Out was selected the captured trace will not contain any transactions, but it will contain all other types of traffic. 5.10.10 Example: Filter-In and Filter-Out You can set the Recording Options to Filter-In Any Transactions. See Figure 5.94. USB Protocol Suite User Manual www.valuetronics.com... - Page 377 Teledyne L eCroy Recording Rules - USB 2.0 Figure 5.94: Recording Options: Transactions -> FILTER-IN After you make a recording, the traffic shown in the Trace view will look something like Figure 5.95 on page 354, depending on the type of data traffic occurring on the bus. USB Protocol Suite User Manual 353 www.valuetronics.com...
- Page 378 Teledyne LeCroy Recording Rules - USB 2.0 Figure 5.95: Transactions: FILTER-IN -> Data Traffic with Transactions USB Protocol Suite User Manual www.valuetronics.com...
- Page 379 Teledyne L eCroy Recording Rules - USB 2.0 You can set the Recording Options to FILTER-OUT Any Transactions. See Figure 5.96. Figure 5.96: Recording Options: Transactions -> FILTER-OUT USB Protocol Suite User Manual 355 www.valuetronics.com...
-
Page 380: Counters For Usb 2.0
Teledyne LeCroy Recording Rules - USB 2.0 After you make a recording, the traffic shown in the Trace view will look something like Figure 5.97, depending on the type of data traffic occurring on the bus. You’ll see lots of Start of Frame (SOF) packets but no Transactions because they have been filtered-out. Figure 5.97: Transactions: FILTER-OUT -> Data Traffic without Transactions 5.10.11 Counters for USB 2.0 Counter: A counter tells the Analyzer to search for x instances of the selected event. For example, if you enter 10, the Analyzer counts 10 instances of the selected event before it performs whatever action you assign. Counters cannot be applied to events with Filter Actions. The maximum counter value is 65,535. Triggers can be set on multiple instances of an event. For example, you can set a trigger to occur following five instances of any DLP. To configure the Analyzer to look for multiple events, you enable Counters. Counters tell the Analyzer how many occurrences of an event for which it should wait before triggering. For example, use a counter to Trigger following the 16th occurrence of an error or DLLP message. 5.10.11.1 Events and Actions Within events, counters determine how many times the event must occur before the associated actions are triggered. Event counters typically have two properties: USB Protocol Suite User Manual www.valuetronics.com... -
Page 381: Number Of Analyzer Counters
Teledyne L eCroy Recording Rules - USB 2.0 Count Randomly: Can be set to “Yes” or “No” (default value is “No”). If set to “Yes”, the event repeats a random number of times (between 1 and the value set in the property Max Random Count, which replaces the property Counter Value when “Yes” is selected), before the action is triggered. Counter Value: Number of repeats required when Count Randomly is set to “No”. The default value is 1. Within actions, counters determine how many times the system calls the action before it acts. Action counters typically have two properties: Random: Can be set to “Yes” or “No” (default value is “No”). If set to “Yes”, the action triggers a number of occurrences before the action takes place. That num- ber ranges randomly between 1 and the value set in the property At least every Nth occurrence, which replaces the property Every Nth occurrence when “Yes” is selected. Every Nth occurrence: Number of times the system calls the action before it acts. Note that there is some overlap in the way these counters can be used. For example, in the simple case of a single event leading to a single action, it makes no difference whether you specify the event to require five repeats before triggering the action, or the action to require five occurrences before it acts. However, in the case of combined events and/or actions, the separate counters provide flexibility in designing test cases. For example, consider the case where Event_1 OR Event_2 leads to Action. If Event_1 has a counter of 5, then the Action triggers either when Event_1 has repeated five times or when Event_2 happens the first time, whichever occurs first. But if the event counters are set to 1 and the Action counter is set to 5, then the Action happens after five occurrences of EITHER Event_1 or Event_2. 5.10.11.2 Number of Analyzer Counters This analyzer includes two USB 2.0 counters. If you try to assign more, you will get a warning. -
Page 382: Changing A Counter Value
Teledyne LeCroy Using Sequences 2. Counts can only be set on a per channel basis, so press the Up or Down channel buttons to select the channel on which the count is performed. 3. Right-click the selected event and select Add Counter from the menu to open the Properties dialog. 4. In the text box to the right of the label Count, enter a value. Make sure the checkbox to the left of the word Count is checked. 5. Click the X in the top right corner of the dialog box to close the dialog. A counter button should appear just below your selected event. 5.10.11.6 Changing a Counter Value To change the counter value: 1. Click the small blue dot in the upper-left corner of the counter button. A menu appears. 2. Select Change Counter Value. 3. Enter a new value in the pop-up dialog box. This causes the new value to appear in the counter button. 5.10.12 Performance Considerations There are various USB 2.0 scenarios which can have a heavy impact on performance both of uploading and decoding/viewing of a trace. It is recommended that (if you can) you filter out data that is not necessary for debugging your scenario. Here are couple of examples: 1. Filter out traffic from devices you are not debugging. Some devices traffic will fill the buffer with their data preventing you from getting the data from the ... -
Page 383: Using A Multi-State Sequence
Teledyne L eCroy Using Sequences 5.11.2 Using a Multi-State Sequence Multi-state sequences allow you to create conditions that branch down to successive states or loop back to the beginning of the sequence. They are more complex than single-state sequences but very powerful. 5.11.3 Using Independent Sequences ( USB 2.0 only) You can use up to eight independent sequences. By default, they are labeled Sequence 0 through Sequence 7. The sequences operate in parallel and have no effect on each other with the following exception: Any of the sequences can contain the action Restart All. This action restarts all sequences in the Main Display area. USB Protocol Suite User Manual 359 www.valuetronics.com... -
Page 384: Recording Rules - Usb 3.2 Ss+ (Voyager M310/M310C/M310P/M4X Only), Usb 3.2 Ss (Voyager/Advisor T3 Only)
Teledyne LeCroy Recording Rules - USB 3.2 SS+ (Voyager M310/M310C/M310P/M4x only), USB 3.2 SS (Voyager/Advisor T3 only) 5.12 Recording Rules - USB 3.2 SS+ (Voyager M310/M310C/M310P/ M4x only), USB 3.2 SS (Voyager/Advisor T3 only) USB 3.2: Only one sequence is supported. Note: Use the Recording Rules to set triggers for USB 3.2. Note: Figure 5.98: Recording Rules USB 3.2. The page has the same areas as the USB 2.0 Recording Rules (see “Recording Options - USB 3.2 for Advisor T3” on page 317): Pop-Up Menus: When you right-click a button or area in the Recording Rules page, a context- sensitive pop-up menu appears that lets you do operations that relate to that button or area, in the same way as for the USB 2.0 Recording Rules. Properties Dialogs: When you click the Show/Hide Properties Dialog button for an event, action, or state, a dialog allows you to perform the same operations as in the pop-up menus, in the same way as for the USB 2.0 Recording Rules. 5.12.1 Recording Rules Toolbar The Recording Rules toolbar buttons control the Recording Rules page and are the same as for the ... -
Page 385: Recording Rules Page: How It Works
Recording Rules - USB 3.2 SS+ (Voyager M310/M310C/M310P/M4x only), USB 3.2 SS (Voyager/Advisor T3 only) Teledyne L eCroy Note: If you have a wheel on the mouse, you can zoom by holding down the CTRL key and rolling the mouse wheel. 5.12.2 Recording Rules Page: How It Works You can think of the Recording Rules page as a workspace for creating recording rules (rules that determine how the analyzer records traces). Recording rules are combinations of events and actions. For how the Recording Rules page works, see “Recording Rules Page: How It Works” on page 336. Recording Rules for USB 3.2 currently do not support more than two independent states. Note: 5.12.3 Creating Event Buttons To create a rule, first create one or more Event buttons. As you create Event buttons, they appear in the Available Events area. You then can drag-and-drop them into the Main Display area. To create event buttons, see “Creating Event Buttons” on page 337. The following events are available for USB 3.2 recording rules (see Figure 5.99 on page 362): USB Protocol Suite User Manual 361 www.valuetronics.com... -
Page 386: Dragging A Button To The Main Display Area
Teledyne LeCroy Recording Rules - USB 3.2 SS+ (Voyager M310/M310C/M310P/M4x only), USB 3.2 SS (Voyager/Advisor T3 only) Figure 5.99: Events for USB 3.2. 5.12.4 Dragging a Button to the Main Display Area After you create an Event button in the Available Events area, you can drag the button to the Main Display area and drop it in the appropriate cell (a cell is a grayed-out rectangle with a dashed line around it). You can think of each cell as a target for drag-and-drop of an Event button (see Figure 5.100 on page 363.) There are two types of cell that might appear: Sequence cell and State cell. In the Main Display area, they are labelled as follows: Sequence cell: Drag an event here to add a new sequence. State cell: Drag an event here to add another state. Note: Recording Rules for USB 3.2 currently do not support more than two independent states. USB Protocol Suite User Manual www.valuetronics.com... -
Page 387: Assigning An Action
Recording Rules - USB 3.2 SS+ (Voyager M310/M310C/M310P/M4x only), USB 3.2 SS (Voyager/Advisor T3 only) Teledyne L eCroy Figure 5.100: Sequence and State Cells. If there currently are no events in the Main Display area, a single sequence cell appears at the top of the area. To drag-and-drop the Event button, see “Dragging a Button to the Main Display Area” on page 339 5.12.5 Assigning an Action After you have dropped the Event button in a cell in the Main Display area, you can assign an action to the event. If you do not assign an action to an Event button, the analyzer ignores the event. Note: To assign an action to an Event button, see “Assigning an Action” on page 341. Note: You can also set actions within the Properties dialog for each event. Double-click the Event button to open the Properties dialog, then select the Actions tab and set your actions. 5.12.6 Recording Rules Pop-Up Menus The Recording Rules window has context-sensitive pop-up menus that are associated with the following types of object: cells, events, and actions. USB Protocol Suite User Manual 363 www.valuetronics.com... -
Page 388: Cell Pop-Up Menu
Teledyne LeCroy Recording Rules - USB 3.2 SS+ (Voyager M310/M310C/M310P/M4x only), USB 3.2 SS (Voyager/Advisor T3 only) 5.12.6.1 Cell Pop-up Menu If you click a cell in the Main Display area that has an Event button contained in it, the Cell pop-up menu appears. The Cell pop-up menu has the following options. New Event: Displays the same menu that you get when you click the New Event button on the toolbar. Properties: Displays the Properties dialog for the selected cell. 5.12.6.2 Event Pop-up Menu If you click an Event button in the Main Display area, the Event pop-up menu appears (see “Event Pop-up Menu” on page 346). 5.12.6.3 Action Pop-up Menu If you click an Action button in the Main Display area, the Action pop-up menu appears (see “Action Pop-up Menu” on page 344): Recording Rules for USB 3.2 currently do not support more than two independent states. The Note: Advance Sequence option is not currently available for USB 3.2 recording rules. 5.12.7 Actions and Action Properties For the available Actions and Action Properties, see “Recording Rules Actions and Action Properties” on page 318. 5.12.7.1 Action Properties For the Action Properties, you can set Internal Triggering and External Triggering. Recording Rules for USB 3.2 currently do not support more than two independent states. The ... - Page 389 Recording Rules - USB 3.2 SS+ (Voyager M310/M310C/M310P/M4x only), USB 3.2 SS (Voyager/Advisor T3 only) Teledyne L eCroy LRTY Link Command Link State LGO_U1, LGO_U2, LGO_U3 LMPA LFPS Polling Ping Warm Reset (see Warm Reset Note below) U1 Exit U2/Loopback Exit U3 Wakeup SCD1 SCD2 LBPM Training Sequences TS1A ...
- Page 390 Teledyne LeCroy Recording Rules - USB 3.2 SS+ (Voyager M310/M310C/M310P/M4x only), USB 3.2 SS (Voyager/Advisor T3 only) Timeout External Trigger In (Voyager) External SMA/BNC Trig In (Global) SCSI Primary Command Set Block Command Set Media Changer Command Set Stream Command Set Multi-Media Commands Controller Commands Enclosure Services Standard Request GET_STATUS CLEAR_FEATURE SET_FEATURE SET_ADDRESS GET_DESCRIPTOR SET_DESCRIPTOR GET_CONFIGURATION SET_CONFIGURATION ...
- Page 391 Recording Rules - USB 3.2 SS+ (Voyager M310/M310C/M310P/M4x only), USB 3.2 SS (Voyager/Advisor T3 only) Teledyne L eCroy Framing Error Triggers Low Power States Data Pattern Matching - For USB 3.2, only the first 32 Byte positions can be matched for Note: triggering. It is not a floating window as it is for USB 2.0 Data Pattern Match. Warm Reset Trigger - The position of this trigger in the file can be deceptive due to the Note: imbalance of traffic between the transmit and receive traffic. It can be helpful to hide upstream or downstream traffic to see where it occurred with respect to traffic on the one stream. USB Protocol Suite User Manual 367 www.valuetronics.com...
-
Page 392: Counters And Timers For Usb 3.2
Teledyne LeCroy Recording Rules - USB 3.2 SS+ (Voyager M310/M310C/M310P/M4x only), USB 3.2 SS (Voyager/Advisor T3 only) Event Properties The Event Properties dialog lists the Properties and their Values (see “Events and Event Properties for USB 2.0” on page 346). Note: The Header Pattern tab is different for the USB 3.2 recording rules. Figure 5.101: Event Properties - Header Pattern Dialog. Most fields are mask and match. The Type and Subtype fields have drop-down menus. You can set the Subtype to: Reserved Set Link Func U2 Inact Tmt Vndr Development Test Port Capability Port Config Port Cfg Rsp 5.12.9 Counters and Timers for USB 3.2 Timer: A timer counts the time from a starting event to a final event. For example, if you enter 10 in the milliseconds field, the Analyzer counts 10 milliseconds after the starting event before it ... - Page 393 Recording Rules - USB 3.2 SS+ (Voyager M310/M310C/M310P/M4x only), USB 3.2 SS (Voyager/Advisor T3 only) Teledyne L eCroy whatever action you assign. Counters cannot be applied to events with Filter Actions. The maximum counter value is 65,535. Triggers can be set on multiple instances of an event. For example, you can set a trigger to occur following five instances of any DLP. To configure the Analyzer to look for multiple events, you enable Counters. Counters tell the Analyzer how many occurrences of an event for which it should wait before triggering. For example, use a counter to Trigger following the 16th occurrence of an error or DLLP message. Events and Actions Within events, counters determine how many times the event must occur before the associated actions are triggered. Event counters typically have two properties: Count Randomly: Can be set to “Yes” or “No” (default value is “No”). If set to “Yes”, the event repeats a random number of times (between 1 and the value set in the property Max Random Count, which replaces the property Counter Value when “Yes” is selected), before the action is triggered. Counter Value: Number of repeats required when Count Randomly is set to “No”. The default value is 1. Within actions, counters determine how many times the system calls the action before it acts. Action counters typically have two properties: Random: Can be set to “Yes” or “No” (default value is “No”). If set to “Yes”, the action triggers a number of occurrences before the action takes place. That num- ber ranges randomly between 1 and the value set in the property At least every Nth occurrence, which replaces the property Every Nth occurrence when “Yes” is selected. Every Nth occurrence: Number of times the system calls the action before it acts. Note: There is some overlap in the way these counters can be used. For example, in the simple case of ...
-
Page 394: Configuration Validity
Teledyne LeCroy Recording Rules - USB 3.2 SS+ (Voyager M310/M310C/M310P/M4x only), USB 3.2 SS (Voyager/Advisor T3 only) Using a Counter To use a counter: 1. Click an event to display an arrow. 2. Click a counter. This causes the counter to attach itself to the bottom of the event. An arrow automatically connects the counter to the Trigger button. Note: For Timers, do NOT use a timer as the first event in a sequence, since this first “event” will be the start of recording, and this is not a precise or predictable point in time from which to start timing. Use timers only AFTER the first event. Setting a Counter To set a counter: 1. Open the Recording Rules page, select an event, and drag it to the Global State or Sequence cell. 2. Counts can only be set on a per channel basis, so press the Up or Down channel buttons to select the channel on which the count is performed. 3. Right-click the selected event and select Add Counter from the menu to open the Properties dialog. 4. In the text box to the right of the label Count, enter a value. Make sure the checkbox to the left of the word Count is checked. 5. Click the X in the top right corner of the dialog box to close the dialog. A counter button should appear just below your selected event. Changing a Counter Value To change the counter value: 1. -
Page 395: Saving Recording Options
Teledyne L eCroy Saving Recording Options If Config is not valid (red), you must fix the problem, so that the green Config is Valid shows in the status area. If this is not done, the configuration will not be applied to the current Recording Rules, and the trigger or filter will not function. 5.13 Saving Recording Options To complete your Recording Options settings, use the features at the bottom of the Recording Options screen. These features remain the same no matter which of the three Recording Options screens you are working in. Click Save to save the currently specified Recording Options for use in future recording sessions. Any file name can be specified, though use of the .rec is rec- ommended; if no extension is specified, .rec is added by default. Click Load to load a previously saved *.rec file, thus restoring a previous set of Recording Options. The Save as Default function is equivalent to the Save function, specifying the file name default.rec. Whenever you start up the Analyzer, it automatically loads the default.rec file if one exists. Click OK to apply any changes and close this dialog box. Click Cancel to cancel any immediate changes you have made and exit the Recording Options menu. 5.14 Recording Bus Data To start recording USB traffic once the appropriate Recording Options have been set perform the following steps. Note: If you have inserted any event triggers, be sure to select Event Trigger under ... -
Page 396: Merging Trace Files
Teledyne LeCroy Merging Trace Files Note: The manual Stop Recording feature is primarily of use when recording low-speed traffic, which can take a long time to fill the recording buffer. Disconnection of USB or Ethernet during capture or uploading of trace data is not supported, Note: and may cause the software to malfunction or crash. When the recording session is finished, the bus traffic is saved to the hard drive as a file named data.usb or whatever name you assign as the default filename. To save a current recording for future reference: 1. Select Save As under File on the Menu Bar. on the Tool Bar. Click You see the standard Save As screen. 2. Give the recording a unique name and save it to the appropriate directory. 5.15 Merging Trace Files It is possible to merge a Classic-Speed trace file with a Hi-Speed trace file using the Merge Trace File command under the File menu. This option only works with files that were created simultaneously through a single recording session. If the files were recorded during separate recording sessions, the system generates an error message and prevents the merge from completing. Note: The system can merging High Speed and Classic Speeds traffic into a single merged file if the Auto-Merge 2 Channel Trace Files option is checked in the Recording Options dialog box. To merge two trace files: 1. Select File > Merge Trace Files to display a dialog box asking for the first source file (see Figure 5.102 on page 373). - Page 397 Teledyne L eCroy Merging Trace Files Figure 5.102: Select First File For merging Dialog. The Merge Trace Files command can be run with or without a trace file open on the screen. The Note: merge process ignores the open file. 2. Select the first trace file to be merged, then click Save. Note: It does not matter which of the two trace files is first selected so long as both were recorded in the same session. 3. Select the second trace file to be merged, then click Save. Confirm your choices. See Figure 5.103 on page 374. USB Protocol Suite User Manual 373 www.valuetronics.com...
- Page 398 Teledyne LeCroy Merging Trace Files Figure 5.103: Confirm Choice. 4. Click Yes. The two files are merged into the new file data_merged.usb. USB Protocol Suite User Manual www.valuetronics.com...
-
Page 399: Recording Option Summary Tab
Teledyne L eCroy Recording Option Summary Tab 5.16 Recording Option Summary Tab Click the vertical triple less-than (<) symbols on the right to display the Recording Options Summary tab: Figure 5.104: Recording Options - Summary Tab. The Summary tab provides an easy-to-read summary of the currently selected options. USB Protocol Suite User Manual 375 www.valuetronics.com... -
Page 400: Yellow Led Connector Indications: Vconn Behavior
Teledyne LeCroy Yellow LED Connector Indications: Vconn Behavior 5.17 Yellow LED Connector Indications: Vconn Behavior 5.17.1 M310P / M4x: Yellow LED If one connector shows a Yellow LED: The orientation is indeterminate. This may occur when the “Vconn thru” cable (926762-00 or 930705-00) is used, as the analyzer will detect both Rp/Rp or Rd/Rd on the two CC pins. If both connectors show a Yellow LED, one of the following 3 situations applies: 1. Cables presenting Ra are attached to both connectors. If both cables contain eMarkers, this is not a valid configuration. If one cable is an "unmarked Ra" cable, this is a valid scenario. Source Vconn to the side that does contain the eMarker in Recording Options -> USB Type-C -> Analyzer Vconn Behavior. 2. A cable presenting Ra is attached to one connector, and the orientation on the other connector is indeterminate (such as with a “Vconn thru” cable). You may allow Vconn to be connected through the analyzer in Recording Options -> USB Type-C -> Analyzer Vconn Behavior. -
Page 401: Chapter 6: Reading A Trace
Chapter 6 Reading a Trace Trace View Features The Trace View has these features: Packet view display uses color and graphics to document captured traffic. Selected packets, transactions, and so on, are highlighted with a blue background and black border. The selected packet is synchronized amongst views. Views which show data from a single packet, transaction, etc., (Data View, Detail View, Spec View) will show the contents of this Selected Packet. To move packet selection up or down, click Shift-Up-Arrow or Shift-Down-Arrow Packets are on separate rows, with individual fields both labeled and color-coded. Packets are numbered (sequentially, as recorded), time-stamped (with a resolu- tion of 8 ns), and highlighted to show the transmitted speed (low-speed, full- speed, or high-speed). Display formats can be named and saved for later use. Pop-up Tool Tips detail the contents of packet fields. Data fields can collapse to occupy minimal space in the display, and you can zoom in and out to optimize screen use. The display software can operate independently of the hardware and so can function as a stand-alone Trace Viewer that may be freely distributed. High Speed SOFs display Microframes (shown below.) USB Protocol Suite User Manual 377 www.valuetronics.com... -
Page 402: Anchor Points - Synchronized Views
Teledyne LeCroy Trace View Features Microframes 6.1.1 Anchor Points - Synchronized Views Anchors are provided to indicate the synchronization points between views when scrolling. These a goldenrod Trapezoid. When views are synchronized, the time denoted by are indicated by these anchor points in the different views should be the same. The position within the views are different according to the type of view window. The Anchor is normally the first packet on the screen in the CATC Trace views and Spreadsheet Views. Refer to Figure 6.26 through Figure 6.3. Figure 6.1: Anchor Point in the CATC Trace View Figure 6.2: Anchor Point in the Navigator Panel Figure 6.3: Anchor Point in the Spreadsheet View USB Protocol Suite User Manual www.valuetronics.com... - Page 403 Teledyne L eCroy Trace View Features In the Link Tracker view, it is normally on the third row of the display (see the following screen capture). Figure 6.4: Anchor Point in the Link Tracker View On time based views, (Link State Timing View, Power Tracker View, Bus Utilization View, etc.), it is normally in the center. Refer to the anchor point in the Power Tracker View in the figure below. Figure 6.5: Anchor Point in the Power Tracker View The Anchor point can be independent of the current selected item, although you can move the selected item to the anchor point by double-clicking on it. Double-clicking selects it and moves it to the Anchor Point. USB Protocol Suite User Manual 379 www.valuetronics.com...
-
Page 404: Usb 3.2 Packets
Teledyne LeCroy Trace View Features 6.1.2 USB 3.2 Packets USB 3.2 has the following packet types: Link Training Sequences TSeq TS1A TS1B LFPS Packets Electrical Idles Link Commands Header Packets Payload Packets Data packets Logical Idle Packets BRST BERC BCNT Termination Packets (Time stamped when termination is detected by Analyzer) ... -
Page 405: Usb4 Packets - Assigning Protocols Using Hopid
Teledyne L eCroy Trace View Features 6.1.3 USB4 Packets - Assigning Protocols using HopID Since USB4 Packets can contain tunneled protocols, this mapping of HopId to Protocol type can be done manually by doing the following: 1. Find a tunneled packet you wish to map to a protocol (see Figure 6.6). Figure 6.6: Tunneling Packet 2. Right click on the HopID Field of the Tunneled Packet. Choose one of the Protocol types from the drop-down list. See Figure 6.7. Select USB Figure 6.7: Selecting HopID 3. That HopID will now use the decoder type selected wherever that Hop ID occurs in the same direction. See Figure 6.8 Figure 6.8: Selected USB HopID 4. Do the same for the other direction, since the HopID values are qualified by the direction. USB Protocol Suite User Manual 381 www.valuetronics.com... -
Page 406: Hiding/Showing Hopid Packets
Teledyne LeCroy Trace View Features Hiding/Showing HopID Packets . See Figure 6.9. You can selectively Show or Hide HopIDs with the following toolbar icon Figure 6.9: Toolbar Showing HopID Icon You can see the effect of clicking on the HopID Hiding icon in the following two figures. The first figure has several instances of upstream (US) HopID of 8. from Packet 196485 to Packet 196496. See Figure 6.10 Figure 6.10: Toolbar Showing Upstream HopID = 8 USB Protocol Suite User Manual www.valuetronics.com... - Page 407 Teledyne L eCroy Trace View Features If you want to hide those HopID Packets, simply select them in the drop down box and click apply. The Packets from 196485 through 196498 are hidden. See Figure 6.11. Figure 6.11: Packets defined as Upstream with HopID = 8 are Hidden USB Protocol Suite User Manual 383 www.valuetronics.com...
-
Page 408: Packet Direction
Teledyne LeCroy Trace View Features 6.1.4 Packet Direction The Packet Direction field displays the direction the packet or signal was traveling on the or Upstream from a Device bus: Downstream from a Host In most cases, direction can be determined unambiguously. However, some signals and situations, including protocol errors, cannot be determined with high confidence, since either Host or Device might be responsible for them. Such cases are marked as in the trace. Question Marks Rather than mis-identifying the signal, the software requires you to determine direction (or note an error condition, which experience has shown is rare). In most cases, you can assume the direction based on the sequence of events that occurred. 6.1.5 Power Delivery Packet Direction Power Delivery Packets occur on a multi-drop connection. For the Consumers and Providers of Power Delivery, the direction is indicated by the Sink and Source directions cell, and the message is indicated as an SOP type. See Figure 6.12: Figure 6.12: Power Delivery Packet Direction For Cable packets, the indicator is that the source or destination is an SOP' or SOP'' source or destination, as shown below in Figure 6.13: Cable Packet Power Delivery USB Protocol Suite User Manual www.valuetronics.com... -
Page 409: Markers
Teledyne L eCroy Markers Markers This section explains the features of Markers. A marker is an entity that flags a physical or logical item of interest within a trace file. A marker contains one or more attachments. You can add a marker to a trace file or unmark a trace file by removing the marker. Markers are represented graphically in a different way in the application. You can not only add markers to the packets but it is granular enabling you to also add markers to individual cells. 6.2.1 Markers Overview This functionality provides the user an easy way to navigate through attachments which is a discrete piece of information or data added to a marker, for example, a text description or file, an attachment of a trace file by a predefined order, video or audio files, URL links or any other files. 6.2.2 Functionality of Markers The markers functionality allows you to add markers to: Whole packets or frames Specific Cells Specific values within a cell: Bytes, words, etc. You can add attachments to markers (see Figure 6.14 on page 385). Right-click on any cell of a packet and select Set Marker from the menu as shown below or click Ctrl +K. Figure 6.14: Time Dialog The Create Marker dialog displays. USB Protocol Suite User Manual 385 www.valuetronics.com... - Page 410 Teledyne LeCroy Markers Adding a new line Figure 6.15: Create Marker for Packet Dialog Click Enter to close the Marker dialog. Click ALT+Enter to add a new line. As shown above you can: Add icon. Click on this Export icon. Click on this icon to icon to add any file. See export an attachment. “Adding an Attachment” on page 387. Record icon. Click on this Delete icon. Click on this icon to icon to record audio. See delete an attachment “Recording an Audio File” on page 388. New URL icon. Click on this icon to add any URL. USB Protocol Suite User Manual www.valuetronics.com...
-
Page 411: Attaching Markers
Teledyne L eCroy Markers 6.2.3 Attaching Markers You can attach a discrete piece of information/data to a marker, for example, a text description or file, an attachment of a trace file by a predefined order, video or audio files, URL links or any other files. You can also remove an attachment from a Marker. 6.2.4 Adding an Attachment Perform the following steps to add an attachment to a marker: 1. Right-click on any cell in the trace and select Set Marker. The Create Marker window displays. 2. Click on the Add icon. The Add File to the Marker dialog displays. 3. Go to the file and select it to add it to the marker as an attachment. 4. Click Open. The file will appear in the Create Marker for Transfer... dialog (see Figure 6.16 on page 387). The Marker # appears in the top panel, the icons are displayed in the second panel and you can click on the icon on the third panel to view the file you are about to attach. 5. Click OK to add the attachments. Figure 6.16: Create Marker for Transfer Dialog USB Protocol Suite User Manual 387 www.valuetronics.com... -
Page 412: Recording An Audio File
Teledyne LeCroy Markers 6.2.5 Recording an Audio File The audio quality supports voice attachment and is not designed for high-quality audio Playback of audio content is not limited and depends on the formats supported by the installed playback engine. Click the record icon and speak into the microphone to record an audio file. Note: This functionality is disabled if a microphone is not installed. 6.2.6 Video Files supported The user can attach video clips to the trace file (“add to the marker”). The playback of the Video clips is limited to the formats that are supported by the video codecs installed in the system. USB Protocol Suite User Manual www.valuetronics.com... -
Page 413: Attachment Types And Visualization
Teledyne L eCroy Markers 6.2.7 Attachment Types and Visualization The markers are represented graphically by a yellow triangle at the top right of the marked item and a red vertical bar at the left-most cell of a packet as shown below. Marked Cell A marker may comprise any number of attachments of any types. 6.2.8 Embedded Attachments to a Marker Embedded files are attached to the item marked and transported with the trace. You can embed the following types of files to a marker: Audio Files Video Files Image Files YouTube Files Web Pages Text Attachments Other Attachments Attachments are embedded in the marker and saved in the trace file. Once attachments are placed in a marker, the marker can then be presented to a user in a story structured form. On opening the marker the window resembles the marker editing dialog. The use of Audio and Video markers is limited to the file types supported on a user’s system. Note: CATC Walk has been tested with .mp3 and .wmv files, which are supported by Windows as ... -
Page 414: Text
Teledyne LeCroy Markers To view an attachment you can click on any of the icons in the attachment bar and or you can double-click on the icon itself to open the attachment. Figure 6.17: Pop-up Displaying Marker Contents Text The text attachment is displayed in the icon bar and in the main pop-up window. Text attachments are always shown at the top. The attachment file name is displayed in the field as shown below. Figure 6.18: Text Attachment Pop-up Window If there is no attachment, No Attachments displays in the status bar at the bottom. Figure 6.19: No Attachments Pop-up Window If there are attachments, the status bar is hidden. You can move the cursor to an attachment icon in the list view and a preview of the attachment starts. USB Protocol Suite User Manual www.valuetronics.com... -
Page 415: Audio
Teledyne L eCroy Markers Figure 6.20: Preview Attachments Pop-up Window Audio Audio snippets that are recorded and attached to certain point of interest in a trace can be played. The basic Play, Start, Stop, Pause buttons are displayed to listen to the audio file. USB Protocol Suite User Manual 391 www.valuetronics.com... -
Page 416: Video
Teledyne LeCroy Markers Video Video clips that are recorded and attached to certain point of interest in a trace can be played. The video is embedded in the tooltip with simple playback controls. File Attachment You can attach any kind of file, including images, PDFs, documents, media files, etc. URL Link You can specify a URL that links to a web page (i.e., YouTube), a network location, or a local file- system location. Web Link Due to the small size, the web page is not embedded in the callout. You can use the Open button to open the web link in the default web browser. USB Protocol Suite User Manual www.valuetronics.com... -
Page 417: Youtube Video
Teledyne L eCroy Markers YouTube Video YouTube’s video player is embedded for YouTube Video playback. Images The image is embedded in the trace. Other Attachments Click the Open button to open the attachment file with the system’s default application for that file type. USB Protocol Suite User Manual 393 www.valuetronics.com... -
Page 418: Edit Marker
Teledyne LeCroy Markers 6.2.10 Edit Marker To edit a marker, right-click on the marked item and select Edit marker from the menu or Ctrl + L. The Edit Marker dialog displays. This Edit Marker window can be used to edit one marker at a time. You can do the following in the Edit Marker dialog: Edit text attachment. Record audio attachment. Add URL link attachment Add a file attachment. Click on File and click the Open button or drag and drop the file. Preview audio/video/image/URL/YouTube attachment or open other files with system default application. Save an attachment to a file. Remove attachment. Figure 6.21: E DIT Marker for Packet Dialog USB Protocol Suite User Manual www.valuetronics.com... -
Page 419: All Markers Window
Teledyne L eCroy Markers 6.2.11 All Markers Window Select Search > Go to Marker > All Markers or press Ctrl + M to display a list of all the markers in the file. The window uses a tree structure to show packets, fields and markers. The features of the Markers window are (see Figure 6.22). All Markers are displayed You can Search For/Filter the type of Markers you are looking for All attachments within the marker are displayed. Hovering over the marker dis- plays a tool-tip displaying the size of all the attachments. You can collapse or expand the item marked to view the attachments The Time and size of audio and video files are displayed You can edit Playlists from this window You can edit, delete a marker or delete all markers from this location You can filter attachments within the marker You can select a range of markers by clicking Shift and selecting a range You can select multiple markers by clicking Ctrl and selecting individual markers Double-click on a marker to go to that marker in the trace and close the dialog ... -
Page 420: Search Markers
Teledyne LeCroy Markers Search Markers You can search for a specific set of markers by simply entering the type of marker you’re looking for into the “Search” window at the top of the dialog. Then you’ll see only the markers with that characteristic. See Figure 6.23. Figure 6.23: Search on Idle Marker Delete Markers Clicking delete on markers to delete markers with attachments displays the Delete Marker(s) dialog. Checking the “Don't ask again” checkbox will not display this confirmation dialog again (see Figure 6.24 on page 396). Figure 6.24: Confirmation Dialog USB Protocol Suite User Manual www.valuetronics.com... -
Page 421: Filter Markers
Teledyne L eCroy CATC Walk Playlist Filter Markers You can filter to show or hide text, image, audio, video, URL, YouTube videos and other files. Figure 6.25: Filter Dialog CATC Walk Playlist This feature allows users to configure sequences of attachments into playlists. Any arbitrary order of attachments are allowed, and there are no limits on the number of playlists supported. This feature can be used for collaborating among developers as well for training, support and marketing purposes. To access a playlist click on the View menu in the top toolbar of application, select CATC Walk and then select Manage Playlists (see Figure 6.26 on page 397). Figure 6.26: Edit CATC Walk Playlists Dialog USB Protocol Suite User Manual 397 www.valuetronics.com... -
Page 422: Playlist Functionality
Teledyne LeCroy CATC Walk Playlist 6.3.1 Playlist Functionality You can do the following to manage playlists: Remove or edit current playlists Edit the playlist name Edit the playlist description List the sequence of attachments in current playlist List of all available attachments and drag/drop to a playlist. As shown in the previous figure the Playlist window lists the markers with their attachments on the left and the playlist on the right (see Figure 6.27 on page 398). Figure 6.27: Edit CATC Walk Playlists Dialog You can drag and drop and item or attachment from the Marker panel into the Playlist panel and build a story. Give a description of the playlist in the Description field and you can give a name to the playlist in the Name field. You can add a new playlist by clicking on the green plus sign ( ) on the right top corner of the Playlist panel, or delete a playlist by clicking the red ( ) button. If you have more than one playlist saved click on the Name drop-down arrow to select it. The drop-down menu lists all the available playlists USB Protocol Suite User Manual www.valuetronics.com... -
Page 423: Playback Window
Teledyne L eCroy CATC Walk Playlist 6.3.2 Playback Window To playback a playlist, click on the View menu in the top toolbar of application, select CATC Walk and then select Play > Playlist 1 as shown below. Figure 6.28: View Dialog The attachment item starts to play in the playback window (see Figure 6.29 on page 399). Figure 6.29: Playback Window The playback window is resizable. The close button at the top right corner and the size grip for resizing at the bottom right corner will hide automatically when moving the cursor out of the window. Users can provide commentary to a captured trace, converting it into a script or a story and can transfer this meta-information to others. Playlist Playback Controls. Playlist Playback Controls The playlist playback control buttons are: Play/Pause Stop Jump to Next attachment Jump to Previous attachment ... -
Page 424: Time Stamp
Teledyne LeCroy Time Stamp Playback speed slider (for text attachments) As a playlist is played back, the playback window is displayed in close proximity to the marked area, just like a regular tooltip window (see Figure 6.30 on page 400). As the playback progresses, the view jumps to the element corresponding to the current attachment being played and the marked element is highlighted. During playback the user is prevented from interacting with the trace. To reinforce this restriction, the trace view is grayed-out visually, and only the packet with the item corresponding to the current attachment is colorized. Figure 6.30: Playlist Playback View Time Stamp The Time Stamp field displays the time in “Seconds.Nanoseconds” (decimal). The Time Stamp is at the beginning of the packet or bus condition. However, the Time Stamp is at the end of Sync for Low and Full Speed packets. In the General tab of the Display Options, you can set the Time Stamp Position to be At the end, At the beginning, or Merge with Packet/Transaction/Transfer. See “General Display Options” on page 514. This only effects where the timestamp is shown in the CATC View, it does not change the point in time in the packet that the timestamp represents To change the time stamp, right-click the Time Stamp field to display the Time Stamp menu: USB Protocol Suite User Manual www.valuetronics.com... -
Page 425: View Raw Bits (2.0)
Teledyne L eCroy View Raw Bits (2.0) Figure 6.31: Time Stamp Dialog You can: Place the Zero Time Stamp at this packet Show the recorded Time Stamp Place the Zero Time Stamp at the first packet Place the Zero Time Stamp at the trigger packet. Note: You cannot place the Zero Time Stamp at a packet when in the Calendar. You can also go to the Time After in seconds, or the Time Before in seconds. Note: Time stamps are corrected to match our more accurate 2.5 ppm clock. After the error due to calculating via 2 ns nominal timing of symbols reaches 8 nsec, the system will correct the next time stamp by using the value obtained from the 2.5 ppm time stamp clock. This can result in “jumps” either forward or backward by this amount of time in captures, and may result in “blank” locations in the Link Tracker view. These should not be construed as mistakes in the traffic, but as a modification necessary for us to provide the most accurate time stamps over the range of a trace. You can also create a new marker by selecting Set marker. View Raw Bits (2.0) You can expand a specific packet to view the raw bits in detail. To view raw bits: 1. Right-click Packet # for the packet to view, to display the Packet menu: USB Protocol Suite User Manual 401 www.valuetronics.com... -
Page 426: Expanding And Collapsing Data Fields
Teledyne LeCroy Expanding and Collapsing Data Fields 2. Select Show Raw Bits to display the Raw Bits View for that packet: Along the top of the Raw Bits View is a linear strip of the logical bit values with corresponding field demarcations. Bit stuffing is in color. Below the logical bit values is a representation of the D+/D- signaling, complete with NRZ encoding. A scroll bar assists in navigation of larger packets. Use the two buttons under the label Packet to view previous or next packets. Two buttons under the label Zoom allow you to zoom in or out on packets. Expanding and Collapsing Data Fields You can expand a Data field to view it in greater detail or collapse it when you want a more compact view. The sizes for displaying in Collapsed or Expanded fields can be configured on the Display Options General Tab. USB Protocol Suite User Manual www.valuetronics.com... -
Page 427: Using The Expand/Collapse Data Field Arrows
Teledyne L eCroy Expanding and Collapsing Data Fields 6.6.1 Using the Expand/Collapse Data Field Arrows To expand or collapse a Data Field, click the small triangular arrow on the left side of the data field. 6.6.2 Double-Clicking to Expand/Collapse Data Fields You can expand or collapse Data fields by double-clicking anywhere in the data field. 6.6.3 Expanding or Collapsing All Data Fields Expand or collapse all data fields by holding down the button for more than a second. 6.6.4 Using the Data Field Pop-up Menus You can expand or collapse data fields by clicking a data field and selecting Expand Data or Collapse Data from the pop-up menu. To expand and collapse data using the menu: 1. -
Page 428: Expand Or Collapse All Data Fields
Teledyne LeCroy Format/Color/Hide Fields Figure 6.33: Data Field menu 2. Select the Expand Data or Collapse Data menu item. The Trace View repositions, with the selected packet(s) in the format that you specified. Expand or Collapse All Data Fields To expand or collapse all data fields, select Expand All Data Fields or Collapse All Data Fields from the data field pop-up menus. Format/Color/Hide Fields From the field context menu, you can often find Format, Color, and Hide menu selections. You can change the Format of the cell’s value to Hex, Decimal, Binary or ASCII. You can change the Color of the field header. You can Hide ALL instances of the field in the trace, which you can also do in the Display Options dialog (see “Color/Format/Hiding Display Options” on page 516). To unhide ALL instances of a field, select View > Unhide cells and select the field from the list of hidden fields, or right-click in the trace background, select Unhide cells, and select the field to unhide from the list. You can also use the Display Options dialog (see “Color/Format/Hiding ... -
Page 429: Hide/Show Field When Packet Section Is Collapsed
Teledyne L eCroy View Data Block 6.7.1 Hide/Show Field when Packet Section is Collapsed in the upper left of a field shows whether the field is collapsible and A caret > expandable (see “Expanding and Collapsing Data Fields” on page 402). When a field is collapsible/expandable, you can choose whether the field is shown or hidden when its set of fields is in the collapsed state. Thus, you can determine which fields are more critical to view in these two modes. Do NOT confuse this with Hide Fields (see “Format/Color/Hide Fields“above), which hides the field everywhere, without regard to collapse/expand state. Figure 6.34: Hide/Show Field View Data Block The data field pop-up menu has an option for viewing the raw bits in a data field. USB Protocol Suite User Manual 405 www.valuetronics.com... -
Page 430: Pop-Up Tool-Tips
Teledyne LeCroy Pop-up Tool-tips Figure 6.35: View Data Block Pop-up Menu To view these bits: 1. Click the data field to open the data field pop-up menu. Data View button to open the Data Block dialog 2. Select View Data Block or the box (see Figure 6.36 on page 406). Figure 6.36: Data Block Dialog The View Data Block window has options for displaying the raw bits in different formats: Format: Lets you display data in Hex, Decimal, ASCII or Binary formats Show Per Line: Lets you control how many bits are displayed per line Bit Order: Most Significant Bit, Least Significant Bit Pop-up Tool-tips Many fields within the trace display pop-up tool-tips when the mouse pointer is suspended over them. These tips provide added details about the field. Figure 6.37: Pop-up Tool-tips USB Protocol Suite User Manual www.valuetronics.com... -
Page 431: Stacking
Teledyne L eCroy Stacking 6.10 Stacking Puts a group of packets in one row, to shorten display. Stacking conserves space in the trace view by displaying repeating items (or item groups) as one item, along with the number of repeats. The item types which are included in a stacked entry are shown in the solid colored square fields that appear when stacking is invoked. Additionally, you can hold the mouse over the packet/ transaction field to see the count and types of items (see Figure 6.39 on page 407). For USB 2.0, stacking items (or item groups) can be SOF, Chirp (merges J's and Ks into one stacked display unit), or NAK'ed (split) Transaction. For USB 3.2, stacking items (or item groups) can be TSeq, TS1 with same Link Functionality, TS2 with same Link Functionality, LFPS with same Type, LUP, LDN, or NAK'ed Transaction. Configuration Channel (CC) Events can also be stacked. See Figure 6.40 on page 408 and Figure 6.41 on page 408. Figure 6.38: Un-stacked View Figure 6.39: Stacked View USB Protocol Suite User Manual 407 www.valuetronics.com... - Page 432 Teledyne LeCroy Stacking Stacking Icon (Events Unstacked) Figure 6.40: Unstacked CC Events Stacking Icon (Events Stacked) Figure 6.41: Stacked CC Events Note: Items are grouped regardless of any intervening Skip Sequence, Electrical Idle, or Logical Idle symbols. If any of these occur during a stream of the repeating stacking item, they are not displayed. Note on unexpected 3.2 Idle times in traces which include Logical Idle and/or SKPs: There will occasionally be "Idle" fields (typically 8ns) between packets which do not seem to make sense within a continuous set of captured data, such as amongst idles and SKPS. These are a by-product of the mechanism which compensates for timestamp / event rate matching between the various USB Protocol Suite User Manual www.valuetronics.com...
-
Page 433: Hide Traffic Toolbar
Teledyne L eCroy Hide Traffic Toolbar time bases. There are 3 clock domains (Rx, Tx, and our precision timestamp) that need to be represented in the trace. The nominal 2nSec / symbol Transmit and Receive clocks can vary up to 500ppm per the USB Specification, whereas the Analyzer is accurate to 3ppm. The small idle time at the end of a packet is there to compensate for this clock drift difference between the protocol clocks and our precision clock, and to try to maintain the most accurate relationship amongst these clocks. The Timestamp field is always based on our 3ppm clock timestamp. 6.11 Hide Traffic Toolbar The Hide toolbar allows you to selectively hide data traffic that you’re not interested in. See Figure 6.42. The highlighted buttons indicate the loaded trace contains that type of data traffic. Figure 6.42: Hide Traffic Toolbar 6.11.1 Hide All USB 2.0 Traffic button to hide all the USB 2.0 Traffic (Low Speed, Full Speed, and Hi Speed). Click the 6.11.2 Hide All USB 3.2 Traffic button to hide all the SuperSpeed and SuperSpeed+ Traffic. Click the 6.11.3 Hide All button to hide all USB4 traffic. Hit the carat on the right side if you want to ... -
Page 434: Hide Traffic From Left Dut / Dut (Exerciser)
Teledyne LeCroy Hide Traffic Toolbar 6.11.7 Hide Traffic from Left DUT / DUT (Exerciser) button to hide Traffic from Left DUT / DUT (Exerciser). Click on the There are four types of traffic you can hide: PD/USB4 SB Left DUT / DUT (Exerciser) Figure 6.43: Types of Traffic that can be Hidden from 6.11.8 Hide Traffic from Right DUT / Voyager (Exerciser) button to Hide Traffic from Right DUT / Voyager (Exerciser). Click on the ... -
Page 435: Hide Devices
Teledyne L eCroy Hide Traffic Toolbar Right DUT / Voyager (Exerciser) Figure 6.44: Types of Traffic that can be Hidden from 6.11.9 Hide Devices button to open a menu for select any address/endpoint combination to be hidden. Click the Click the Control (CTRL) key to select multiple values. This menu can be moved from its default location and floated in the trace window for later use. 6.11.10 Hide All Packets Except Transfers Packets. button show/hide All Packets Except Transfers Packets. Click the 6.11.11 Hide NAKs You can hide NAKs that may be uninteresting in a given context from a Trace View by clicking the Hide NAKs button on the Tool Bar: Click to hide all NAK packets. This also hides 3.2 NRDY transactions, if they are virtual equivalents of a 2.0 NAK situation. 6.11.12 Hide Non Data Transactions to hide all Non Data Transactions. -
Page 436: Hide Chirps (2.0)
Teledyne LeCroy Hide Traffic Toolbar Note: This also hides low-speed EOPs. 6.11.14 Hide Chirps (2.0) button to hide any Chirped-J or Chirped-K packets recorded in a USB 2.0 Hi-Speed Click the trace. 6.11.15 Hide Link Training Sequences (3.2) button to Hide Link Training Sequences and select from the Click the options to show/hide TSeq TS1A/TS1B/TS1/TS2. For 3.2 SS+ traces, you can hide the SYNC packets. 6.11.16 Hide Link Commands (Flow Control) (3.2) button and select from the options to show/hide Link Click the Commands (LUP/LDN, Flow Control or Power Management). 6.11.17 Hide Bus Events (3.2) button and select from the options to show/hide Bus Events Click the (LFPS, Electrical Idle, Termination or VBus On/Off). USB Protocol Suite User Manual www.valuetronics.com... -
Page 437: Hide Miscellaneous Packets (3.2)
Teledyne L eCroy Hide Traffic Toolbar 6.11.18 Hide Miscellaneous Packets (3.2) button and select from the options to show/hide: Click the ISO Time Stamp IPS-Inter-Packet Symbols (Unrecognizable Symbols while in U0) USS (Unrecognizable Symbol Stream while NOT in U0) Skip Sequences Logical Idle Loopback (BCNT, BRST, BERC) Compliance Pattern SDS - Start Data Stream 6.11.19 Hide USB4 HS Ordered Sets to hide USB4 HS Ordered Sets. Click on the Hide SLOS1/SLOS2 Hide TS1/TS2 Hide TSN ... -
Page 438: Hide Usb4 Hs Transport Layer Packets
Teledyne LeCroy Hide Traffic Toolbar 6.11.20 Hide USB4 HS Transport Layer Packets to hide different types of USB4 HS TLPs. Click on the 6.11.21 Hide USB4 HS Miscellaneous Packets to hide USB4 HS Miscellaneous Packet types Click on the USB Protocol Suite User Manual www.valuetronics.com... -
Page 439: Hide Hopid/Pdf Packets
Teledyne L eCroy Hide Traffic Toolbar 6.11.22 Hide HopID/PDF Packets to hide HopID/PDF types. The select the HopID/PDF packets you want to Click on the hide. Figure 6.45: HopID Pop Up Menu 6.11.23 Hide Power Delivery Packets to hide: Click Unknown PING GoodCRC 6.11.24 Hide All Transactions Except Stream Id Numbers This selection found when clicking on the Stream Id field of a USB 3.2 Data Packet will allow you to select a small range of Stream Id's to display without showing other transactions that don't use this Stream Id (see Figure 6.46 on page 416). - Page 440 Teledyne LeCroy Hide Traffic Toolbar Figure 6.46: Right-clicking on the Stream Id field of a USB 3.2 Data Packet Right-click on the Stream Id field of a USB 3.2 Data Packet and select Hide all Trans except StreamID Numbers.. to display the Hide Packets dialog (see Figure 6.47). Figure 6.47: Hide Packets Dialog This allows you to select the stream Id's you want to display. Add the items to the list that you want to show, and remove Stream Id's that you want to hide. Selecting the ones you want to see is done because the range of Stream Id's is much too large to specify the ones you want to hide explicitly. USB Protocol Suite User Manual www.valuetronics.com...
-
Page 441: Show/Hide Packets: Superspeed+ Phy Transaction
Teledyne L eCroy Hide Traffic Toolbar 6.11.25 Show/Hide Packets: SuperSpeed+ PHY Transaction With SuperSpeed+, PHY Transactions are made up of pulse width modulated LFSR signals. By selecting the PHY Transaction level, these are displayed as SCDx, PHY Capability and PHY Ready LBPM Messages. This eliminates showing large numbers of LFSRs and electrical Idle periods which would need to be interpreted as portions of these messages. USB Protocol Suite User Manual 417 www.valuetronics.com... -
Page 442: Switch To Transactions View
Teledyne LeCroy Switch to Transactions View 6.12 Switch to Transactions View 6.12.1 Transaction View from Toolbar A Transaction is defined in the USB specification as the delivery of service to an endpoint. This consists of a token packet, an optional data packet, and an optional handshake packet. The specific packets that make up the transaction vary based upon the transaction type. The program default display mode is Packet View. Before you can view decoded transactions, you must switch from Packet View to Transactions View. To select Transactions View: 1. Click on the toolbar. The Trace View screen is re-drawn to display Transactions. Figure 6.48: Transactions View This menu selection displays a check next to Transaction Level when you have selected it. When Note: you want to switch back to Packet View mode, right-click anywhere in the trace window and then left-click Transaction Level. Note: This view also shows Extension Transactions, such as the Link Power Management (LPM) transaction defined by the USB 2.0 LPM specification, as shown below. Figure 6.49: Link Power Management View USB Protocol Suite User Manual www.valuetronics.com... -
Page 443: Transaction View From The Display Options Dialog
Teledyne L eCroy Switch to Transactions View 6.12.2 Transaction View from the Display Options Dialog You can also switch to Transaction View from the Display Options Dialog 1. Select Display Options under Setup to display the Display Options General window. Figure 6.50: Display Options General Dialog 2. Check Transaction. 3. Click OK. 6.12.3 Power Delivery Transactions Power Delivery Transactions are also viewable at this level. See Figure 6.51. USB Protocol Suite User Manual 419 www.valuetronics.com... - Page 444 Teledyne LeCroy Switch to Transactions View Figure 6.51: Power Delivery Transactions USB Protocol Suite User Manual www.valuetronics.com...
-
Page 445: Power Delivery Packets
Teledyne L eCroy Switch to Transactions View 6.12.4 Power Delivery Packets If you right click in a Power Delivery Packet the following menus pops up. See Figure 6.52. Figure 6.52: Power Delivery Packet: Right Click From the pop up menu you can choose to view the Raw PD data by clicking on Show Raw PD Packet. See Figure 6.53. Figure 6.53: Show Raw PD Packet: 5b vs. 4b Encoding USB Protocol Suite User Manual 421 www.valuetronics.com... -
Page 446: View Decoded Transactions
Teledyne LeCroy View Decoded Transactions 6.13 View Decoded Transactions After you set Display Options, the Trace View screen is re-drawn to display decoded transactions in the colors and format you selected (see Figure 6.54 on page 422). Figure 6.54: Decoded Transactions When you instruct the Analyzer to display USB transactions, the components of each transaction are collected from the current recording and are grouped and indented below each decoded transaction. Each row shows a transaction with a unique numeration, a label, and color-coded decoding of important data. If CRC errors are found in a DATAx (2.0) packet or a DP (3.2) packet, the data in that packet will Note: not be promoted to the Transaction, Transfer/, and so on, levels above, since it is assumed that the data will be re-sent. The data count will show as 0 Bytes. 6.13.1 Expanded and Collapsed Transactions You can expand a specific transaction to view its parts, which are grouped and indented below the transaction. To expand a transaction: 1. Right-click the transaction number you wish to view to display the Expand Transaction menu (see Figure 6.55 on page 423.) USB Protocol Suite User Manual www.valuetronics.com... -
Page 447: Switch To Split Transaction View
Teledyne L eCroy Switch to Split Transaction View Figure 6.55: Expand Transaction Menu 2. Select Expand This Transaction. The screen displays the selected transaction in expanded format. Note: The Expand/Collapse transaction feature operates as a toggle: when one format is active, the other appears as an option on the Expand/Collapse drop-down menu. To collapse a transaction, perform the same operation and select Collapse This Transaction. Note that you can choose to expand or collapse Only the selected Transaction All Transactions It is not necessary to use the Expand/Collapse Transactions menu to shift between expanded and collapsed views of a transaction. You can double-click the Transaction number field to toggle back and forth between collapsed and expanded views. 6.14 Switch to Split Transaction View To select Split Transaction View: button on the toolbar. 1. Click the The Trace View screen is re-drawn to display Split Transactions. -
Page 448: Switch To Transfer View
Teledyne LeCroy Switch to Transfer View 6.15 Switch to Transfer View A Transfer is defined in the USB specification as one or more transactions between a software client and its function. USB transfers can be one of four kinds: Control, Interrupt, Bulk, and Isochronous. The system can display all four types. The default display mode is Packet View. Before you can view decoded transfers, you must switch from Packet View (or Transaction View) to Transfer View. To select Transfer View: on the toolbar. 1. Click The Trace View screen is re-drawn to display Transfers. Selecting Transfer Level adds a check next to this menu item. If you want to return to Packet Note: View, open the menu and reselect Transfer Level. This action removes the check and returns the display to Packet View. You can also switch to Transfer View from the Menu Bar: 1. Select Display Options under Setup to display the Display Options General window: 2. Check Transfer. 3. Click OK. 6.15.1 View Decoded Transfers After you set Display Options, the Trace View screen is re-drawn to display decoded transfers in the colors and format you selected. Figure 6.57: Decoded Transfers USB Protocol Suite User Manual www.valuetronics.com... -
Page 449: Expanded And Collapsed Transfers
Teledyne L eCroy Switch to Transfer View When you instruct the Analyzer to display USB transfers, the components of each transfer are collected from the current recording and are grouped below each decoded transfer. Each transfer row shows a transfer with a unique numeration, a label, and color-coded decoding of important data. Note: If CRC errors are found in a DATAx (2.0) packet or a DP (3.2) packet, the data in that packet will not be promoted to the Transaction, Transfer, and so on, levels above, since it is assumed that the data will be re-sent. The data count will show as 0 Bytes. 6.15.2 Expanded and Collapsed Transfers You can expand a specific transfer to view its parts, which are grouped and indented below the transfer. To expand a transfer: 1. Right-click the transfer number you wish to view to display the Expand Transfer menu: Figure 6.58: Expand This Transfer Menu Option 2. Select Expand This USB Transfer to display the selected transfer in expanded format. Figure 6.59: Transfer Displayed in Expanded Format Note: The Expand/Collapse transfer feature operates as a toggle: when one format is active, the other ... -
Page 450: Decoding Protocol-Specific Fields In Transactions And Transfers
Teledyne LeCroy Switch to Transfer View To collapse a transfer, perform the same operation and select Collapse This USB Transfer. Note that you can choose to expand or collapse Only the selected Transfer All Transfers It is not necessary to use the Expand/Collapse Transfers menu to shift between expanded and collapsed views of a transfers. You can double-click the Transfer number field to toggle back and forth between collapsed and expanded views. 6.15.3 Decoding Protocol-Specific Fields in Transactions and Transfers When transfers or transactions are displayed, the fields in setup transactions and in control, interrupt, and Bulk transfers do not get decoded (by default) and are shown in hexadecimal values. The exceptions are setup transactions and control transfers for standard USB device requests, which are always decoded. To show specific decoding for class- and vendor-specific device requests and endpoints, you have to use the decoding association mechanism that is described in Chapter 9 on decoding. When you have performed the association, you see the protocol-specific fields of transfers and transactions decoded in the trace view. 6.15.4 USB4 Transfer View USB4 transfer view combines configuration layer request/responses as a new layer and provides decoding of data transferred. To be able to see USB4 transfers you should select Transfer Level view from toolbar. - Page 451 Teledyne L eCroy Switch to Transfer View Figure 6.60: USB4 Transfer View of Trace USB Protocol Suite software is able to automatically assign correct configuration space type of transfers, however if required information for this is not available, software will provide a feature that user can assign CS type to transfer to see fields decoded base on assigned type. See Figure 6.61 on page 428 , which shows available options for assigning CS Type. USB Protocol Suite User Manual 427 www.valuetronics.com...
-
Page 452: Decoding Power Delivery Transfers
Teledyne LeCroy Switch to Transfer View Figure 6.61: USB4 Configuration Space: Options 6.15.5 Decoding Power Delivery Transfers icon on the toolbar to find Power Delivery Transfers. See You can also use the Transfer Figure 6.52 on page 421 USB Protocol Suite User Manual www.valuetronics.com... - Page 453 Teledyne L eCroy Switch to Transfer View Figure 6.62: Power Delivery Transfers USB Protocol Suite User Manual 429 www.valuetronics.com...
-
Page 454: Switch To Ptp Transactions
Teledyne LeCroy Switch to PTP Transactions 6.16 Switch to PTP Transactions The Analyzer supports the Picture Transfer Protocol (PTP) and also supports the Media Transfer Protocol (MTP), which is an extension of PTP. The Analyzer can track PTP transactions, object transfers, and sessions. A transaction is a standard sequence of phases for invoking an action. In PTP, an Initiator-initiated action provides input parameters, responses with parameters, and binary data exchange, and is a single PTP Transaction. Also, a single Asynchronous Event sent through the interrupt pipe is a single PTP Transaction. The PTP Transaction trace viewing level is the lowest PTP level. To view PTP transactions, switch to the PTP Transaction trace viewing level: on the toolbar. Click Select View > PTP Group > PTP Transaction Level. Select Setup > Display Options to display the Display Options window, check PTP Transaction, and then click OK. 6.17 Switch to PTP Object Transfers A logical object on a device has a unique 32-bit identifier (object handle). The object handle is also ... -
Page 455: Switch To Ptp Sessions
Teledyne L eCroy Switch to PTP Sessions 6.18 Switch to PTP Sessions A session is a state of persisting communication between a device and a host during which the connection is continuous and the login and other communication parameters do not change. A session begins with an OpenSession operation, which establishes the communications connection and parameters, and ends with a CloseSession operation. A session contains all object transfers (and their transactions), plus all transactions that do not belong to object transfers, between an OpenSession operation and a CloseSession operation. For PTP, all PTP Object Transfers and all PTP Transactions that occur from the OpenSession operation to the CloseSession operation is a single PTP Session. The PTP Session trace viewing level is the highest PTP level. To view PTP sessions, switch to the PTP Session trace viewing level: on the toolbar. Click Select View > PTP Group > PTP Session Level. Select Setup > Display Options to display the Display Options window, check PTP Session, and then click OK. USB Protocol Suite User Manual 431 www.valuetronics.com... -
Page 456: Switch To Scsi Operations
Teledyne LeCroy Switch to SCSI Operations 6.19 Switch to SCSI Operations To view SCSI operations, switch to SCSI Operations viewing level: on the toolbar. Click Select View > SCSI Operation Level. Select Setup > Display Options to display the Display Options window, check SCSI Operation, and then click OK. 6.19.1 SCSI Metrics The SCSI Metrics are: Address Number Of Transfers: Total number of transfers that compose the SCSI opera- tion Response Time: Time to transmit on the USB link, from the beginning of the first transfer in the SCSI operation to the end of the last transfer in the SCSI operation Latency: Time from the transmission of the SCSI command to the first data trans- ... -
Page 457: Switch To Usb4 Operations
Teledyne L eCroy Switch to USB4 Operations 6.20 Switch to USB4 Operations This view provides a new layer to combine related USB4 transfers for a router/port operation and decode operation layer fields based on combined payload from USB4 transfers. To view USB4 operations, switch to USB4 Operations viewing level: on the toolbar. Click Select View > Level Viewing > USB4 Operation Level. Select Setup > Display Options to display the Display Options window, check USB4 Operation, and then click OK. Note: In this release of software only 'DROM Read' operation decoding is supported. A sample trace with USB4 Operations with DROM READ decoded is shown in Figure 6.63. Figure 6.63: USB4 Operations: DROM Read USB Protocol Suite User Manual 433 www.valuetronics.com... -
Page 458: Compressed Catc Trace View
Teledyne LeCroy Compressed CATC Trace View 6.21 Compressed CATC Trace View The Compressed CATC Trace view shows fields in the format “Attribute: Value”, whereas the normal CATC View shows the attribute name on top and the value below. The Compressed CATC Trace view has almost all the information of the normal CATC View and behaves mostly the same way, while displaying more information on each window (see Figure 6.64 on page 434). To compress the CATC Trace: on the toolbar. Click Select View > Trace Views > Compressed CATC Trace. Figure 6.64: Compressed CATC Trace on the toolbar to return to the normal CATC Trace View, or Click Select View > Trace Views > CATC Trace. 6.22 Spreadsheet View You can view the CATC Trace as a spreadsheet in color or black and white (see Figure 6.65 on ... - Page 459 Teledyne L eCroy Spreadsheet View Select View > Trace Views > Spreadsheet (Color). Figure 6.65: Spreadsheet View (Color) on the toolbar, or Click Select View > Trace Views > Spreadsheet (B/W). See Figure 6.66 on page 435. Figure 6.66: Spreadsheet View (Black And White) USB Protocol Suite User Manual 435 www.valuetronics.com...
-
Page 460: Columns
Teledyne LeCroy Spreadsheet View 6.22.1 Columns To add a column, right-click a column header, select Add Column, and then select the column name. You can also add a column by dragging the attribute field (in the left column) from the Detail View into the Spreadsheet View. To delete a column, right-click a column header and then select Remove Column. To reposition a column, drag the column header to the new position. To resize columns, select the column divider and drag the divider to the right or left. 6.22.2 Rows To manipulate rows, right-click the left-most column gray area to display the following commands: Display Options Opens the Display Options menu (see “Display Options” on page 513). CATC Walk See and manage playlists. (see “CATC Walk Playlist” on page 397). Real-time Statistics Allows you to view traffic statistics as they occur. See “Real Time Monitoring” on page 638. USB 3.0 5Gbps Electrical Displays the USB3 Electrical Test dialog. Test (see “USB 3.0 5Gbps SS Electrical Test Modes” on page 718). Trace Views Displays CATC Trace, Compressed CATC Trace, Spreadsheet (Color), or Spreadsheet (B/W). Unhide fields Unhide previously hidden Traffic, VBus Power, PD Preamble, CC1 Left Power, CC2 Left Power, CC1 Right Power, CC2 Right Power, USB4 SB CRC, USB4 Reserved, USB4 CRC or Unhide All. Zoom In Increases the size of the displayed elements. Zoom Out Decreases the size of the displayed elements. Wrap Wraps displayed packets within the window. - Page 461 Teledyne L eCroy Spreadsheet View Hiding Traffic from Right Hide L0, Hide L1, Hide LB, Hide PD/USB4 SB DUT / Voyager [Exerciser] by Lane Hiding USB 2.0 Traffic Hides. SOF’s: Start of Frames Chirps: Chirp-K and Chirp-J Bus conditions (these are recorded only) Hiding USB 3.2 Traffic Hides: Training Sequence Packets - TSEQ, TS1/TS2 Hide Link Commands - LUP/LDN, Flow Control, Power Management Bus Event - Hide LFPS Packets, Hide Electrical Idles, Hide Terminations Miscellaneous - Hide LMP Packets, Hide ISO Time Stamp Packets, Hide Inter- Packet Symbols, Hide Skip Sequences, Hide Logical Idle Packets, Hide Loopback Packets (BCNT, BRST, BERC), Hide Compliance Packets Hide LTSSM Transition Indicators USB Protocol Suite User Manual 437 www.valuetronics.com...
- Page 462 Teledyne LeCroy Spreadsheet View Hide USB4 (or TBT) Traffic Hides USB4 Sideband Traffic Hide USB4 Traffic Hide/Show Ordered Sets (Hide SLOS1/SLOS2) (Hide TS1/TS2) Hide/Show Control Packets (Hide Control Packets) (Read Request) (Read Response) (Write Request) (Write Response) (Notification) (Notification Ack) (Hot Plug Event) (Inter-Domain Request) (Inter-Domain Response) ( Hide/Show Link Management Packets (Hide Link Management Packets_) (Credit Grant) (Path Credit Sync) (Shared Buffers Credit Sync) Hide/Show Time Sync Packets (Hide Time Sync Packets) (Follow Up) (Inter Domain TS) Hide/Show Miscellaneous Traffic (Hide SKP/Idle/USS/IPS/LFPS) Hide/Show Upstream Hop IDs (Hop ID 0/Hop ID 1/Hop ID3/Hop ID 8) Hide/Show Downstream Hop IDs (Hop ID 0/Hop ID 1/Hop ID3/Hop ID 8) Hide/Show Tunneled PCIe (Show/Hide Update_FC) See “Export: USB4 Tunneled DP Traffic to DP Native Trace” on page 198. Hiding Power Delivery Hide Unknown Packets Traffic ...
- Page 463 Teledyne L eCroy Spreadsheet View Hide USB2 NAK’s/USB3 Shows/Hides USB2 NAK’d Transactions and USB3 Failed Transactions Failed Hide Non-Data Transaction Shows/Hides all Non-Data Traffic View Layers Mode Display All Layers, Application Layers, or Lower USB Layers. Stacking View Puts a group of packets in one row, to shorten display. See “Stacking” on page 407. Apply Decoding Scripts Decoding scripts set the values of the display and recording options for optimum views of trace information from specific vendors or classes of data. This menu option allows you to select the vendor or class of data for the request recipients and endpoints listed in the Request Recipients and Endpoints menu. You can keep the settings across recordings. See “Decode Requests” on page 527. Enable Sync Traces Synchronizes views between synced traces. See “Enable Sync Traces (used with Hub Compliance)” on page 441. Level Viewing Displays Packet Level Displays PHY Transaction Level Displays Transaction Level Displays Split Transaction Level Displays Transfer Level PTP Group PTP Transaction Level displays PTP Transactions PTP Object Transfer Level displays PTP Objects PTP Session Level displays PTP Sessions Displays SCSI Operation Level Refresh Decoding Forces the software to re-decode transactions and transfers. Useful if you ...
-
Page 464: Detail View And Spreadsheet View
Teledyne LeCroy Spreadsheet View 6.22.3 Detail View and Spreadsheet View In the Spreadsheet View, double-click a packet, transaction, or transfer, or or on the toolbar, to display select a field and then select Report > Detail View or click the Detail View (see Figure 6.67 on page 440). Figure 6.67: Detail View in Spreadsheet View To put a Detail View header in the Spreadsheet View, drag the header to a column divider in the Spreadsheet View. USB Protocol Suite User Manual www.valuetronics.com... -
Page 465: Enable Sync Traces (Used With Hub Compliance)
Teledyne L eCroy Enable Sync Traces (used with Hub Compliance) 6.23 Enable Sync Traces (used with Hub Compliance) will cause the upstream and downstream traces to be This button time synchronized for scrolling, etc. This will only work on traces which are recorded at the same time by two Analyzers during Hub Compliance testing, as the Compliance program identifies and marks both traces as being recorded simultaneously during a particular test scenario. In the first example two traces have been loaded but “Enable Sync Traces” is not turned on. See Figure 6.68. Time: 0.171876430 Time: 0.000491406 “Enable Sync Traces” is not turned on Figure 6.68: Two Traces Loaded button on the View Menu (“View Menu” on Now select the page 181). The result can be seen below in Figure 6.69 on page 442. The two views will remain time-synchronized when scrolling or when moving to a different packet via selection or searching. This feature is limited to packets which are captured close to each other in time. Note: USB Protocol Suite User Manual 441 www.valuetronics.com... - Page 466 Teledyne LeCroy Enable Sync Traces (used with Hub Compliance) Time: 0.087498942 Time: 0.087496118 “Enable Sync Traces” is Enabled Figure 6.69: Two Traces Loaded USB Protocol Suite User Manual www.valuetronics.com...
-
Page 467: Edit Comment
Teledyne L eCroy Edit Comment 6.24 Edit Comment You can create, view, or edit the 100-character comment field associated with each Trace file. Explorer if the Comments attribute is included in the ® These comments are visible in the Windows Details view. 1. Select Edit Comment under File on the Menu Bar. You see the Edit comment for trace file window: Figure 6.70: Edit Comments For Trace File Dialog 2. Create, view, or edit the comment. 3. Click OK. You can view comments in Windows Explorer by selecting the Comments attribute. USB Protocol Suite User Manual 443 www.valuetronics.com... - Page 468 Teledyne LeCroy Edit Comment USB Protocol Suite User Manual www.valuetronics.com...
-
Page 469: Chapter 7: Searching Traces
Chapter 7 Searching Traces The Search feature provides several options for searching through recorded traffic, allowing you to find specific packets based on triggering status, packet number, marking, or content. To view the Search options: Click Search in the Menu bar to display the Search drop-down menu: Figure 7.1: Search Drop-down Menu USB Protocol Suite User Manual 445 www.valuetronics.com... -
Page 470: Go To Trigger
Teledyne LeCroy Go to Trigger Go to Trigger Note: Go to Trigger is enabled only when a trigger has created the traffic file. To display a Trigger Event: Select Go to Trigger under Search on the Menu Bar. The Trace View is repositioned to the first packet following the Trigger event. This packet is at the top of the screen. The resulting item will be shown as selected in the view. Packet Selection works with Go to Trigger. Go to Selected Packet To display a selected packet select Go to Selected Packet under Search on the Menu Bar. Go to Packet/Transaction/Transfer To display a specific packet: 1. From the menu bar, select the command Search > Go to Packet/Transaction/Transfer to display the Go to Packet/Transaction/Transfer window: Figure 7.2: Go To Packet/Transaction/Transfer Dialog 2. -
Page 471: Go To Usb 2.0
Teledyne L eCroy Go To USB 2.0 Figure 7.3: Go To Marker Menu Option 2. Select the desired packet from the displayed list. The Trace View is repositioned with the selected packet at the top of your screen. The resulting item will be shown as selected in the view. The Go to Marker feature functions in conjunction with the Set Marker feature. The comments Note: within the parentheses following each marked packet are added or edited with the Set Marker feature. Please refer to “Markers” on page 385. You can use Ctrl+M to go immediately to the All Markers dialog. Packet Selection works with Go to Marker. Go To USB 2.0 The Go To USB 2.0 feature takes you directly to an event in a Trace. 1. Select Go To USB 2.0 under Search on the Menu Bar to display the Go To USB 2.0 drop-down menu. For USB 2.0 data, the menu is: Figure 7.4: Go To USB 2.0 Menu Option 2. -
Page 472: Packet Ids (Pids)
Teledyne LeCroy Go To USB 2.0 7.5.1 Packet IDs (PIDs) Figure 7.5: Packet IDs Select the type of packet to which you want to go. 7.5.2 ANY Error Repositions the trace to show the next instance of any error. You can press Ctrl+Shift+2 to go to the first error of any type. 7.5.3 Errors The Errors menu allows you to search for five different types of error: PID, CRC5, CRC16, Packet Length, and Stuff Bits. Menu items appear in bold if they are present in the trace or are grayed out if not present in the trace (see Figure 7.6 on page 449). USB Protocol Suite User Manual www.valuetronics.com... -
Page 473: Data Length
Teledyne L eCroy Go To USB 2.0 Figure 7.6: Errors Menu Option You can press Shift+E to go to the first error of any type. 7.5.4 Data Length Allows you to search for data packets of particular lengths. Lengths are displayed in Bytes in a drop down menu as shown below. Selecting a length causes the display to move to the next instance of that packet length. USB Protocol Suite User Manual 449 www.valuetronics.com... -
Page 474: Addr & Endp
Teledyne LeCroy Go To USB 2.0 Figure 7.7: Data Length Menu Option 7.5.5 Addr & Endp The Addr & Endp feature allows you to search for the next packet which contains a particular address and endpoint. All available address endpoint combinations are displayed in the pull down menu. USB Protocol Suite User Manual www.valuetronics.com... -
Page 475: Bus Conditions
Teledyne L eCroy Go To USB 2.0 Figure 7.8: Addr & Endp Menu Option 7.5.6 Bus Conditions Allows you to search by bus conditions such as traffic speed, reset, and suspend. All available bus conditions are displayed in the pull down menu. USB Protocol Suite User Manual 451 www.valuetronics.com... - Page 476 Teledyne LeCroy Go To USB 2.0 Figure 7.9: Bus Conditions Menu Option USB Protocol Suite User Manual www.valuetronics.com...
-
Page 477: Split Hubaddr & Port
Teledyne L eCroy Go To USB 2.0 7.5.7 Split HubAddr & Port Allows you to go to a split hub address and port. Figure 7.10: Split HubAddr & Port Menu Option 7.5.8 On-the-Go Allows you to search for On-the-go attributes. The On-the-Go submenu contains entries for: HNP: Host Negotiation Protocol SRP: Session Request Protocol Host: A: Hosts with an A plug Host: B: Hosts with a B plug USB Protocol Suite User Manual 453 www.valuetronics.com... -
Page 478: Transfer Standard Request Type
Teledyne LeCroy Go To USB 2.0 Figure 7.11: On-the-Go Menu Option 7.5.9 Transfer Standard Request Type Allows you to search for Transfer Standard Request Type attributes. Transfer Standard Request Type Figure 7.12: Option 7.5.10 Transfer Hub Class Request Type Allows you to search for Transfer Hub Class Request Type attributes. USB Protocol Suite User Manual www.valuetronics.com... -
Page 479: Transfer Type
Teledyne L eCroy Go To USB 2.0 Transfer Hub Class Request Type Option Figure 7.13: 7.5.11 Transfer Type Allows you to search for Transfer Type attributes. Transfer Type Figure 7.14: Option USB Protocol Suite User Manual 455 www.valuetronics.com... -
Page 480: Go To Usb 3.2
Teledyne LeCroy Go To USB 3.2 Go To USB 3.2 The Go To USB 3.2 feature takes you directly to an event in a Trace. 1. Select Go To USB 3.2 under Search on the Menu Bar to display the Go To USB 3.2 drop-down menu. For 3.2 data, the menu is: Figure 7.15: Go To USB 3.2 Menu Option 2. Select the event you want to go to and enter the necessary information. The resulting item will be shown as selected in the view. USB Protocol Suite User Manual www.valuetronics.com... -
Page 481: Packet Type
Teledyne L eCroy Go To USB 3.2 7.6.1 Packet Type Figure 7.16: Packet Type Menu Option Select the Packet Type to which you want to go. USB Protocol Suite User Manual 457 www.valuetronics.com... -
Page 482: Lfps Type
Teledyne LeCroy Go To USB 3.2 7.6.2 LFPS Type Figure 7.17: LFPS Type Menu Option Select the LFPS Subtype to which you want to go. USB Protocol Suite User Manual www.valuetronics.com... -
Page 483: Deferred Packet
Teledyne L eCroy Go To USB 3.2 7.6.3 Deferred Packet Figure 7.18: Deferred Packet Menu Option USB Protocol Suite User Manual 459 www.valuetronics.com... -
Page 484: Any Error/Warning
Teledyne LeCroy Go To USB 3.2 7.6.4 ANY Error/Warning Repositions the trace to show the next instance of any error or Warning. You can press Ctrl+Shift+3 to go to the first error of any type. Figure 7.19: Any Error /Warning Menu Option USB Protocol Suite User Manual www.valuetronics.com... -
Page 485: Specific Errors/Warnings
Teledyne L eCroy Go To USB 3.2 7.6.5 Specific Errors/Warnings Figure 7.20: Specific Errors/Warnings Menu Option Select the specific error or warning to which you want to go. Note: Seq Number Error refers to Transaction Sequence Numbers (0 to 31), not to Link Control Word (LCW) sequences. USB Protocol Suite User Manual 461 www.valuetronics.com... -
Page 486: Data Length
Teledyne LeCroy Go To USB 3.2 7.6.6 Data Length Figure 7.21: Data Length Menu Option Select the data length to which you want to go. USB Protocol Suite User Manual www.valuetronics.com... -
Page 487: Address And Endpoint
Teledyne L eCroy Go To USB 3.2 7.6.7 Address and Endpoint Figure 7.22: Address and Endpoint Menu Option Select the address and endpoint to which you want to go. USB Protocol Suite User Manual 463 www.valuetronics.com... -
Page 488: Header Packet Type
Teledyne LeCroy Go To USB 3.2 7.6.8 Header Packet Type Figure 7.23: Header Packet Type Menu Option Select the header packet type to which you want to go. USB Protocol Suite User Manual www.valuetronics.com... -
Page 489: Link Command
Teledyne L eCroy Go To USB 3.2 7.6.9 Link Command Figure 7.24: Link Command Menu Option Select the link command to which you want to go. USB Protocol Suite User Manual 465 www.valuetronics.com... -
Page 490: Lmp Subtype
Teledyne LeCroy Go To USB 3.2 7.6.10 LMP Subtype Figure 7.25: LMP Subtype Menu Option Select the LMP Subtype to which you want to go. USB Protocol Suite User Manual www.valuetronics.com... -
Page 491: Transaction Packet Type
Teledyne L eCroy Go To USB 3.2 7.6.11 Transaction Packet Type Figure 7.26: Transaction Packet Type Menu Option Select the Transaction Packet Type to which you want to go. USB Protocol Suite User Manual 467 www.valuetronics.com... -
Page 492: Phy Transaction Type
Teledyne LeCroy Go To USB 3.2 7.6.12 PHY Transaction Type Figure 7.27: PHY Transaction Type Select the PHY Transaction Type to which you want to go. USB Protocol Suite User Manual www.valuetronics.com... -
Page 493: Lgo Transaction Type
Teledyne L eCroy Go To USB 3.2 7.6.13 LGO Transaction Type Figure 7.28: LGO Transaction Type Options Select the LGO Transaction Type to which you want to go. USB Protocol Suite User Manual 469 www.valuetronics.com... -
Page 494: Transfer Standard Request Type
Teledyne LeCroy Go To USB 3.2 7.6.14 Transfer Standard Request Type Allows you to search for Transfer Standard Request Type attributes. Figure 7.29: Transfer Standard Request Type Option USB Protocol Suite User Manual www.valuetronics.com... -
Page 495: Transfer Hub Class Request Type
Teledyne L eCroy Go To USB 3.2 7.6.15 Transfer Hub Class Request Type Allows you to search for Transfer Hub Class Request Type attributes. Transfer Hub Class Request Type Options Figure 7.30: USB Protocol Suite User Manual 471 www.valuetronics.com... -
Page 496: Transfer Type
Teledyne LeCroy Go To USB 3.2 7.6.16 Transfer Type Allows you to search for Transfer Type attributes. Transfer Type Figure 7.31: Option USB Protocol Suite User Manual www.valuetronics.com... -
Page 497: Go To Power Delivery
Teledyne L eCroy Go To Power Delivery Go To Power Delivery The following types of packets can be searched for by the USB Protocol Suite software. 7.7.1 Power Delivery: Control Message Figure 7.32: Power Delivery: Control Message You can search for specific types of power delivery control messages. USB Protocol Suite User Manual 473 www.valuetronics.com... -
Page 498: Power Delivery: Data Message
Teledyne LeCroy Go To Power Delivery 7.7.2 Power Delivery: Data Message Figure 7.33: Power Delivery: Data Message You can search on specific types of power delivery data messages. 7.7.3 Power Delivery: Reset Figure 7.34: Power Delivery: Reset You can search on specific types of power delivery resets. USB Protocol Suite User Manual www.valuetronics.com... -
Page 499: Power Delivery: Other
Teledyne L eCroy Go To Power Delivery 7.7.4 Power Delivery: Other Figure 7.35: Power Delivery: Other Types of Events You can search on other types of power delivery events. USB Protocol Suite User Manual 475 www.valuetronics.com... -
Page 500: Power Delivery: Transaction Type
Teledyne LeCroy Go To Power Delivery 7.7.5 Power Delivery: Transaction Type Figure 7.36: Power Delivery: Transaction Types You can search on specific types of power delivery transaction types. USB Protocol Suite User Manual www.valuetronics.com... -
Page 501: Power Delivery: Transfer Types
Teledyne L eCroy Go To Power Delivery 7.7.6 Power Delivery: Transfer Types Figure 7.37: Power Delivery: Transfer Types You can search on a wide variety of power delivery transfer types. USB Protocol Suite User Manual 477 www.valuetronics.com... -
Page 502: Power Delivery: Any Error
Teledyne LeCroy Go To Power Delivery 7.7.7 Power Delivery: Any Error Figure 7.38: Power Delivery: Any Error You can search on any type of power delivery error. USB Protocol Suite User Manual www.valuetronics.com... -
Page 503: Power Delivery: Specific Error Or Warning
Teledyne L eCroy Go To Power Delivery 7.7.8 Power Delivery: Specific Error or Warning Figure 7.39: Power Delivery: Specific Error or Warning You can search on a specific type of power delivery error or warning. USB Protocol Suite User Manual 479 www.valuetronics.com... -
Page 504: Power Delivery: Cc (Configuration Channel) Event
Teledyne LeCroy Go To Power Delivery 7.7.9 Power Delivery: CC (Configuration Channel) Event Figure 7.40: Power Delivery: Configuration Channel (CC) Events You can search for a specific configuration channel event: PD Control Message PD Data Message PD Reset PD Other PD Transaction Type PD Transfer Type PD Any Error PD Specific Error/Warning CC Event USB Protocol Suite User Manual www.valuetronics.com... -
Page 505: Go To Channel
Teledyne L eCroy Go To Channel Go To Channel Allows you to search for traffic by 1 (Classic-Speed) or 0 (Hi-Speed). The following types of packets can be searched for by the USB Protocol Suite software. Figure 7.41: Channel Menu Option Go To SCSI The Go To SCSI feature takes you to a SCSI Operation, Command Status, Task Management, Task Management Response, Error or SCSI Logical Unit Number. The following types of packets can be searched for by the USB Protocol Suite software. 7.9.1 Go To SCSI Menu Selection Example Figure 7.42: Go To SCSI Menu Selection Example USB Protocol Suite User Manual 481 www.valuetronics.com... -
Page 506: Scsi Command Status
Teledyne LeCroy Go To SCSI 7.9.2 SCSI Command Status Figure 7.43: SCSI: Command Status 7.9.3 SCSI Error Figure 7.44: SCSI: Error -> SCSI Op Status USB Protocol Suite User Manual www.valuetronics.com... -
Page 507: Scsi Logical Unit
Teledyne L eCroy Go To SCSI 7.9.4 SCSI Logical Unit Figure 7.45: SCSI: Error -> SCSI Op Status USB Protocol Suite User Manual 483 www.valuetronics.com... -
Page 508: Scsi Data Length
Teledyne LeCroy Go To SCSI 7.9.5 SCSI Data Length Figure 7.46: SCSI: SCSI Data Length USB Protocol Suite User Manual www.valuetronics.com... -
Page 509: Go To Display Port
Teledyne L eCroy Go to Display Port 7.10 Go to Display Port The following types of packets can be searched for by the USB Protocol Suite software. Figure 7.47: Go to Display Port: Packets 7.10.1 Display Port: Transaction Type Figure 7.48: Go to Display Port: Transaction Type USB Protocol Suite User Manual 485 www.valuetronics.com... -
Page 510: Display Port: Transfer Type
Teledyne LeCroy Go to USB4 SB 7.10.2 Display Port: Transfer Type Figure 7.49: Go to Display Port: Transfer Type 7.11 Go to USB4 SB The following types of packets can be searched for by the USB Protocol Suite software. Figure 7.50: Go to USB4 SB You can search for several types of USB3 Sideband (SB) Packets: AT: See Figure 7.51 on page 487. RT: See Figure 7.52 on page 487. LT: See Figure 7.53 on page 488 Events: See Figure 7.54 on page 488. USB Protocol Suite User Manual www.valuetronics.com... -
Page 511: Go To Usb4 Sb: At
Teledyne L eCroy Go to USB4 SB 7.11.1 Go to USB4 SB: AT Figure 7.51: Go to USB4: AT 7.11.2 Go to USB4 SB: RT Figure 7.52: Go to USB4: RT USB Protocol Suite User Manual 487 www.valuetronics.com... -
Page 512: Go To Usb4 Sb: Lt
Teledyne LeCroy Go to USB4 SB 7.11.3 Go to USB4 SB: LT Figure 7.53: Go to USB4: LT 7.11.4 Go to USB4 SB: Events Figure 7.54: Go to USB4: Events USB Protocol Suite User Manual www.valuetronics.com... -
Page 513: Go To Usb4 Rx/Tx
Teledyne L eCroy Go to USB4 Rx/Tx 7.12 Go to USB4 Rx/Tx The following types of packets can be searched for by the USB Protocol Suite software. 7.12.1 Ordered Sets Figure 7.55: Go to USB4 Rx/Tx USB Protocol Suite User Manual 489 www.valuetronics.com... -
Page 514: Control Packets
Teledyne LeCroy Go to USB4 Rx/Tx 7.12.2 Control Packets Figure 7.56: Go to USB4 Rx/Tx: Control Packets 7.12.3 Link Management Packets Figure 7.57: Go to USB4 Rx/Tx: Link Management Packets USB Protocol Suite User Manual www.valuetronics.com... -
Page 515: Time Sync Packets
Teledyne L eCroy Go to USB4 Rx/Tx 7.12.4 Time Sync Packets Figure 7.58: Go to USB4 Rx/Tx: Time Sync Packets USB Protocol Suite User Manual 491 www.valuetronics.com... -
Page 516: Uss (Usb Smooth Stepper)
Teledyne LeCroy Go to USB4 Rx/Tx 7.12.5 USS (USB Smooth Stepper) Figure 7.59: Go to USB4 Rx/Tx: USS 7.12.6 IPS (In Plane Switching) Figure 7.60: Go to USB4 Rx/Tx: IPS USB Protocol Suite User Manual www.valuetronics.com... -
Page 517: Lfps (Low Frequency Periodic Signaling)
Teledyne L eCroy Go to Tunneled PCIe 7.12.7 LFPS (Low Frequency Periodic Signaling) Figure 7.61: Go to USB4 Rx/Tx: LFPS 7.13 Go to Tunneled PCIe Figure 7.62: Go to Tunneled PCIe: TLP, DLLP or Ordered Sets USB Protocol Suite User Manual 493 www.valuetronics.com... -
Page 518: Tlp
Teledyne LeCroy Go to Tunneled PCIe 7.13.1 TLP Go to Tunneled PCIe: TLPs USB Protocol Suite User Manual www.valuetronics.com... -
Page 519: Dllps
Teledyne L eCroy Go to Tunneled PCIe 7.13.2 DLLPs Go to Tunneled PCIe: DLLPs USB Protocol Suite User Manual 495 www.valuetronics.com... -
Page 520: Ordered Set
Teledyne LeCroy Go to Tunneled USB3 7.13.3 Ordered Set Go to Tunneled PCIe: Ordered Set 7.14 Go to Tunneled USB3 7.14.1 Packet Types There are a wide variety of Tunneled USB3 Packets Types you can search for. See Figure 7.63. Figure 7.63: Go to Tunneled USB3: Packet Type You can select from the following types of Packets to search for: LFPS Link Command Header Packet Data Packet 7.14.2 LFPS Type Traffic There are a wide variety of Tunneled USB3 LFPS Type traffic you can search for. See Figure 7.64. -
Page 521: Header Packet Type Traffic
Teledyne L eCroy Go to Tunneled USB3 Figure 7.64: Go to Tunneled USB3: LFPS Type traffic You can select from the following types of LFPS traffic to search for: Warm Reset Polling U2 LoopBack Exit U3 Wake Up LBPM LFPS-1 7.14.3 Header Packet Type Traffic There are a wide variety of Tunneled USB3 Header Packet Type traffic you can search for. See Figure 7.65. Figure 7.65: Go to Tunneled USB3:Header Packet Type traffic You can select from the following types of LFPS traffic to search for: Link Management Packet ... -
Page 522: Lmp Subtype Traffic
Teledyne LeCroy Go to Tunneled USB3 Figure 7.66: Go to Tunneled USB3: Link Command traffic You can select from the following types of Link Command traffic to search for: LGOOD LBAD LCRD LRTY LG0_U2 LG0_U3 LPMA 7.14.5 LMP Subtype Traffic There are a wide variety of Tunneled USB3 LMP Subtype traffic you can search for. See Figure 7.67 on page 499. USB Protocol Suite User Manual www.valuetronics.com... -
Page 523: Transaction Packet Type Traffic
Teledyne L eCroy Go to Tunneled USB3 Figure 7.67: Go to Tunneled USB: LMP Subtype traffic You can select from the following types of traffic to search for: LMP Subtype Set Link Function U2 Inactivity Timeout Vendor Device Test Port Capability Port Configuration Port Config Response 7.14.6 Transaction Packet Type Traffic There are a wide variety of Tunneled USB3 Transaction Packet Type traffic you can search for. See Figure 7.68 on page 500. USB Protocol Suite User Manual 499 www.valuetronics.com... -
Page 524: Data Packet Type Traffic
Teledyne LeCroy Go to Tunneled USB3 Figure 7.68: Go to Tunneled USB: Transaction Packet Type traffic You can select from the following types of traffic to search for: Transaction Packet Type NRDY ERDY STATUS STALL DEV_NOTIFICATION PING PING_RESPONSE 7.14.7 Data Packet Type Traffic There are a wide variety of Tunneled USB3 Data Packet Type traffic you can search for. See Figure 7.69 on page 501. USB Protocol Suite User Manual www.valuetronics.com... - Page 525 Teledyne L eCroy Go to Tunneled USB3 Figure 7.69: Go to Tunneled USB: Data Packet Type traffic You can select from the following types of traffic to search for: Data Packet Type Start DP Segment Middle DP Segment End DP Segment USB Protocol Suite User Manual 501 www.valuetronics.com...
-
Page 526: Find
Teledyne LeCroy Find 7.15 Find Find allows searches on an open trace using one or more criteria. You can search by packet, transactions, split transaction, transfer, packet type, and fields within packets. You can also search for Standard and Hub Request Types. 7.15.1 Using the Find Function on the toolbar. To run Find, select Search > Find or by click Searches can combine criteria using the options Intersection and Union. Intersection creates AND statements such as “Find all packets with x and y.” Union creates OR statements such as “Find all packets with x OR y.” You can also perform searches in which packets or events are excluded from a trace, using the Exclusion option. To perform a search: 1. Select Find... under Search on the Menu Bar in the Tool Bar. Click You see the User-Defined Find Events screen: Figure 7.70: Find Dialog. 2. If the file has both USB 2.0 and USB 3.2 traffic, select either of these technologies in the Protocol area (upper right): USB 2.0, USB 3.2 or Power Delivery. USB Protocol Suite User Manual www.valuetronics.com... - Page 527 Teledyne L eCroy Find 3. Select Packets, Transactions, Split Transactions, Transfers, PTP/MTP Transactions, PTP/MTP Objects, PTP/MTP Sessions, or SCSI Operations from the top left list box to list that type of event in the Events Group box. 4. Select one or more events from the Events Group box: Address/Endpoint Address/RPipe Bus Conditions Command Status Data Lengths Data Pattern Errors Frames Handshake Header Packet Types Link Command Types LMP Subtypes ...
- Page 528 Teledyne LeCroy Find 6. Optionally set the search Direction and Origin. 7. Optionally check to Search in Hidden. This option looks for the selected items even if you have currently hidden them. 8. Optionally check to Find All. This option opens a new Trace View window that contains ONLY the items for which you are searching. Subsequent searches or actions cannot modify this window, so it never contains any other packets. Use this option only when you want to check how many packets a specific search criterion puts in the Main Trace View. 9. Click OK. After the search finishes, the program displays the packets meeting the search criteria. The resulting item will be shown as selected in the view. Packet Selection works with Find. USB Protocol Suite User Manual www.valuetronics.com...
-
Page 529: Power Delivery And Configuration Channel (Cc) Elements
Teledyne L eCroy Find 7.15.2 Power Delivery and Configuration Channel (CC) Elements A similar mechanism is provided to find Power Delivery and CC elements. Figure 7.71: Power Delivery and CC Elements USB Protocol Suite User Manual 505 www.valuetronics.com... -
Page 530: Data Pattern Mask And Match
Teledyne LeCroy Find 7.15.3 Data Pattern Mask and Match If you select Data Pattern as the Event Group in the Find dialog, you can set the Bitmask, Mask, and Match for each bit. Figure 7.72: Data Pattern Mask and Match Dialog Bitmask and Match always correlate. When you set Bitmask or Match. the other changes to maintain their correlation. Note: If you set Bitmask/Match before setting Mask, the Mask changes to the default mask. You must change to the Mask that you want. If you set an appropriate Mask before setting Bitmask/Match, the Mask does not change automatically to a default mask if you change Bitmask/Match. USB Protocol Suite User Manual www.valuetronics.com... -
Page 531: Find Usb4 Configuration Space Transfers
Teledyne L eCroy Find 7.15.4 Find USB4 Configuration Space Transfers Open a trace with Transfer Layer traffic and click on the View Transfer Level icon . All the configuration space register accesses in traffic listed in different categories is based on the Note: configuration space type (Router/Adapter/Path/Counters). In the case shown below, the Transfer layer traffic will be displayed (see Figure 7.73). Figure 7.73: Transfer Level Traffic Displayed , which will bring up the Find dialog box, see You can then select the Find icon Figure 7.74 on page 508. USB Protocol Suite User Manual 507 www.valuetronics.com... - Page 532 Teledyne LeCroy Find Figure 7.74: Find Dialog Box As an example select: Transfers Event Groups -> Adapter and Register Type Host Int, Read: 7: Host Int, Read USB4 (or TBT3) Rx/Tx Then click on “OK”. Transfer #784 with READ, TopologyId, AdapterNum and Configuration Space will be highlighted. See Figure 7.75 on page 509. USB Protocol Suite User Manual www.valuetronics.com...
-
Page 533: Find Usb4 Operations: Drom
Teledyne L eCroy Find Figure 7.75: Transfer #784 Highlighted: Configuration Space -> Host Interface 7.15.5 Find USB4 Operations: DROM , which will bring up the Find dialog box. Then you can You can then select the Find icon then search for USB4 Operations: DROM see Figure 7.76 on page 510. USB Protocol Suite User Manual 509 www.valuetronics.com... - Page 534 Teledyne LeCroy Find Figure 7.76: Find: USB4 Operations => DROM Read => ASCII Vendor Name When you click on OK the operation with the DROM Read & ASCII Vendor Name will be highlighted in the loaded trace. See Figure 7.77 on page 511. USB Protocol Suite User Manual www.valuetronics.com...
- Page 535 Teledyne L eCroy Find Figure 7.77: Trace with DROM Read => ASCII Vendor Name highlighted USB Protocol Suite User Manual 511 www.valuetronics.com...
-
Page 536: Find Next
Teledyne LeCroy Find Next 7.16 Find Next To apply the previous Find parameters to the next search: Select Find Next under Search on the Menu Bar. on the Tool Bar. Click 7.17 Search Direction Toggles the search forward or backwards. The current search direction is indicated in the menu. USB Protocol Suite User Manual www.valuetronics.com... -
Page 537: Chapter 8: Display Options
Chapter 8 Display Options You can select what information to display in Trace Views using the Display Options window. To open the Display Options window: Select Display Options under Setup on the Menu Bar. on the Tool Bar: Click Figure 8.1: Display Options General Dialog USB Protocol Suite User Manual 513 www.valuetronics.com... -
Page 538: General Display Options
Teledyne LeCroy General Display Options You can select General, Color/Format/Hiding, and Level Hiding display options. The following sections describe these display options. General Display Options You specify the main Trace View information types and settings using General Display Options (see figure on previous page): Zoom Level: Zooms out from 100% (default) to 10% or zooms in from 100% to 200%. Enable Tips: Pops up text when you position the cursor over a field. Wrap: Wraps lines of traffic information instead of truncating lines at the right edge of the display. Hierarchy Lines: Displays lines on the left side of Trace View showing the hierar- chy from Packets to Transactions to Split Transactions to Transfers if you show higher-level decodes. Timestamp Position: Aligns the Timestamp field At the beginning (in a column on the left side of the Trace View), At the end (in a column on the left side of the Trace View), or Merge with Packet/Transaction/Translation. Selecting this option allows easier comparison with previous or following timestamps. Default when Loading Trace File - The following three features are applied only ... - Page 539 Teledyne L eCroy General Display Options Collapsing Data Fields BYTEs in collapsed data-field: Enter the number of bytes (0 to 4096) to dis- play in a collapsed data field. In this example, the value entered is eight. The collapsed field displays the first eight bytes even though the field contains 64 bytes (see Figure 8.2 on page 515). Figure 8.2: First 8 Bytes Displayed in a Field with 64 Bytes. BYTEs in expanded data-field: Enter the number of bytes (1 to 4096) to dis- play in an expanded data field. In this example, the value entered is 32. The collapsed field displays the first thirty two bytes even though the field con- tains 64 bytes. Figure 8.3: First 32 Bytes Displayed in a Field with 64 Bytes. Protocol Level to View: Displays Packet, Transaction, Split Transaction, PTP/ ...
-
Page 540: Color/Format/Hiding Display Options
Teledyne LeCroy Color/Format/Hiding Display Options Color/Format/Hiding Display Options To modify the colors, formats, and hiding options, select the Color/Format/Hiding tab. Figure 8.4: Display Options Color/Format/Hiding Dialog. USB Protocol Suite User Manual www.valuetronics.com... -
Page 541: Color Display Options
Teledyne L eCroy Color/Format/Hiding Display Options 8.2.1 Color Display Options The program uses a default set of colors for each type of data in each group of data. The colors and color combinations are appropriate for most graphic systems. You can alter any color. To specify a color for an information type, in the Color/Format/Hiding tab, select a row (such as Data) in the Group and Color column and expand it. Select a data type (such as Data Length) in the Group, then select a color in the Color section, using Standard or Custom colors. Use a bright color for each important field. Figure 8.5: Display Options Color/Format/Hiding Dialog Group and Color Pane. USB Protocol Suite User Manual 517 www.valuetronics.com... -
Page 542: Format Display Options
Teledyne LeCroy Color/Format/Hiding Display Options To customize colors, use the Custom tab. You cannot change the color of an Invalid Data (packet error) field. It is permanently set to red. Note: 8.2.2 Format Display Options For each type of data in each group of data, the program has a default data format. Examples of number data formats are Bin (binary), Dec (decimal), and Hex (hexadecimal). Examples of date and time data formats are Hex uFrame, Dec uFrame, Date & Time, Time, Bit Time, seconds, microseconds, and nanoseconds. An example of a text data format is ASCII. You can alter some data formats. To specify a data format for an information type, in the Color/Format/Hiding tab, select a row (such as Packet Fields) in the Group and Color column and expand it (see the following figure). USB Protocol Suite User Manual www.valuetronics.com... -
Page 543: Hiding Display Options
Teledyne L eCroy Color/Format/Hiding Display Options Select a data type (such as PID Types) in the Group: Select a format in the Format section. The following formats are available for PID Types: If available, select Bit Order in the Format section. The options are MSB to LSB or LSB to MSB. 8.2.3 Hiding Display Options By default, no data is hidden. You can hide any group of data and any type of data. You can hide transactions, SOFs; NAKs; High, Full, or Low Speed packets; traffic from one or both recording channels; and Addresses and Endpoints. To hide one or more fields, select the Group and Data type in the Group and Color column, then click the Hidden checkbox in the display or the Hidden checkbox in the Hidden section of the Format section. USB Protocol Suite User Manual 519 www.valuetronics.com... -
Page 544: Usb2 Packet Hiding Options
Teledyne LeCroy USB2 Packet Hiding Options USB2 Packet Hiding Options By default, no data packets, transactions, or bus conditions are hidden. You can hide: Start of Frame packets NAK’ed transactions Chirp Bus conditions Reset Bus conditions SE0 Bus conditions High, Full, or Low Speed packets Channel 0 or Channel 1 packets You can allow any toggle value after bus reset (Int and Bulk Endpoints). Depending on the device, after Bus Reset the endpoint toggle state might or might not be reset. Selecting this option prevents display of a toggle violation error. You can have 2-stage SOF hiding. You can display all SOFs, hide all SOFs, or hide empty SOFs (show only SOFs with endpoint traffic and hide empty frames). Selecting this option allows you to hide empty SOFs with one click of the Hide SOF button or hide all SOFs with two clicks of the Hide SOF button. Select the USB2 Packet Hiding tab, then select the data types to hide (see Figure 8.6 on page 521.) USB Protocol Suite User Manual www.valuetronics.com... - Page 545 Teledyne L eCroy USB2 Packet Hiding Options Figure 8.6: Display Options USB2 Packet Hiding Dialog. USB Protocol Suite User Manual 521 www.valuetronics.com...
-
Page 546: Usb3 Packet Hiding Options
Teledyne LeCroy USB3 Packet Hiding Options USB3 Packet Hiding Options By default, no data packets, transactions, Start-Of-Frame packets, PIDS or bus conditions are hidden. You can hide: Link Commands (Flow Control) Training Sequences (TSeq) Training Sequences (TS1, TS1A, TS1B, TS2, TSeq) Logical Idle Packets Upstream Packets Downstream Packets Skip Sequences ISO Time Stamp Packets Inter-Packet Symbols (unexpected packets) Link Commands (Power Management) Electrical Idles LFPS Packets Terminations (TERM ON, TERM OFF) VBUS Change Events LMP Packets TP Packets Data Packets ... - Page 547 Teledyne L eCroy USB3 Packet Hiding Options Figure 8.7: Display Options USB3 Packet Hiding Dialog. USB Protocol Suite User Manual 523 www.valuetronics.com...
-
Page 548: Pd Packet Hiding
Teledyne LeCroy PD Packet Hiding PD Packet Hiding Figure 8.8: PD Packet Hiding USB Protocol Suite User Manual www.valuetronics.com... -
Page 549: Level Hiding Options
Teledyne L eCroy Level Hiding Options Level Hiding Options By default, no levels of transaction items, transfer items or upper layer items are hidden. You can select from the dialog what you want hidden. Select the Level Hiding tab, then select the level types to hide (see Figure 8.9.) Figure 8.9: Level Hiding Dialog USB Protocol Suite User Manual 525 www.valuetronics.com... -
Page 550: Saving/Loading Display Options
Teledyne LeCroy Saving/Loading Display Options Saving/Loading Display Options You can save a set of Display Options values, make a set the default settings, or use a saved set of values with the commands at the bottom of the Display Options window: To save the current Display Options values in an options file for use in future ses- sions, click Save. Enter a file name without a file name extension. The program adds the .opt extension. (The file must have an .opt file name extension.) To load a previously saved .opt file, click Load and select a file name. To save the current Display Options values in the default.opt options file for use as the default display options, click Save as Default. (Do not delete the default.opt file.) To load the Default values, click Load Defaults. When you start the application, this is the setting that is invoked automatically. To apply the current Display Options values, click Apply. The Display Options window remains open. To apply the current Display Options values and close the Display Options win- dow, click OK. To cancel unsaved changes to display values and exit the Display Options window, click Cancel. Restore Factory Setting This restores to default values of the application. It does not save these settings as default. If you want them to be the default settings, you must click on the "Save as Default" button after you restore to the factory settings. USB Protocol Suite User Manual www.valuetronics.com... -
Page 551: Chapter 9: Decode Requests
Chapter 9 Decode Requests Class and Vendor Definition Files Teledyne LeCroy Analyzers use script files to decode class and vendor requests. The script files are read when the application is initialized. After reading, the Analyzer decodes class and vendor requests as instructed by the files. .DEC files represent the new method of decoding. DEC stands for “decoder” and describes both Class and Vendor requests in a C-like language. Each .dec file stores an endpoint or request decode. When the application starts, these files are loaded dynamically. Subdirectories are supported. The .dec files listed in the following table, on the next page, are in the Scripts directory under the Note: installation directory. USB Protocol Suite User Manual 527 www.valuetronics.com... - Page 552 Teledyne LeCroy Class and Vendor Definition Files USB-IF Codes Proto- USB Decode Decoder Base Name Class Class Audio Class (See “Audio Decoders” on page 533) 0x01 0x00 AudioClass\Audio1.0Requests.dec 0x00 AudioClass\Audio2.0Requests.dec Audio 0x20 AudioClass\Audio3.0Requests.dec 0x30 AudioClass\Audio1.0Interrupt.dec 0x00 AudioClass\Audio2.0Interrupt.dec 0x20 AudioClass\Audio3.0Interrupt.dec 0x30 Communications and CDC* Control Communication 0x02 Direct Line Control Model Communication 0x02 0x01 Abstract Control Model Communication 0x02...
- Page 553 Teledyne L eCroy Class and Vendor Definition Files USB-IF Codes Proto- USB Decode Decoder Base Name Class Class Still Imaging Class 0x06 0x01 0x01 StillImageClass\PTPStillImageBulkIn.dec Still Image StillImageClass\PTPStillImageBulkOut.dec StillImageClass\PTPStillImageRequests.dec StillImageClass\PTPStillInterrupt.dec Printer Printer 0x07 0x01 0xXX Printer\Printer_req.dec Mass Storage Mass Storage 0x08 SCSI/Bulk Protocol 0x08 0x06 0x50 MassStorageClass\MS_BulkOnly_Requests.dec Mass Storage MassStorageClass\MS_BulkOnlySCSIInEndpoint.
- Page 554 Teledyne LeCroy Class and Vendor Definition Files USB-IF Codes Proto- USB Decode Decoder Base Name Class Class Communications Device Class (CDC*) Data CDC* 0x0A 0xXX Communications\CDCDataBulkIn_wCTE.dec Communications\CDCDataBulkIn_wPW.dec Communications\CDCDataBulkIn_wPW_wCTE. Communications\CDCDataBulkOut_wCTE.dec Communications\CDCDataBulkOut_wPW.dec Communications\CDCDataBulkOut_wPW_wCT E.dec Communications\CDCDataIsochIn_wCTE.dec Communications\CDCDataIsochIn_wPW.dec Communications\CDCDataIsochIn_wPW_wCTE .dec Communications\CDCDataIsochOut_wCTE.dec Communications\CDCDataIsochOut_wPW.dec Communications\CDCDataIsochOut_wPW_wCTE. *: The CDC Decoder includes the ECM class decoding Smart Card (CCID) CCID and ICCD 0x0B 0x00 SmartCard\CCIDBulkIn.dec SmartCard\CCIDBulkOut.dec...
- Page 555 Teledyne L eCroy Class and Vendor Definition Files USB-IF Codes Proto- USB Decode Decoder Base Name Class Class Video Class (UVC) VIDEO CONTROL 1.0 Video 0x0E 0x01 0x00 VIDEO STREAMING 1.0 Video 0x0E 0x02 0x00 VIDEO INTERFACE COLLECTION 1.0 Video 0x0E 0x03 0x00 VIDEO CONTROL 1.1 Video 0x0E 0x01 0x20 VIDEO STREAMING 1.1 Video 0x0E 0x02 0x20 VIDEO INTERFACE COLLECTION 1.1...
- Page 556 Teledyne LeCroy Class and Vendor Definition Files USB-IF Codes Proto- USB Decode Decoder Base Name Class Class Miscellaneous Device Class Standard, 0xEF Interface Association Descriptor so no decoder 0xEF 0x02 0x01 method needed Cable Based Association Framework (CBAF) Association 0xEF 0x03 0x01 Requests Frameworks Standard\StandardRequests.dec IEEE\IEEECompanies.dec Virtual\VirtualDATAIn.dec Virtual\VirtualDATAOut.dec Virtual\VirtualUARTIn.dec Virtual\VirtualUARTOut.dec ...
-
Page 557: Audio Decoders
Teledyne L eCroy Class/Vendor Decoding Options 9.1.1 Audio Decoders Due to Entity ID mapping issues with this class, it works best if the descriptors are captured in the trace file. Then, the software can map the Entity Id's to the correct functions. It is also possible to hand-edit the Audio1.0CurrentEntityIdMap_EditMe.inc or Audio2.0CurrentEntityIdMap_EditMe.inc files to explicitly apply this mapping. These files are found in: \Users\Public\Documents\LeCroy\USB Protocol Suite\Scripts\AudioClass Setting the value in that file UseCurrentEntityIdMap =1; will cause it to use the mapping that you provide, otherwise it depends on the mapping found in the descriptors. If the automatic mapping has occurred on a trace, then the default mapping in subsequent traces will use those values, as long as the application session remains. Hitting the "Reset Decoding" button will apply the decoding to a trace if it was not already done automatically. You can create your own .dec file for a Class or Vendor Request. For more information on the format of these Script Decoder files and the Script Decoding language, read the Script Decoder Manual. 9.1.2 HID Decoders The HID class is based on HUT tables. If the trace captured does not contain the report descriptor, then you must edit the file supplied in the \Users\Public\Documents\LeCroy\USB Protocol Suite\Scripts\Hid folder called "HIDReportDescriptor_EditMe.inc". You will need to define the report layout in this file [there are some examples and templates]. Also, you must set the variable in that file "UseHIDReportDescriptorItems" to "1" to be able to use report layout defined in this file. If this flag is "0", software will try to find report from descriptor in trace, and if the descriptor is not found in the trace, it uses the most recently used report layout. You may need to select the "Reset Decoding" button in decoding assignment for old traces. Class/Vendor Decoding Options The software will automatically assign decoders based on the enumeration sequence in a recorded file. If the enumeration sequence is not captured, or if software assigns an incorrect ... - Page 558 Teledyne LeCroy Class/Vendor Decoding Options on the Toolbar or press Ctrl+Shift+Y 1. Click the Apply Decoding Scripts button Right-click the Control Transfer field to display the USB Device Request menu: 2. Select Map Request Recipients to Class/Vendor Decoding to display the Request Recipients and Endpoints dialog box: Figure 9.1: Request Recipients and Endpoints - Class/Vendor Decoding Request Recipients Tab The Recipient field shows all Class and Vendor Request Recipients found in the trace file. The display shows the Host, Address, and Type (Class or Vendor) for the recipient. On the right are the names of Class/Vendor Decoding groups currently assigned to recipients. If blank, no decoding is assigned for a recipient. 3. Select a recipient. 4. Display the Class/Vendor Decoding Groups drop-down menu. USB Protocol Suite User Manual www.valuetronics.com...
- Page 559 Teledyne L eCroy Class/Vendor Decoding Options Figure 9.2: Class/Vendor Decoding Groups Drop-down Menu. The drop-down menu lists the defined Class/Vendor request decoding groups. The Class/Vendor Decoding Groups are: No Decoding Audio 1.0 Class Requests Audio 2.0 Class Requests Audio 3.0 Class Requests CCID Requests Communication Class Requests Content Security Requests HCI Command HID Class Requests Hub Class Requests ICCD Ver. A Requests ICCD Ver. B Requests IrDA Bridge Class Requests Mass Strg Bulk-Only Requests Mass Strg Class UFI CBI Requests ...
-
Page 560: Mapping Endpoint To Class/Vendor Decoding
Teledyne LeCroy Class/Vendor Decoding Options Still Image/PTP/MTP/PictBridge Class Requests USB DeviceFirmwareUpdate USB Test and Measurement USB Type-C Bridge Requests Video 1.0 Class Requests Video 1.1 Class Requests Video 1.5 Class Requests WMC Class Requests WUSB CBAF Requests 5. Select a decoding group. OR Select No Decoding if you do not want any specific decoding. 6. Repeat the previous steps for additional recipients. 7. To retain a mapping from trace to trace DURING an application session, select the Keep Across Recordings checkbox. 8. Click OK. 9.2.2 Mapping Endpoint to Class/Vendor Decoding To assign a Class/Vendor Endpoint decoding, ... - Page 561 Teledyne L eCroy Class/Vendor Decoding Options Figure 9.3: Request Recipients and Endpoints - Class/Vendor Decoding Endpoints Tab The Endpoint field (Endp) shows all Endpoints found in the trace file. The displays shows the Host, Address, and Direction for the recipient. On the right are the names of Class/Vendor Endpoint Decoding groups currently assigned to endpoints. If blank, no decoding is assigned for a recipient. The Transfer Type field shows all transfer types found in the trace file. 4. Display the Transfer Type drop-down menu in Figure 9.4: Figure 9.4: Transfer Type Drop-down Menu. USB Protocol Suite User Manual 537 www.valuetronics.com...
-
Page 562: Isochronous Transfer Type: In Or Out Class/Vendor Endpoint Decoding
Teledyne LeCroy Class/Vendor Decoding Options The Transfer Type options for both IN and OUT endpoint are: Isochronous Note: Choosing "1 Tran 1 Xfer" will speed up the decoding option tremendously! Bulk Interrupt 5. Select the transfer Type. The selections displayed in the Class/Vendor Endpoint Decoding drop-down menu depend on the transfer Type selected. 6. Enter the size in the Max Pkt. Size field. 7. Select an endpoint. 8. Display the Class/Vendor Endpoint Decoding drop-down menu for Isochronous IN or OUT Transfers (see Figure 9.5): Isochronous Transfer Type: IN or OUT Class/Vendor Endpoint Decoding Figure 9.5: Isochronous Transfer Type Endpoint Decoding Options: IN or OUT The Isochronous Transfer Type Class/Vendor Endpoint Decoding options for an IN or OUT transfer ... -
Page 563: Bulk Transfer Type: In Or Out Class/Vendor Endpoints Decoding
Teledyne L eCroy Class/Vendor Decoding Options 9. Display the Class/Vendor Endpoint Decoding drop-down menu for Bulk IN or OUT transfers (see Figure 9.6): Bulk Transfer Type: IN or OUT Class/Vendor Endpoints Decoding Endpoint Decoding Options: IN or OUT Bulk Transfer Type Figure 9.6: The Class/Vendor Endpoint Decoding options for an IN or OUT transfer for Bulk Transfer Type (as shown in above) are: No Decoding ATAPI MMC4 Out Endp ATAPI SPC3 Out Endp ATAPI SSC2 Out Endp CCID Bulk Out Message ... - Page 564 Teledyne LeCroy Class/Vendor Decoding Options HTTP Out Endp ICCD Bulk Out Message IP_ET0800 (Internet Protocol) Out Endp IPv6_ET86DD (Internet Protocol) Out Endp IrDA Bridge Out Endp Mass Strg Bulk-Only SCSI Out Endp Mass Strg UASP Command Endp Mass Strg UASP Data Out Endp Mass Strg UFI CBI Bulk Out Endp MBIM Bulk Out MidiDataOUT NCM Bulk Out PHDC Bulk Out Message RNDIS Bulk Out Still Image/PTP/MTP/PictBridge Bulk Out TCP (Transmission Control Protocol) Out Endp USB3 Vision Control USBTMC Bulk Out Endp USBTMC Bulk Out Endp_USB488 Video Bulk Out ...
-
Page 565: Interrupt Transfer Type: In Class/Vendor Endpoint Decoding
Teledyne L eCroy Class/Vendor Decoding Options 10. Display the Class/Vendor Endpoint Decoding drop-down menu for Interrupt IN transfers (see Figure 9.7): Interrupt Transfer Type: IN Class/Vendor Endpoint Decoding 1 Tran 1 Xfer column -> HID Interrupt In Endpoint Decoding Figure 9.7: The IN Interrupt Transfer Type options for a Class/Vendor Endpoint Decoding (as shown above) are: No Decoding Audio 1.0 Status Interrupt Endpoint Audio 2.0 Interrupt Data Message Audio 3.0 Interrupt Data Message CCID Interrupt Message Comm Class Interrupt Notif CSDC Interrupt-IN Notification HCI event HID Decoder Interrupt in Endp HID Interrupt in Endp Hub Class Status Change Endp ... -
Page 566: Interrupt Transfer Type: Out Class/Vendor Endpoint Decoding
Teledyne LeCroy Class/Vendor Decoding Options USBTMC Interrupt-IN USBTMC Interrupt-IN_USB488 Video Interrupt 11. Display the Class/Vendor Endpoint Decoding drop-down menu for Interrupt OUT Transfers (see Figure 9.8): Interrupt Transfer Type: OUT Class/Vendor Endpoint Decoding Figure 9.8: 1 Tran 1 Xfer column -> HID Interrupt OUT Endpoint Decoding The OUT Interrupt Transfer Type options for a Class/Vendor Endpoint Decoding (as shown above) are: No Decoding CSDC Interrupt-OUT Notification HID Decoder Interrupt Out Endp 12. Select the type of decoding. OR Select No Decoding if you do not want any specific decoding. 13. The USB Protocol Suite decoding engine uses different rules like “Short Packet” [Packets with length less than Max packet size], “Transferring required data by endpoint” to collect transactions under transfers. But, in some cases [like Interrupt USB Protocol Suite User Manual www.valuetronics.com... - Page 567 Teledyne L eCroy Class/Vendor Decoding Options or Isochronous transfers] transfer collection uses a simple rule of “1 transaction 1 transfer”. When this option is set as “yes”, any transaction at selected endpoint will make a transfer level packet which could be decoded by transfer level scripts. In particular, streams of Isochronous data can be decoded MUCH more quickly if this rule is selected. To select this model of transfer, use the "1 Tran 1 Xfer" column to select it (see Figure 9.7 on page 541). 14. Repeat the previous steps for any additional endpoints you would like to map. 15. To retain a mapping from trace to trace DURING an application session, select the Keep Across Recordings checkbox. 16. Click OK. USB Protocol Suite User Manual 543 www.valuetronics.com...
-
Page 568: Selecting Number Of Transactions Per Transfer
Teledyne LeCroy Class/Vendor Decoding Options 9.2.3 Selecting Number of Transactions per Transfer In the Decoding Assignments dialog (see Figure 9.9), after selecting the Endpoints tab you can select either: 1 Transaction per 1 Transfer (see Figure 9.10 on page 545) or NAK Separated Transfers (see Figure 9.13 on page 547) 1 Transaction per 1 Transfer NAK Separated Transfers Figure 9.9: Decoding Assignments: Main Dialog USB Protocol Suite User Manual www.valuetronics.com... -
Page 569: Single Transaction Per Transfer
Teledyne L eCroy Class/Vendor Decoding Options Single Transaction per Transfer If you select the option: “1 Transaction per 1 Transfer” (see Figure 9.10), the data traffic in Trace View will change from several transactions per transfer (see Figure 9.11 on page 545) to one transaction per transfer (see Figure 9.12 on page 546). Figure 9.10: Decoding Assignments: 1 Transaction per Transfer Figure 9.11: Trace View: Several Transactions per Transfer USB Protocol Suite User Manual 545 www.valuetronics.com... - Page 570 Teledyne LeCroy Class/Vendor Decoding Options Figure 9.12: Trace View: 1 Transaction per 1 Transfer USB Protocol Suite User Manual www.valuetronics.com...
-
Page 571: Nak Separated Transfer
Teledyne L eCroy Class/Vendor Decoding Options NAK Separated Transfer If you select NAK Separate Transfer (see Figure 9.13) the Trace Data Traffic will be converted from several (3) Transactions per Transfer (see Figure 9.14) to NAK Separate Transfer (see Figure 9.15 on page 548). Figure 9.13: Decoding Assignments: NAK Separated Transfer Figure 9.14: Trace View: Several Transactions per Transfer USB Protocol Suite User Manual 547 www.valuetronics.com... - Page 572 Teledyne LeCroy Class/Vendor Decoding Options Figure 9.15: Trace View: NAK Separated Transfers USB Protocol Suite User Manual www.valuetronics.com...
-
Page 573: General Options
Teledyne L eCroy General Options General Options Commands are transferred on USB using special control transfers called USB Device Requests. The Analyzer can decode Device Requests as they are defined in the USB specifications and various Device Class and Vendor specifications. Each USB Device Request is sent using a Control Transfer. Each Control Transfer starts with a SETUP transaction. 9.3.1 Decoding USB Device Requests To decode a USB Device Request: 1. Right-click the Control Transfer field or the SETUP field of the USB Device Request to display the USB Device Request menu: Figure 9.16: USB Device Request Dialog Note: The menus shown in this section are context-sensitive. You may see slightly different menus. 2. To refresh decoding, click Refresh Decoding for this Trace File. Use this option to reanalyze all transactions. 3. To use the previous decoding, click Load most recent decoding mapping. This option loads the most recent mapping of endpoints/requests to decoding types that was done on a previous trace. If the endpoints of the new trace are the same as the last one mapped, the mappings are applied to the current trace. This saves the ... -
Page 574: Decoding Standard Requests
Teledyne LeCroy General Options 9.3.2 Decoding Standard Requests To decode a standard request: 1. From the USB Device Request menu, select Decode Standard Request to display the View Fields for Standard Request text box: Figure 9.17: View Fields for Standard Requests Dialog 2. To find a word in the text box, click the Find button. Enter the word in the Find What field. To use a case-sensitive search, check Match Case. To find only the exact word, check Match Whole Word Only. You can search Up or Down. To search, click Find Next. 3. To save the View Fields text box as an HTML file, click the Save As button, enter a file name in the Save As dialog box, then click Save. 4. To view the previous or next Transfer Control field request of the same request type, click Previous or Next. The View Fields for Standard Request dialog box displays field definitions and values of the Standard Request. USB Protocol Suite User Manual www.valuetronics.com... -
Page 575: Decoding Class Requests
Teledyne L eCroy General Options For field definitions, please refer to the Universal Serial Bus Specification, version 2.0. The USB specification is available from the USB Implementers Forum (USB-IF) at: USB Implementers Forum Tel: +1/503.296.9892 1730 SW Skyline Blvd. Fax: +1/503.297.1090 Suite 203 Web: http://www.usb.org/ Portland, OR 97221 9.3.3 Decoding Class Requests Examples of a class request are Mass-Strg Class UFI CBI Requests, PTP Still Image Class Requests, Video Class Requests, and Wire Adapter Class Requests. To decode a class request: 1. From the USB Device Request menu, select Decode ... Request to display the View Fields for ... Class Requests text box (see Figure 9.18 on page 551). The following figure shows a View Fields for Hub Class Requests decoding: Figure 9.18: View Fields for Hub Class Requests Dialog USB Protocol Suite User Manual 551 www.valuetronics.com... -
Page 576: Decoding Vendor Requests
Teledyne LeCroy General Options 9.3.4 Decoding Vendor Requests To decode a vendor request: From the USB Device Request menu, select Decode ... Request to display the View Fields for ... Vendor Requests text box. An example of a vendor request is Command Set. 9.3.5 Decoding Undefined USB/WUSB Device Requests A Decoding Request may not belong to any of the defined decoding groups (Standard, Class, or Vendor). 9.3.6 Decoding using Endpoint Information To decode using the endpoint information: 1. Right-click the Bulk/Int Transfer field to display the Bulk/Int Transfer (IN/OUT transaction with data) menu. 2. Select Decode as ... Endp to open a View Fields for ... Endp text box. The figure on the next page shows a Mass Strg Bulk-Only SCSI IN Endp decoding: USB Protocol Suite User Manual www.valuetronics.com... -
Page 577: Changing The Layout Of Decode Requests
Teledyne L eCroy General Options Figure 9.19: View Fields for Mass Strg Bulk-Only SCSI IN Endp Dialog 9.3.7 Changing the Layout of Decode Requests In the View ... Fields windows, the Decoding Information and the Descriptor information blocks (following the Request Summary information) have the following columns: Field: such as bRequest, wValue, wIndex, bLength, bDescriptorType, wTotal- Length Length in bits Offset in bits Decoded: hex value typically equal to Hex Value Hex Value: hex value typically equal to Decoded Description: short description of field USB Protocol Suite User Manual 553 www.valuetronics.com... - Page 578 Teledyne LeCroy General Options To change the layout of decode requests display: 1. Click Layout to display the View ... Fields Dialog Layout dialog box. View Transfer Fields Dialog Layout Figure 9.20: 2. To display the available columns of data, use the checkboxes for Length, Offset, Decoded, Hex Value, and Description. You can Check All or Uncheck All. 3. To show only the fields of Collapsed mode, check Show only fields specified for view in collapsed mode. 4. To retain settings for future viewing of Decode Request fields, check Use these settings when View Fields dialog opens. USB Protocol Suite User Manual www.valuetronics.com...
-
Page 579: Decoded Fields View
Teledyne L eCroy General Options 9.3.8 Decoded Fields View This works much the same as the decoder dialog above, except that it is invoked from the toolbar icon and does not block the use of other windows. It can be docked to the side or allowed to float. Figure 9.21: Decoded Fields View Save decoded Fields in .html format. Show previous decoded fields. Show next decoded fields. Find text in the View Fields page. Displays View Transfer Fields Dialog Layout dialog (see Figure 9.22 on page 556) allowing you to specify different kinds of presentation formats for the View Fields dialog. USB Protocol Suite User Manual 555 www.valuetronics.com... - Page 580 Teledyne LeCroy General Options Figure 9.22: View Transfer Fields Dialog Layout Dialog USB Protocol Suite User Manual www.valuetronics.com...
-
Page 581: Usb4 Decoding Assignments Dialog
Teledyne L eCroy USB4 Decoding Assignments Dialog USB4 Decoding Assignments Dialog 9.4.1 General Information about USB4 Decoding Assignments USB4 Decoding Assignments Dialog helps the user set decoding parameters manually when automatic decoding is insufficient or incomplete. There are three groups of decoding parameters which can be set manually: Tunneled Hop ID Protocols Adapter Types Display Port Adapter Parameters Host Interface Adapter Parameters USB4 Decoding Assignments dialog shows all parameters successfully set when automatic decoding is complete. See Figure 9.23, Figure 9.24 on page 558, Figure 9.25 on page 558 and Figure 9.26 on page 559. Figure 9.23: Automatically detected Tunneled Protocols USB Protocol Suite User Manual 557 www.valuetronics.com... - Page 582 Teledyne LeCroy USB4 Decoding Assignments Dialog Figure 9.24: Automatically detected Adapter Types Figure 9.25: Automatically detected Display Port Adapter Parameters USB Protocol Suite User Manual www.valuetronics.com...
- Page 583 Teledyne L eCroy USB4 Decoding Assignments Dialog Figure 9.26: Automatically detected Host Interface Adapter Parameters There are different things that the user can do with USB4 Decoding Assignments Dialog: The user can change any value in the most right column (marked with Pen icon in a header) and apply manually adjusted decoding by pressing OK button. If “Keep Across Recording” checkbox is checked and OK button is pressed, the decoding assignments will be preserved in the current USBSuite application session. Decoding assignments will also be applied to new recordings with a lower prior- ity than automatically detected decoding assignments. The user can press the Save button to save decoding parameters to external file for future use The user can press Load button to load a file with previously saved decoding parameters and apply them by pressing OK button The user can reset manual decoding to automatically decoded parameters by pressing the “Reset Decoding” button. The user can exit from the USB4 Decoding Assignments dialog without applying modified parameters by pressing the Cancel button OK/Load/Save/Cancel/Reset operations are related only to currently selected trace for which Note: USB4 Decoding Assignments is opened, other opened traces are not affected by these operations; Note: OK/Load/Save/Cancel/Reset operations are applied to all three groups of settings (Tunneled Hop ID Protocols, Adapter Types, Display Port Adapter Parameters); Note: After pressing OK modified parameters are stored permanently in a trace. USB Protocol Suite User Manual 559 www.valuetronics.com...
-
Page 584: Tunneled Hop Id Protocols
Teledyne LeCroy USB4 Decoding Assignments Dialog 9.4.2 Tunneled Hop ID Protocols If tunneled protocols are auto detected successfully, the user will see Hop IDs assigned to one of the corresponding protocols “PCIe/USB3/DP/DPAUX/HI” in USB4 Decoding Assignments Dialog. If some tunneled protocols are not auto detected, the user will see corresponding Hop IDs assigned to “None”. The user can change “None” to the appropriate protocol and press OK to see the result of decoding. 9.4.3 Adapter Types If there is configuration traffic with access to the Protocol Adapter’s configuration space, the user can change the protocol for the adapter specified by Topology ID and Adapter number. 9.4.4 Display Port Adapter Parameters If there is Display Port Main Link traffic, the user can modify Display Port decoding parameters for Display Port Adapter specified by Hop ID. These parameters include: Link Width of the Display Port Main Link Link Rate of the Display Port Main Link Source/Sink Aux Hop IDs of the Display Port Aux links associated with the specified Video Hop ID (Main Link) USB Protocol Suite User Manual www.valuetronics.com... -
Page 585: Chapter 10: Reports
Chapter 10 Reports The Report menu provides several reports to assist you in analyzing USB traffic recorded by the Analyzer. Figure 10.1: Report Menu USB Protocol Suite User Manual 561 www.valuetronics.com... -
Page 586: View Docking And Floating Windows
Teledyne LeCroy View Docking and Floating Windows. Reports assist you in analyzing traffic recorded by the Analyzer. The available reports are: Trace Information: To view general information about the trace file. Error Summary: To view a count of errors in a trace file. Timing Calculations: To view timing measured between two events set within the trace file. Data View (Packet Data): Shows packet payload contents. Raw Data View: Allows you to see the raw values of the entire packet as they were seen in the PHY layer. See “Raw Data View (including Power Delivery and USB4 Sideband Packets)” on page 577. Traffic Summary Report: To view a summary of protocol-related information in the trace file summary information about a selected group of items in the trace file (such as a count of particular frame or packet types). Bus Utilization: To display information on bandwidth usage for the transmit and receive channels. Link Tracker (3.2): Displays a detailed chronological view of events. Navigator: Navigates within the trace to view the location of errors and triggers, ... - Page 587 Teledyne L eCroy View Docking and Floating Windows. Drop Targets Figure 10.2: Drop Target Drag and drop the report at one of the four targets Figure 10.3: Drag and Drop Report in Target Note: When you open a report view, the software attempts to apply the user preferences used when you most recently viewed the report. Note: If you have any trouble with your view windows, and want to set it back to the default, Select "Restore views to default positions"...
-
Page 588: Trace Information
Teledyne LeCroy Trace Information 10.2 Trace Information To display a Trace Information report, select File Information under Report in the in the Tool Bar to display the Trace Information screen. You can click on the Menu Bar, or click hyperlinks: File info, Hardware info, Recording Options or License info to navigate to that section. See Figure 10.4: and Figure 10.5: on page 565. Figure 10.4: Top of Trace Information Report USB Protocol Suite User Manual www.valuetronics.com... - Page 589 Teledyne L eCroy Trace Information Figure 10.5: Bottom of Trace Information Report USB Protocol Suite User Manual 565 www.valuetronics.com...
- Page 590 Teledyne LeCroy Trace Information The Trace Information report provides information about how the recording was made, what the buffer settings were, what the trigger options were, and what version of all the Analyzer hardware was used to make the recording. The Trace Information dialog provides a link, Open Recording Options in a dialog, so you can load a copy of the recording options that existed when the file was recorded. To see the Device Signal Parameters that were used for your 3.2 captures, click on the hyperlink Show/Hide details to expand the information. USB Protocol Suite User Manual www.valuetronics.com...
-
Page 591: Error Summary
Teledyne L eCroy Error Summary 10.3 Error Summary The Error Summary details all errors analyzed throughout the recording. After the report displays, click USB 2.0 Errors (see Figure 10.6) or USB 3.2 Errors (see Figure 10.7 on page 569) to view the respective errors. Select Error Summary under Report in the Menu Bar in the Tool Bar to display the Error screen below the Trace View: Click 10.3.1 USB 2.0 Errors The figure below and the table following it list and describe the USB 2.0 errors. Figure 10.6: Traffic Summary Report (USB 2.0) The following table lists each USB 2.0 error type and its description. Error Type Error Description The Packet ID is malformed. Either it is not a USB 2.0 Bad PID Specification defined value, or the upper nibble is not equal to the inverted bit value of the lower nibble. The CRC5 field has an incorrect value. The packet is corrupt Bad CRC5 (either the data or the CRC itself). -
Page 592: Specification
Teledyne LeCroy Error Summary Error Type Error Description The CRC16 field has an incorrect value. The packet is corrupt Bad CRC16 (either the data or the CRC itself). Bad Packet Length The packet is shorter or longer than expected. Bad Stuff Bits The NRZI encoding has a problem. The End of Packet signaling does not conform to the USB 2.0 Bad EOP Specification. Babble Start The packet started too late in the Frame or Microframe. Babble End (LOA) The packet ended to late in the Frame or Microframe. The Frame or Microframe time was out of spec. (expected ~1 Bad Frame Length ms or ~125Sec) Bad Turnaround/ The device or host took too long to respond to a packet within Timeout a transaction. Unexpected Data Toggle value; incorrect according to the USB Bad Data Toggle 2.0 Specification. Bad Frame/uFrame Frame number not sequential, or not exactly 8 repetitions of a Number frame number in a High Speed frame sequence. Analyzer Internal Teledyne LeCroy hardware capture problem (not a USB error). Error Last Byte Incomplete The packet length in bytes was not modulo 8. Bad OTG Signal Value The OTG signal was not within USB 2.0 OTG Specification. TP Non-Zero ... -
Page 593: Usb 3.2 Errors
Teledyne L eCroy Error Summary 10.3.2 USB 3.2 Errors The figure below and the table following it list and describe the USB 2.0 and 3.2 errors. Figure 10.7: Traffic Summary Report (USB 3.2) The following table lists each USB 3.2 error type and its description. Error Type Error Description The CRC5 field has an incorrect value. The packet is corrupt Bad CRC5 (either the data or the CRC itself). The CRC16 field has an incorrect value. The packet is corrupt Bad CRC16 (either the data or the CRC itself). The CRC32 field has an incorrect value. The Packet is corrupt Bad CRC32 (either the data or the CRC itself). Running Disparity The symbol captured has an incorrect number of "1" bits than (RD) Error expected by following the 10-bit symbol encoding rules. 10-bit Symbol Error An illegal/undefined 10-bit symbol pattern was detected. Not (Inv Sym) all combinations of 10-bits are legal in this 8B/10B scheme. The type of the packet declared in the header is not supported Unknown Packet in the USB 3.2 Specification. - Page 594 Teledyne LeCroy Error Summary Error Type Error Description TP non-zero A reserved value within a Transaction Packet has a non-zero Reserved Field value. SKP Symbol error An error was detected in the Skip Sequence. The bit indicating the direction of this control stage is Ctrl Endp Dir Error inconsistent with the USB 3.2 Specification. The expected Data Packet Header was not captured as Missed DPH Error expected. The Data Packet Payload was not seen after the Data Header Missed DPP Error Packet as required by the USB 3.2 Specification. The format of the Setup DPH is incorrect (Seq # !=0, Setup DP Error Datalength != 8, etc.). Sequence Number The DP or TP Sequence Number is not in the order expected Error according to the USB 3.2 Specification. PTP Tra No No command seen in this PTP Transfer. Command PTP Tra No Response No response seen in this PTP Transfer. PTP Tra Id The Transfer ID's appear to be in the wrong order. Misordered PTP Tra No The operation code is missing in this PTP transfer. Operation code SCSI Op No The Command is missing from this SCSI Operation.
-
Page 595: Usb4 Sideband Errors
Teledyne L eCroy Error Summary 10.3.3 USB4 Sideband Errors The figure below shows USB4 Sideband errors traffic and the table following it lists and describes the USB4 Sideband errors. Figure 10.8: USD4 Traffic Summary Report The following table lists each USB4 Sideband error type and its description. Error Type Error Description Packet appears to have terminated before reaching its prescribed Incomplete packet length Invalid CLSE In SBU LT packet: CLSE is not a complement of LSE field CRC error CRC Calculated does not match the one captured Reserved field not zeroed Non-zero value found in a Reserved field In SBU LT packet: LT packet is started, but mistakenly interrupted by Unexpected DLE symbol DLE symbol Invalid Command len Command length is not a valid value DLE symbol not duplicated DLE symbol inside SBU AT or RT packet's payload is not duplicated EXT symbol missing ETX (End Of Transaction) symbol is missing in SBU AT/RT packet LEN field error Actual length of SBU AT/RT packet doesn't match LEN field In SBU AT/RT packets: ... -
Page 596: Usb4 Rx/Tx Errors
Teledyne LeCroy Error Summary 10.3.4 USB4 Rx/Tx Errors The figure below shows USB4 Rx/Tx errors traffic and the table following it lists and describes the USB4 Rx/Tx errors. Figure 10.9: Traffic Summary: USB Rx/Tx Errors The following table lists each USB4 Rx/Tx error type and its description. Error Type Error Description Packet is incomplete (interrupted, didn't come in complete Incomplete packet form) Unknown packet content Packet type cannot be detected Error packet content OS packet type is detected, but content has errors TS lane number error In TS1 and TS2: LaneNumber field is not 0 or 1 LBT (Lane bonding target) In TS1 and TS2: LaneBondingTarget2 doesn't match field value does not match LBT2 LaneBondingTarget HEC Error HEC Calculated does not match the one captured. CRC Error CRC Calculated does not match the one captured. ECC Error ECC Calculated does not match the one captured. Data size is invalid Invalid Length in TLP Header for specific Control packet types Adapter Num is invalid Adapter number is not within the allowable range... -
Page 597: Timing Calculations
Teledyne L eCroy Timing Calculations 10.4 Timing Calculations The Timing Calculator is used to measure timing between any two packets. Select Timing Calculations under Report in the Menu Bar in the Tool Bar to display the Timing Calculator screen: Click Figure 10.10: Timing Calculations Report 1. In the From beginning field, enter the first packet number or Markers. 2. In the To beginning of field, enter the last packet number or Markers. 3. In the Total Time field, select nanoseconds, microseconds, milliseconds, or seconds. 4. Click the Show Formulas button to display the Formulas window (see Figure 10.11 on page 574, with the formulas used. 5. If you want to include only acknowledged packets, click the Acknowledged checkbox. This will exclude non-Acknowledged data transfers from the calculations, leaving only the "effective" data transfer that the higher layers will see. (No re-try's, ... - Page 598 Teledyne LeCroy Timing Calculations Figure 10.11: Formulas Window 6. Click Calculate (see red arrow in Figure 10.10 on page 573) in the left side to display the Bus Utilization, Time Usage, and Bandwidth. Bus Utilization is: Global USB 3.2 Global 3.2 A Host RX Global 3.2 A Host TX Global USB 2.0 High Speed Full Speed Low Speed Transactions (High Speed with Idle) Transactions (Classic Speed with Idle) Transactions (High Speed without Idle) USB Protocol Suite User Manual www.valuetronics.com...
- Page 599 Teledyne L eCroy Timing Calculations Transactions (Classic Speed without Idle) Figure 10.12: Timing Calculator Report Total Time is in the Total Time field. 7. Click Calculate (see red arrow in the figure above) in the right side to display: Address Endpoint Direction No Idle Time Usage No Idle Bandwidth With Idle Time Usage With Idle Bandwidth Data only Time USage Data only Bandwidth You can also click the Acknowledged checkbox. Bandwidth and other calculations do not have accurate meaning if taken over a small range of Note: packets. It is recommended that you choose a range that includes at least a few USB frames or Microframes so that the measurements give realistic values. The larger the range, the more accurate these calculations will be.
-
Page 600: Data View
Teledyne LeCroy Data View 10.5 Data View The Data View window shows packet information. To obtain the Data View window, select Report > Data View toolbar icon. or click the Figure 10.13: Data View Report The Data View toolbar buttons allow you to: Save Go to Previous or Next Display Hexadecimal, ASCII, Decimal, or Binary Use MSB Format or LSB Format Use Big Endian or Little Endian Figure 10.14: Data View Toolbar The Format field allows you to enter the number of BYTEs, WORDs, or DWORDs per line. The Columns field allows you to set the number of columns. You can enter an offset in the Scroll to Offset field and click the arrow to scroll there. You can enter text in the Search field and click Search Previous or Search Next to go there. USB Protocol Suite User Manual www.valuetronics.com... -
Page 601: Raw Data View (Including Power Delivery And Usb4 Sideband Packets)
Teledyne L eCroy Raw Data View (including Power Delivery and USB4 Sideband Packets) 10.6 Raw Data View (including Power Delivery and USB4 Sideband Packets) This Dockable view allows you to see the raw values of the entire packet as they were seen in the PHY layer. Note that the Bit Stuffing used for NRZI encoding on USB 2.0 is not shown here, you will need to right click on the 2.0 packet and select "Show Raw Bits' to see that. This view enables you to switch from 4-bit to 5-bit encoding values of Power Delivery, and to see the Preamble and SOP values. For USB 2.0 traffic, you can change the display to show Least significant bit (Lsb) Mode, which is how the bits travel over the wire, or Most significant bit (Msb) Mode, which presents byte values that we are familiar with. See Figure 10.16 on page 578. or choose the Raw Data View from the Report tab To bring up the Raw Data View select the on the main Toolbar. See Figure 10.15. Figure 10.15: Report -> Raw Data View USB Protocol Suite User Manual 577 www.valuetronics.com... - Page 602 Teledyne LeCroy Raw Data View (including Power Delivery and USB4 Sideband Packets) The Raw Data View toolbar buttons allow you to: Save Go to Previous or Next packet in the trace Display Hexadecimal or Binary Display data in 4 or 5 bits Use Msb Format or Lsb Format Hide Escape Symbols Arrange the Data in 1, 2, 4, 8, 16, 32 or 64 columns Type in a value and then Search Previous or Search Next Search Box Figure 10.16: Raw Data Toolbar An example of Raw Data from a packet in a trace is shown below: Search Box Figure 10.17: Raw Data View: Hex and Binary Formats USB Protocol Suite User Manual www.valuetronics.com...
-
Page 603: Hide Escape Symbols
Teledyne L eCroy Raw Data View (including Power Delivery and USB4 Sideband Packets) 10.6.1 Hide Escape Symbols If you have a transaction with multiple Escape Symbols, you can Show or Hide the Escape Symbols with the “Hide Escape Symbols” icon . The Raw Data View without Hiding Escape Symbols and with Hiding Escape Symbols are shown in Figure 10.18 and Figure 10.19. Figure 10.18: Raw Data: Escape Symbols Shown Figure 10.19: Raw Data: Escape Symbols Hidden USB Protocol Suite User Manual 579 www.valuetronics.com... -
Page 604: Traffic Summary Report
Teledyne LeCroy Traffic Summary Report 10.7 Traffic Summary Report Traffic Summary Report summarizes the numbers and types of packets, transactions etc. that occurred in the open trace. To run Traffic Summary Report, select Report >Traffic Summary Report or click the button marked . The program prompts you to specify a range of packets, then displays the following window: Figure 10.20: Traffic Summary Report Click the Options button (see red arrow above) to display the Options menu (see Figure 10.21 on page 581) which allows you to show Grid lines, Row selection, and Tight columns. USB Protocol Suite User Manual www.valuetronics.com... -
Page 605: Scsi Metrics
Teledyne L eCroy Traffic Summary Report Figure 10.21: Options Menu to display the Select Range dialog. Click Figure 10.22: Select Range Dialog Enter a number From and a number To. You can Reset Range to Whole Trace. 10.7.1 SCSI Metrics The SCSI Metrics are: Figure 10.23: SCSI Metrics Report USB Protocol Suite User Manual 581 www.valuetronics.com... -
Page 606: Power Delivery (Pd) Traffic Summary Report
Teledyne LeCroy Bus Utilization Address Number Of Transfers (Min., Avrg., Max.): Total number of transfers that com- pose the SCSI operation Response Time (Min., Avrg., Max.): Time to transmit on the USB link, from the beginning of the first transfer in the SCSI operation to the end of the last transfer in the SCSI operation Latency: Time from the transmission of the SCSI command to the first data trans- mitted for the SCSI IO operation Data To Status Time: Time between the end of data transmission for the SCSI operation and the status transfer Payload: Number of payload bytes transferred by the SCSI operation 10.7.2 Power Delivery (PD) Traffic Summary Report Power Delivery Traffic, Errors, and Warnings are also available on Power Delivery equipped analyzers in the Traffic Summary Report. See Figure 10.24. Figure 10.24: Power Delivery Traffic Summary 10.8 Bus Utilization... -
Page 607: Bus Utilization Buttons
Teledyne L eCroy Bus Utilization Figure 10.25: Bus Utilization Window For USB 3.2, the display is similar to the following: Figure 10.26: Bus Utilization Window 10.8.1 Bus Utilization Buttons The Bus Utilization window has a row of buttons for changing the format of the displayed data and for exporting data: USB Protocol Suite User Manual 583 www.valuetronics.com... -
Page 608: View Settings Menu
Teledyne LeCroy Bus Utilization The buttons have the following functions: Save As - Saves the graphs as a Horizontal zoom out bitmap file (*.bmp) Email - Creates an email with a Vertical zoom in *.bmp file attachment of the graphs Print Vertical zoom out Full Screen Click and Drag zoom - Click diagonally to select and zoom in on part of the graph Synchronize with Other Views. See Select Range. Synchronize with other Views. Synchronizes the View windows so that a move in one window repositions the other. See “Link Tracker Buttons” on page 594. View Settings - opens a sub-menu Sync and Graph areas - If two or with options for formatting the more graphs are displayed, this display. See “View Settings Menu” button synchronizes the graphs to below. one another. Once synchronized, the positioning slider of one graph moves the other graphs. Horizontal zoom in Graph Areas - Presents options for displaying additional graphs of data lengths, packet lengths, and percentage of bus utilized. 10.8.2 View Settings Menu causes a menu to open with options for formatting the ... - Page 609 Teledyne L eCroy Bus Utilization Figure 10.27: View Settings Menu Orient Horizontally: changes the orientation of bus usage to horizontal. After selecting this option, the menu has Orient Vertically. Tile Vertically: tiles the two graphs vertically (i.e., side by side). After selecting this option, the menu has Tile Horizontally. Show Markers: Places "tick" marks along the x axis of each graph. Show Plumb Line Status: Opens a sub-menu with the following options: Bar: Displays a status bar at bottom of graph. Tooltip: Causes a tooltip to appear if you position your mouse pointer over part of the graph and leave it there for a couple of seconds. No Grid: Turns off tooltips and the status bar. Grid Lines: Opens a sub-menu with the following options: Both Axis: Displays both X and Y axis grid lines X Axis: Displays X axis grid lines Y Axis: Display Y axis grid lines ...
- Page 610 Teledyne LeCroy Bus Utilization Figure 10.28: View Options Menu USB Protocol Suite User Manual www.valuetronics.com...
-
Page 611: Graph Areas Menu
Teledyne L eCroy Bus Utilization 10.8.3 Graph Areas Menu The Graph Areas menu allows you to view different information in the Bus Utilization window. To view information: button to open the Graph Areas menu. For USB 2.0. the display is 1. Click the similar to the following: Figure 10.29: Graph Areas Menu USB 2.0 USB Protocol Suite User Manual 587 www.valuetronics.com... -
Page 612: Change The Properties In The Bus Utilization Graph
Teledyne LeCroy Bus Utilization For USB 3.2. the display is similar to the following: Figure 10.30: Graph Areas Menu USB 3.2 2. Select the data you want to appear in the Graph Areas window. Change the Properties in the Bus Utilization Graph To change the properties in the Bus Utilization graph: 1. In the Graph Area properties dialog box (see Figure 10.31 on page 589), select the options to display in the graph display, then click OK. USB Protocol Suite User Manual www.valuetronics.com... -
Page 613: Creating A New Bus Utilization Graph
Teledyne L eCroy Bus Utilization Creating a New Bus Utilization Graph To create a new Bus Utilizations graph: 1. Select New in the Graph Areas menu. 2. In the Graph Area properties dialog box (see Figure 10.31 on page 589), select the options to display in the graph. 3. Enter a Title for the new graph, then click OK. Figure 10.31: Graph Area Properties Dialog USB Protocol Suite User Manual 589 www.valuetronics.com... -
Page 614: Link Tracker (3.2 X1 Only)
Teledyne LeCroy Link Tracker (3.2 x1 only) 10.9 Link Tracker (3.2 x1 only) The Link Tracker window displays a detailed chronological view of events. Events are shown on a channel-by-channel basis in columns within the window. Figure 10.32: Link Tracker Window You can select the number of columns to view more or less data at one time. Each time slot in the vertical axis represents the minimum time that a DWORD requires to traverse the bus when the "Columns" is selected as 4. On Symbol Displays: There will occasionally be "blank" symbols inserted into the Link Tracker Note: display (or symbols removed) to compensate for timestamp rate matching between the various time bases. This has to do with the problem that there are 3 clock domains (Rx, Tx, and our precision timestamp) that need to be represented in the trace. The nominal 2nSec / symbol Transmit and Receive clocks can vary up to 500ppm per the USB Specification, whereas the Analyzer is accurate to 3ppm. Blank entries and missing entries in the link tracker are there to compensate for this difference, and to try to maintain the most accurate relationship amongst these clocks and present the closest time relationship between the downward stream and the upward stream. The clock listed in the Time column is our precision 3ppm clock timestamp. Toolbar: Presents buttons for changing the format of the Link Tracker window. Main Display Area: Displays traffic chronologically as it occurred in the recording. The window divides into columns: the first column shows time and traffic is shown on a channel-by-channel basis in the columns on the right. USB Protocol Suite User Manual www.valuetronics.com... -
Page 615: Time Overlap Indicator
Teledyne L eCroy Link Tracker (3.2 x1 only) 10.9.1 Time Overlap Indicator Due to the sampling error of the nominal symbol time vs the granularity of our precision (~3ppm) timestamps, it can sometimes occur that 2 or more symbols seem to belong in the same time location of this view. This is denoted by the yellow circle next to the symbol. See Figure 10.33. Figure 10.33: Linetracker: Yellow Circle -> Multiple Symbols If you hover your timestamp over the yellow circle, a tooltip will show the symbols that occur in this location. See Figure 10.34. Figure 10.34: Linktracker: Tooltip The top one occurred first, followed by the bottom one, etc. This artifact can occur occasionally throughout the LinkTracker view. USB Protocol Suite User Manual 591 www.valuetronics.com... -
Page 616: Using The Link Tracker Window
Teledyne LeCroy Link Tracker (3.2 x1 only) 10.9.2 Using the Link Tracker Window The Link Tracker window can be reformatted in several ways. Zooming In and Out Zooming out can give you a quick, high-level view of a trace. A fully zoomed out trace only shows columns and colored lines. Using the colors, you can see what types of traffic run through the trace. Further information can be obtained on any point of interest in the trace by positioning your mouse pointer over it. Tool tips provide detailed description of events. Note: When fully zoomed out, the smallest graphical unit is the DWORD, represented by a single line. Zooming out makes the trace appear smaller and increases the time scale in the first column. Figure 10.35: Link Tracker Window Zoomed Out Collapsing Idle Time, Enabling Tool tips, and Resetting Column Widths to open a menu with options for formatting the display. Three Click the View Options button options are presented: Collapsible Idle Time: Opens a dialog box for setting the Idle time value. Setting a value tells the ... -
Page 617: Docking And Undocking The Window
Teledyne L eCroy Link Tracker (3.2 x1 only) Reset Column Widths: This option resets column widths to their defaults and enables columns to resize themselves automatically any time the application window is resized. Normally, columns automatically resize themselves if the application window is made larger or smaller. However, if you manually resize any columns in the Bus View window, column widths become static. Thereafter, if you resize the application window, the Bus View columns do not adjust automatically. Reset Column Widths re-enables the automatic resizing capability. Reset Columns Order: Return to default column sequence. Docking and Undocking the Window You can undock the Link Tracker window by double-clicking the blue title bar along the left side of the window. Once undocked, the window can be dragged anywhere in the application. To redock, double-click again on the title bar. Setting Markers Markers can be set on any event within the Link Tracker window. To set a marker, right-click an event, then select Set Marker from the pop-up menu. Once marked, you can navigate to events with the Go to Marker command in the Search menu. Markers set in the Link Tracker window display the packet number and DWORD number. In contrast, markers set in the Trace window just show the packet number. Hiding Traffic You can hide Idles and other data from the Link Tracker window by clicking the Hide buttons on the toolbar. USB Protocol Suite User Manual 593 www.valuetronics.com... -
Page 618: Link Tracker Buttons
Teledyne LeCroy Link Tracker (3.2 x1 only) 10.9.3 Link Tracker Buttons The Link Tracker window has a row of buttons for changing the format of the displayed data and for exporting data: The buttons have the following functions: Full Screen. Expands the Link Tracker window to fill the entire screen. Synchronize with Other Views. Synchronizes Views so that a move in one window repositions the other. Because of the differences in scale and logic between the Link Tracker and Trace view window, scrolling produces different effects depending on which window is being scrolled. Scrolling in the trace window causes the Link Tracker window to rapidly jump from event to event. Long periods of idle time are thus skipped. Scrolling in the Link Tracker window, in contrast, produces modest movements within the trace window. Scrolling in the Link Tracker window causes the trace window to pause until the beginning of a packet is displayed. At that point, the trace window repositions itself. While scrolling long Idle periods or through the contents of a packet, the trace window does not move. View Options. Opens a menu with three options: Collapsible Idle Time (Collapse Idle Bigger Than n nanoseconds. Note: Does not affect Collapse Idle Plus.) Time Format (Seconds, Clock) Reset Columns Widths (return to default widths) Reset Columns Order (return to default column sequence) See “Using the Link Tracker Window” on page 592 for further details. Zoom In Zoom Out Continuous Time Scale. No collapsing. -
Page 619: Using The Navigator
Teledyne L eCroy Using the Navigator Show Scrambled Bytes Show 10b Codes Show Symbols Show packet Fields Show USB 3.2 Super Speed 5Gbps Gen 1 packets. Link tracker cannot simultaneously display SS and SS+ traffic. Show USB 3.2 Super Speed + 10Gbps Gen 2 packets. Link tracker cannot simultaneously display SS and SS+ traffic. Columns to view 10.10 Using the Navigator The trace Navigator is a tool for navigating within the trace. It allows you to view the location of errors and triggers in a trace and to narrow the range of traffic on display. It also allows you to quickly jump to any point in the trace. USB Protocol Suite User Manual 595 www.valuetronics.com... -
Page 620: Displaying The Navigator
Teledyne LeCroy Using the Navigator 10.10.1 Displaying the Navigator in the toolbar, select Report > Navigator, or select the Navigation Bar checkbox in the Click Display Options General window to display the Navigator window (see Figure 10.36 on page 596). Figure 10.36: Navigator Window The Navigator appears on the right side of the Main window. It has a two-button toolbar and a vertical slider bar. It also has colored panes for navigating the trace in different ways. You set which panes are displayed through Navigator pop-up menus. The Navigator bar can be repositioned in the trace and can be oriented horizontally or vertically, docked or undocked by dragging the parallel bars at the top or side of the Navigator bar. By default, the Navigator bar appears vertically to the right of the trace window. The Navigator bar represents different types of trace information in the order of the packets. The top of each bar corresponds to the first packet in the trace, and the bottom corresponds to the last USB Protocol Suite User Manual www.valuetronics.com... -
Page 621: Navigator Toolbar
Teledyne L eCroy Using the Navigator packet. The Navigator bar is made up of three parts: Pre and Post-Trigger traffic, Errors, and Types of Traffic. At any time, a line in the navigator bar of one pixel in height represents a fraction of the trace data. If the Navigation bar is 400 pixels high, then each bar in this example would represent 1/400 of the trace. If the trace had 4000 packets total, each bar would represent ten packets. In the Types of Traffic portion of the navigation bar, the color of the bar would be that of the most important item in those ten packets. Drag the yellow caret, at the top or bottom, to set the packet range. When you move the caret, a message shows the packet range. The blue caret indicates the current packet position in the trace view. 10.10.2 Navigator Toolbar The Navigator toolbar lets you quickly set Navigator features. The toolbar has two buttons. Navigator Ranges: This button brings up a pop-up menu that lets you reset the Navigator range. The range determines what packets are viewable in the trace display. Navigator Panes: This button has two purposes: To select which Navigator panes appear and to bring up the Navigator legend. The legend determines how information is shown in the panes. 10.10.3 Navigator Ranges You set the viewing range by dragging the yellow range delimiters along the slider. To set the lowest packet viewable, drag the top delimiter up. As you do so, a tool tip appears to indicate the current range. Stop dragging when you reach the desired lowest packet. USB Protocol Suite User Manual 597 www.valuetronics.com... -
Page 622: To Determine Current Position
Teledyne LeCroy Using the Navigator To set the highest packet viewable, drag the bottom delimiter down. Stop when the tool tip indicates you are at the desired highest packet. Top Delimiter Current Position Indicator Bottom Delimiter Figure 10.37: Navigator Delimiter To Determine Current Position In addition to the two yellow range delimiters, the slider has a golden current-position indicator (see above). The current-position indicator shows where you are in the trace display with respect to the possible viewing range. For example, suppose you set viewing range to packet 0 through packet 500 (the top range delimiter is at packet 0, and the bottom range delimiter is at packet 500). If you then move the current-position indicator on the slider to midway between the top and bottom delimiters, then packet 250 appears in the middle of the trace display. To Reset Navigator Range You can reset the Navigator range using the toolbar Navigator Range button. Press the button to bring up the Navigator Range drop-down menu. The menu has the following options: Set Range to Whole Trace: Allows you to reset the range to include the entire trace file contents. The top range delimiter is placed at the lowest packet num- ber in the trace. The bottom range delimiter is placed at the highest packet num- ber in the trace. -
Page 623: Navigator Panes
Teledyne L eCroy Using the Navigator Set Range Near Packet xxx: Allows you to collapse the range so that only the packets immediately above and below the xxx packet are displayed. The xxx packet is whatever packet is currently at the top in the trace display. Recently Used Ranges: Allows you to reset the range to any of a number of recently used (previously set) ranges. 10.10.4 Navigator Panes You can display any combination of trace Navigator panes. Figure 10.38: Navigator Panes From left to right, the panes are: Pre/Post Trigger, Errors, Traffic Types, and Protocols of Traffic. Each pane represents the entire trace with respect to different types of information. The top of each pane represents the start of the trace file, and the bottom represents the end of the trace file. Pre/Post Trigger: To view the trigger event in the trace and the relative size of pre-trigger and post-trigger portions of the trace. The two portions are set apart as different colors. The trigger event occurs at the point the two colors meet. Errors: To view any errors in the trace. A thin red line represents each error in the pane. Traffic Types: To view the types of packets that occur in the trace. A different color represents each packet type in the pane. The relative size of colored por- tions in the pane corresponds to the amounts of the various packet types in the ... -
Page 624: Navigator Slider
Teledyne LeCroy Using the Navigator Navigator Slider The Navigator slider appears at the left of Navigator panes. The slider has yellow upper and lower range delimiters and a golden current-position indicator (see Figure 10.37 on page 598). The Navigator slider lets you to set the range of packets viewable in the trace display. In other words, it sets scrolling range of the display. You can scroll the display up to the lowest packet number in the viewing range. You can scroll the display down to the highest packet number in the viewing range. Navigator Legend The Navigator legend lets you control the display of content in Navigator panes. You bring up the legend through the Navigator Panes drop-down menu. Press the toolbar Navigator Panes button to access the menu. Select the Legend option to bring up the Navigator Legend dialog box. Check-box Up -down arrows Figure 10.39: Navigator Legend Dialog USB Protocol Suite User Manual www.valuetronics.com... -
Page 625: Using The Legend To Show/Hide Navigator Panes
Teledyne L eCroy Using the Navigator The Navigator Legend dialog box has areas corresponding to each of the panes. Each area has check boxes that allow you to hide/display information in the pane. You can set the priority of information displayed in the panes using the up and down triangles on the right. Using the Legend to Show/Hide Navigator Panes To use the legend to show/hide an entire pane, use the checkbox next to the name of each pane in the legend. In the case of the Pre/Post Trigger and Errors areas, the action of show/hide in the legend is identical to that provided by Trace Navigator pop-up menus. In the case of the Traffic Types pane, there is no equivalent show/hide available through the pop- up menus. Using the Legend to Set the Priority of Information Display You can use the legend to set the priority of information displayed in the Pre/Post Trigger Traffic Type panes. This is a two-step process. 1. For a particular item in a pane, click the column next to the checkbox for the item. That labels the item as currently active. 2. -
Page 626: Detail View
Teledyne LeCroy Detail View 10.11 Detail View The Detail View window shows packet details. To obtain the Detail View window, select Report > Detail View toolbar icon. or click the Figure 10.40: Detail View Window The Data View toolbar buttons allow you to Go to Previous or Next. Expanding a data field displays the Data View. 10.11.1 Detail View and Spreadsheet View To put a Detail View header in the Spreadsheet View, drag the header to a column divider in the Spreadsheet View. USB Protocol Suite User Manual www.valuetronics.com... -
Page 627: Spec View
Teledyne L eCroy Spec View 10.12 Spec View The Spec View shows packet header information for USB 3.2, USB 2.0, Power Delivery, USB4 Sideband and Display Port traffic. To obtain the Spec View, select Report > Spec View Spec View toolbar icon. or click the Figure 10.41: Spec View The toolbar allows you to Save, go to Previous or Next and display Binary or Hexadecimal. See Figure 10.42. Figure 10.42: Spec View Toolbar Display Port: Spec View For an example of the Spec View of Display Port traffic see Figure 10.43 on page 604. USB Protocol Suite User Manual 603 www.valuetronics.com... - Page 628 Teledyne LeCroy Spec View Spec View Icon Figure 10.43: Display Port: Spec View USB Protocol Suite User Manual www.valuetronics.com...
-
Page 629: Usb (3.2) Link State Timing View
Teledyne L eCroy USB (3.2) Link State Timing View 10.13 USB (3.2) Link State Timing View The Link State Timing View graphically shows how much time the link spends in each link state. to display the USB 3.2 Link State Timing View (see Figure 10.44 on page 605). Click Title Axis Legend Figure 10.44: USB 3.2 Link State Timing View The States are Compliance, Loopback, Rx.Detect, SS.Inactive, SS.Disabled, Hot Reset, Recovery, Polling, U3, U2, U1,U0, and Unknown. Time is displayed along the bottom in microseconds. If you right-click in the graph area a small dialog box will popup. You can turn on or turn off the following attributes to the graph: Show Legend Show Title Axis (3.2) 10.13.1 USB Link State Timing View Toolbar USB Protocol Suite User Manual 605 www.valuetronics.com... - Page 630 Teledyne LeCroy USB (3.2) Link State Timing View The buttons have the following functions: Vertical zoom in Insert Time markers. After clicking, click in the display to make a red vertical line. Select and drag the line to indicate a time interval between two lines. Vertical zoom out Sync by Time. Synchronize the USB 3.2 Link State Timing States View and the Trace View. Monitor Zoom by Selection Zoom by Horizontal Drag Go to previous link state Full Screen Go to next link state Pointer Mode Show Downstream port link states. Hand Panning Show Upstream port link states. USB Protocol Suite User Manual www.valuetronics.com...
-
Page 631: Usb (3.2) Ltssm View
Teledyne L eCroy USB (3.2) Link State Timing View (3.2) 10.13.2 LTSSM View The LTSSM View displays the LTSSM diagram depicted in the USB 3.2 specification. Click to display the USB 3.2 LTSSM View. Figure 10.45: USB 3.2 LTSSM View to synchronize the LTSSM View and Trace View. Click to go to previous link state. Click the left arrow to go to next link state. Click the right arrow to show Downstream port link states. Click the down arrow to show Upstream port link states. Click the up arrow to show number of transitions. Click To enable LTSSM buttons, open the Display Options dialog. In the General tab, check the Note: Process USB 3.2 LTSSM checkbox. Click Save As Default. Reopen the trace file. USB Protocol Suite User Manual 607 www.valuetronics.com... -
Page 632: Power Tracker: Vbus And Configuration Channel (Cc )
Teledyne LeCroy Power Tracker: VBus and Configuration Channel (CC ) 10.14 Power Tracker: VBus and Configuration Channel (CC ) Note: Power Capture can only be enabled on licensed versions of Voyager M3i, M3x, M310, M310C, M310P and Mercury T2P. 10.14.1 VBus Power Tracker The Power Tracker displays the power, voltage and current at each point in time. Power Tracker assumes the direction of current flow is from the Right connector ("2") to the Left connector ("1") which is the behavior if a normal USB Device was connected to the Left connector, and the Host was connected to the Right connector. If the direction of current flow is going the OTHER way, it is shown as a Negative value. With Power Delivery and Type-C, there are many situations where current can flow in either direction, so we just use this orientation as our standard. For the Exerciser port, we use the Voyager supplying current as the Positive value, and the Voyager sinking current as the Negative value. Note: “Current direction or direction of current flow” can be used to search for this section. Select Report > Power Tracker, or click to display the VBus Power Tracker, CC Power Tracker and Exerciser VConn Tarcker. See Figure 10.47. Figure 10.46: Power Tracker: VBus and CC Events If you select VBus Power Tracker you’ll see the Power, Voltage and Current waveforms displayed. ... - Page 633 Teledyne L eCroy Power Tracker: VBus and Configuration Channel (CC ) Figure 10.47: Power Tracker: VBus If you right click withing the display, the following window will pop up: See Figure 10.48. Figure 10.48: Right Click in Display Menus Many of the features in the popup menu not available as separate buttons, except: Zoom to Trace View and Fit all Power Info to Graph Area If you select Switch Color Scheme the Power, Voltage and Current background colors will change to black/blue/red. See Figure 10.49 USB Protocol Suite User Manual 609 www.valuetronics.com...
- Page 634 Teledyne LeCroy Power Tracker: VBus and Configuration Channel (CC ) Figure 10.49: Update Color Scheme of Legend If you select Show Legend and Show Min/Max Values, they will show up in the display. See Figure 10.50 on page 610. Figure 10.50: Show Legend, Show Min/Max Values USB Protocol Suite User Manual www.valuetronics.com...
-
Page 635: Power Tracker Options
Teledyne L eCroy Power Tracker: VBus and Configuration Channel (CC ) Power Tracker Options If you select Power Tracker from the Report menu, you can select Hide, Full Screen, Sync by Time, or Real Time Monitor (see “Power Tracker Toolbar” on page 612). The left side shows power, voltage, and current levels. Right-clicking a column allows you to select the vertical-scale origin. The origin is 0 or near the minimum measurement value. The horizontal axis shows time in milliseconds. You can navigate with the slider. The slider sets the left vertical line. The distance to the right dashed vertical line represents the sampling interval. You can use time markers to measure times in this view. To delete markers, right-click the marker and select Delete Marker(s). You can show/hide minimum and maximum values for Power, Voltage, and Current by right- clicking and choosing Show Min/Max Values from the popup menu. Note: The Min or Max values presented here are not exactly the same as those shown in the CATC or Spreadsheet views. This is because this view presents the values as they exist when sampled at 20 microsecond intervals. The values shown in the Packet type views are linearly interpolated from these samples to show the approximate value at the time the packet is timestamped. You can go to the time at which Minimum or Maximum values of Power, Voltage, or Current occur by right-clicking and choosing Go To from the popup menu and then choosing a submenu item. The Power Tracker samples are acquired from the start of the recording to the finish. Since packet traffic or other "Bus Condition" events can start long after the recording starts or finish long before the recording ends, many power samples in these end ranges can "map" to the first packet or last packet in a trace. For all events, when synchronizing between the Power Tracker view and other views, the items associated in the other views are the ones closest in time to the timestamp of the Power Tracker sample. Note: Power measurement accuracy for Current is +/- 10 mA. Power measurement accuracy for Voltage is +/- 50 mV. Power measurement accuracy for Power is +/- 50 mW. The sampling period of the current and voltage is once every 20 microseconds, or 50 KHz. On the M310P and Mercury T2P, the current sense device has high hysteresis, so current ... -
Page 636: Power Tracker Toolbar
Teledyne LeCroy Power Tracker: VBus and Configuration Channel (CC ) Power Tracker Toolbar Figure 10.51: Power Tracker Toolbar Note: Vbus Voltage Values shown when running Power Delivery 2.0 Load Tests use built-in compensation factors to adjust for the voltage drop across the required cable: USB18CAB-X (926763-00). The voltage drop across this cable due to the current is added to each sample so that the voltage captured and displayed represents the value at the user's connector. This compensation is ONLY done during these Load tests, so all other Voltage values captured and shown are measured at the Voyager Connector and are unaware of cable voltage drops. The buttons have the following functions: Export Trace to CSV file (see “VBus Power Tracker Export to CSV File” on page 624). Zoom in Pointer Mode (see Figure 10.52 on (see Figure 10.60 on page 614). page 618). Zoom out Hand Panning (see Figure 10.53 on (see Figure 10.61 on page 614). page 618). Zoom by Selection Insert Time markers. (see Figure 10.54 on After clicking, click in the page 615). display to make a red vertical line. Select and drag the line ... - Page 637 Teledyne L eCroy Power Tracker: VBus and Configuration Channel (CC ) Zoom to Visible part of Trace Monitor during capture (Power Tracker Info close to (Power Tracker Data Packet of interest, see Displayed in Real Time). Figure 10.57 on page 616). Fit All Power Info to Graph Show/Hide Power Tracker Area Types: (Power Info for Entire Trace Power, Voltage, and/or Visible, see Figure 10.58 on Current page 617). (see Figure 10.65 on page 620). Full Screen Change Power Tracker graph (see Figure 10.59 on type: page 617). Bar, Line, and/or Point (see Figure 10.66 on page 621). Drop Compensation: When running USB PD 2.0 Compliance Load tests, the software can automatically compensate for the voltage drop across the Type-C cable being used during the test. This button toggles between the value we captured and the value that takes into account this extra cable ...
- Page 638 Teledyne LeCroy Power Tracker: VBus and Configuration Channel (CC ) Figure 10.52: Power Tracker ToolBar Button: Zoom In Figure 10.53: Power Tracker ToolBar Button: Zoom Out USB Protocol Suite User Manual www.valuetronics.com...
- Page 639 Teledyne L eCroy Power Tracker: VBus and Configuration Channel (CC ) Figure 10.54: Power Tracker ToolBar Button: Zoom By Selection Figure 10.55: Power Tracker ToolBar Button: Zoom by Horizontal Drag USB Protocol Suite User Manual 615 www.valuetronics.com...
- Page 640 Teledyne LeCroy Power Tracker: VBus and Configuration Channel (CC ) Figure 10.56: Power Tracker ToolBar Button: Zoom by Vertical Drag Figure 10.57: Power Tracker ToolBar Button: Zoom to Visible Part of Trace USB Protocol Suite User Manual www.valuetronics.com...
- Page 641 Teledyne L eCroy Power Tracker: VBus and Configuration Channel (CC ) Figure 10.58: Power Tracker ToolBar Button: Fit All Power Info to Graph Area Figure 10.59: Power Tracker ToolBar Button: Full Screen USB Protocol Suite User Manual 617 www.valuetronics.com...
- Page 642 Teledyne LeCroy Power Tracker: VBus and Configuration Channel (CC ) Figure 10.60: Power Tracker ToolBar Button: Pointer Mode Figure 10.61: Power Tracker ToolBar Button: Hand Panning USB Protocol Suite User Manual www.valuetronics.com...
- Page 643 Teledyne L eCroy Power Tracker: VBus and Configuration Channel (CC ) Figure 10.62: Power Tracker ToolBar Button: Insert Time Markers Figure 10.63: Power Tracker ToolBar Button: Insert Time Markers -> Slew Rate Information USB Protocol Suite User Manual 619 www.valuetronics.com...
- Page 644 Teledyne LeCroy Power Tracker: VBus and Configuration Channel (CC ) Figure 10.64: Power Tracker ToolBar Button: Sync by Time Figure 10.65: Power Tracker ToolBar Button: Show/Hide Power Tracker Types USB Protocol Suite User Manual www.valuetronics.com...
- Page 645 Teledyne L eCroy Power Tracker: VBus and Configuration Channel (CC ) Select Bar, Line or Points for Display of Power Tracker Data Figure 10.66: Power Tracker ToolBar Button: Change Power Tracker Graph Type USB Protocol Suite User Manual 621 www.valuetronics.com...
-
Page 646: Power Tracker: Cc Power Tracker/Vbus Power Tracker Sync'ed (Beta)
Teledyne LeCroy Power Tracker: VBus and Configuration Channel (CC ) 10.14.2 Power Tracker: CC Power Tracker/Vbus Power Tracker Sync’ed (Beta) You can display both the CC Power Tracker view synchronized with the Vbus Power Tracker view by opening an appropriate trace. In this case the trace PR_Swap_VDM.usb has been selected below. See Figure 10.67. Figure 10.67: Trace Opened: PR_Swap_VDM Ensure both Vbus Power Tracker and CC Power Tracker are enabled. See Figure 10.68. Vbus Power Tracker and CC Power Tracker are Enabled Figure 10.68: To use this feature, you must dock the two views so they lie above and below each other, as shown in Figure 10.69 on page 623. This is not done automatically. By pressing the Sync by Time and Zoom button, both views will track any subsequent zooms and time scrolling, so that the USB Protocol Suite User Manual www.valuetronics.com... - Page 647 Teledyne L eCroy Power Tracker: VBus and Configuration Channel (CC ) relationship between the events is visually consistent. In addition, the blue selection line is kept aligned as much as possible. This feature will be improved on in the future, and is presented as a Beta version at this time. See figure below. Figure 10.69: CC Power Tracker view and the Vbus Power Tracker view: Time and Zoom Synchronized USB Protocol Suite User Manual 623 www.valuetronics.com...
-
Page 648: Vbus Power Tracker Export To Csv File
Teledyne LeCroy Power Tracker: VBus and Configuration Channel (CC ) 10.14.3 VBus Power Tracker Export to CSV File If you select the CSV icon on the toolbar (see Figure 10.70). Figure 10.70: VBus Power Tracker: CSV Icon A dialog box will popup in the directory path where the USB Protocol Suite Software was installed: C:\Users\Public\Documents\LeCroy\USB Protocol Suite\Examples\Power Delivery Traces You can chose an appropriate file title for the CSV file. In this case we have chosen: VBus_Power_Tracker_Info_from_Trace.csv See Figure 10.71. Figure 10.71: Popup Dialog Box with Path to Save CSV File Select “Save” and the CSV file will be saved to the chosen directory. You can then open the file with Excel. See Figure 10.72 on page 625. USB Protocol Suite User Manual www.valuetronics.com... - Page 649 Teledyne L eCroy Power Tracker: VBus and Configuration Channel (CC ) Figure 10.72: CVS File of VBus_Power_Tracker_Info_From_Trace USB Protocol Suite User Manual 625 www.valuetronics.com...
-
Page 650: Configuration Channel (Cc) Power Tracker
Teledyne LeCroy Power Tracker: VBus and Configuration Channel (CC ) 10.14.4 Configuration Channel (CC) Power Tracker The USB Type C cable supports two Configuration Channel (CC) pins: CC1 and CC2. The Voyager M310C/M310P/M4x has two Type C connections: one on the left of the front panel (Connector 1) and one to the right (Connector 2). See Figure 10.73. CC1 Left and CC2 Left CC1 Right and CC2 Right Figure 10.73: Voyager M310C: Front Panel View When setting Recording Options, the Left and Right Analyzer connectors can be labeled and those labels will show up in the trace file. See Figure 10.74 and Figure 10.75 on page 627. Figure 10.74: Voyager M310C: Recording Features for Left and Right Connectors USB Protocol Suite User Manual www.valuetronics.com... -
Page 651: Configuration Channel (Cc) Pins
Teledyne L eCroy Power Tracker: VBus and Configuration Channel (CC ) Configuration Channel (CC) Pins Voyager also provides the voltages of the Configuration Channel (CC) pins in a separate window (CC Power Tracker View). Left “Adapter” is for Connector 1 (CC1L, CC2L) and Right “MacBook” is for Connector 2 (CC1R, CC2R). See Figure 10.75. CC1L, CC2L, Legend CC1R, CC2R CC1L, CC2L, Selection Tool CC1R, CC2R Figure 10.75: Configuration Channel (CC) Power Tracker Display: Packet 107 The Configuration Channel pins in a Type C connector can be used to determine a variety of functions: Attachment of USB Port Detection Cable Orientation Detection Role Detection Current Mode Advertisement and Detection (Default, Medium and High) ... - Page 652 Teledyne LeCroy Power Tracker: VBus and Configuration Channel (CC ) Figure 10.76: Configuration Channel (CC) 1 and 2 Voltages Shown in Colored Tabs Figure 10.77: Configuration Channel Voltage Values in Gray Box Packet 107 is highlighted below, which shows that the Left cable is attached and is a Source. The Right cable is attached and is a Sink. See Figure 10.78. Figure 10.78: Packet Information from Trace View Packet 000 through Packet 003 show the stages the CC1 and CC2 pins on the left and right analyzer connectors go through as the unit powers up. See Figure 10.79. Step 1 Step 4 Figure 10.79: Configuration Channel Information as Units Power Up USB Protocol Suite User Manual www.valuetronics.com...
-
Page 653: Cc Icon And Voltage Captions
Teledyne L eCroy Power Tracker: VBus and Configuration Channel (CC ) Both units start out Unattached/Disabled in Packet 000 and by Packet 003 the left unit (labeled “Adapter”) is Attached as a current Sink and the right unit (labeled “MacBook”) is Attached as a source. CC Icon and Voltage Captions In the CC Power Tracker View you can selectively turn-on or turn-off each of the voltages: CC1L, icon in the toolbar and selecting or de-selecting the CC CC1R, CC2L or CC2R by selecting the voltages you are interested in. In the example below only the CC1 Right voltage is shown in the display. See Figure 10.80. Figure 10.80: Selecting CC Voltages or to View If you leave all the CC voltages on for display the CC Tracker View would be more congested. See Figure 10.81. Figure 10.81: CC Tracker: All Options Shown USB Protocol Suite User Manual 629 www.valuetronics.com... -
Page 654: Cc Power Tracker Export To Csv File
Teledyne LeCroy Power Tracker: VBus and Configuration Channel (CC ) CC Power Tracker Export to CSV File If you select the CSV icon on the CC Power Tacker toolbar (see Figure 10.70). Figure 10.82: CC Power Tracker: CSV Icon A dialog box will popup in the directory path where the USB Protocol Suite Software was installed: C:\Users\Public\Documents\LeCroy\USB Protocol Suite\Examples\Power Delivery Traces. You can chose an appropriate file title for the CSV file. In this case we have chosen: CC_Power_Tracker_Info_from_Trace.csv See Figure 10.83. Figure 10.83: Popup Dialog Box with Path to Save CSV File Select “Save” and the CSV file will be saved to the chosen directory. You can then open the file with Excel. See Figure 10.84 on page 631. USB Protocol Suite User Manual www.valuetronics.com... - Page 655 Teledyne L eCroy Power Tracker: VBus and Configuration Channel (CC ) Figure 10.84: CVS File of CC_Power_Tracker_Info_From_Trace USB Protocol Suite User Manual 631 www.valuetronics.com...
-
Page 656: Decoded Fields View
Teledyne LeCroy Decoded Fields view 10.15 Decoded Fields view See “Decoded Fields View” on page 555 for information. 10.16 Eye Diagram View An eye diagram is a display in which a digital signal from a receiver is repetitively sampled and applied to the vertical input, while the data rate is used to trigger the horizontal sweep. It is a tool for the evaluation of the combined effects of channel noise and inter-symbol interference on the performance of a baseband pulse-transmission system. It is the synchronized superposition of all possible realizations of the signal of interest viewed within a particular signaling interval. In Voyager M310P, The Power Delivery Compliance test includes capturing an Eye Diagram of a sequence of bits transmitted by the device under test. The only way to capture this Eye is to run the USB PD Compliance test, which requires a License Key. A trace which is captured as a result of an eye test will contain the data that is displayed below. See Figure 10.85. Figure 10.85: Eye Diagram View USB Protocol Suite User Manual www.valuetronics.com... -
Page 657: Eye Diagram Information/Options
Teledyne L eCroy Eye Diagram View Eye Diagram Information/Options Total captured Power Deliver Unit Intervals (UIs) or bits: 2640 (Number of bits sampled to produce the eye) Violated Points: 0 (Number of instances of samples which are found outside of the mask limits) Average bit time (ns): 3331 Time (ns): 3365 (Time from the start of the UI to the User's Cursor) Voltage (V): 1.43573 (Voltage value at the User's Cursor) Original Mask Crossing Point (mV): 0.585163 (Value found during capture) Current Crossing Point (mV): 0.586163 (Value found after modifying Crossing Offset) Crossing Offset (mV): 0.0 User can change the crossing offset by changing this millivolt value. Limits: +100 (mV) to -100 (mV) Effect of Offset If you change the Crossing Offset you can see the effect on Violated Points. Set the Crossing Offset to 100 mV and this will produce 1023870 violated points, which show up as purple. See Figure 10.86. Figure 10.86: Eye Diagram: Effect of Offset on Violated Points USB Protocol Suite User Manual 633 www.valuetronics.com... -
Page 658: Eye Diagram Toolbar
Teledyne LeCroy Running Verification Scripts Eye Diagram Toolbar Save Eye Diagram as Image Fit Eye Diagram to graph area Export Samples to the file Figure 10.87: Eye Diagram Toolbar Eye Diagram Toolbar Functions: Save Eye Diagram as Image: Opens Windows Explorer Folder to save image Export Samples to file: Opens Folder to save image as CSV file Fit Eye Diagram to graph area: Expands image to fill window 10.17 Running Verification Scripts You can perform custom post-process analysis of the open trace by running a verification script ... - Page 659 Teledyne L eCroy Running Verification Scripts Figure 10.88: Run Verification Scripts Dialog To expand log, click the Expand Log button To find a view related to the verified trace, and place the window under it, click To find a view related to the verified trace, and place the window to the right, click To save output, click the Save Output button. 2. Press the button Run scripts after you select scripts to run. VSE starts running the selected verification scripts, shows script report information in the output windows, and presents the results of verifications in the script list (see Figure 10.89 on page 636). USB Protocol Suite User Manual 635 www.valuetronics.com...
- Page 660 Teledyne LeCroy Running Verification Scripts Figure 10.89: Verification Script Results 3. Right-clicking in the script list displays some additional operations over selected scripts. Figure 10.90: Right-click Options Run verification script(s): Start running selected script(s). Edit script: Edit selected scripts in the editor application specified in Editor settings. New script: Create a new script file using the template specified in Editor settings. Show Grid: Show/hide a grid in the verification script list. Show Description window: Show/hide the script description window (Shortcut key F2). Show Output: Show/hide the script output windows (Shortcut key F3). Settings: Open a special Setting dialog to specify different settings for VSE. USB Protocol Suite User Manual www.valuetronics.com...
- Page 661 Teledyne L eCroy Running Verification Scripts 4. After choosing Settings from the drop-down list or the button, the Settings dialog appears (see Figure 10.91 on page 637.) Figure 10.91: Settings Dialog You can Choose the editor application: Notepad or other. Path to the editor: If you choose other above, then this enabled for choosing a path to the editor. Edit all selected scripts in one process: If the editor supports multiple documents, you can edit all scripts in the editor. Open all included files: You can edit included files, as well as the main script. Launch editor application in full screen: You can use whole screen. Path to template file for a new script: You can use a template for the script. USB Protocol Suite User Manual 637 www.valuetronics.com...
-
Page 662: Real Time Monitoring
Teledyne LeCroy Real Time Monitoring Display Settings can show full trace-file path, restore dialog at start, load last output from save log files, activate dialog after scripts have run, remember dialog layout, and ignore errors and warnings. Saving Settings can save log files to relative file folder, indicate output log file path, and save logs automatically. 10.18 Real Time Monitoring The Real-Time Statistics window displays a graph of real-time link activity. Real Time Statistics displays a summary of the traffic currently being recorded by the Analyzer. in the Tool Bar to open the Real Time To display the Real-Time Statistics window, click Statistics window. The display is similar to Figure 10.92 on page 638. Figure 10.92: Real Time Statistics window For USB 3.2, the Real-Time Statistics window can display a SuperSpeed graph of real-time link activity. USB Protocol Suite User Manual www.valuetronics.com... -
Page 663: Real-Time Statistics Buttons
Teledyne L eCroy Real Time Monitoring The Link Statistics are displayed on the right bottom panel in the previous screen capture. They are defined as: RD: Running Disparity Errors Inv Sym: Invalid 10-Bit Symbol Refer to the “Error Summary” on page 567 for further explanation. In order to see a graph of traffic, you must start recording. to start the Real-Time statistics monitor. As traffic is recorded, data is streamed in real Press time to this window and presented in a format of your choice. To stop the monitor, press . 10.18.1 Real-Time Statistics Buttons The Real-Time Statistics toolbar has buttons for changing the format of the displayed data and for exporting data: Figure 10.93: Real time Statistics Buttons The buttons have the following functions: Save As - Saves Real-Time Vertical zoom in graphs as bitmap files (*.bmp) Email - Creates an email with Vertical zoom out a *.bmp file attachment of the graphs Click and Drag zoom - Click diagonally to select and zoom Print in on part of the graph Full Screen Synchronize with other Views. ... -
Page 664: Real-Time Statistical Monitor Pop-Up Menu
Teledyne LeCroy Real Time Monitoring Horizontal zoom in Start. Starts the Real-Time Monitor. Horizontal zoom out Stop Real-Time Monitoring. Reset graphs. To clear the counters in the “Statistics Accumulation” area, click the Restart button. To save a snapshot Microsoft Excel .csv file of the data before clearing the values, click the Save and Restart button. The file is in the same folder where Trace files are saved. The naming convention of the file is: RTS_Capture_YYYY-MM-DD_HH-MM-SS.csv Because file writing must happen immediately, there is no file naming dialog. Note: If you click the button more than once a second, the previous file with the same timestamp will Note: be lost. 10.18.2 Real-Time Statistical Monitor Pop-up Menu If you right-click a graph in the Real-Time window, a pop-up menu appears with options for changing the format of the display: Figure 10.94: Real-Time Statistical Monitor Pop-up Menu Undo Zoom: If you have zoomed in, undoes the zoom. -
Page 665: Displaying Multiple Graphs
Teledyne L eCroy Real Time Monitoring Remove: Removes the selected graph. Properties: Opens a dialog box with options for changing the colors, titles and other features of the graphs. 10.18.3 Displaying Multiple Graphs The Real Time Statistics window gives you the ability to create up to three separate graphing windows so that you can create separate graphs of traffic and tile them vertically. Within these windows, you can format the graphs in a number of ways. To view two or three graphs simultaneously, button. click the Graph Areas The following menu opens. Figure 10.95: Graph Areas Menu Options Selecting a checkbox displays the selected graph type: Statistics Accumulation: Plots the percentage of Link utilization by non-idle traf- fic for both directions of the link. Data Packet Count (Packets/s): Plots counts of Data Packets per second for both directions of the link. Data Payload Throughput (MBytes): Plots data payload throughput for both ... - Page 666 Teledyne LeCroy Real Time Monitoring USB Protocol Suite User Manual www.valuetronics.com...
-
Page 667: Chapter 11: Traffic Generation 2.0
Chapter 11 Traffic Generation 2.0 USB 2.0 Traffic Generation allows you to generate USB 2.0 traffic and test designs under realistic conditions. Traffic Generation can also transmit known bad packets, providing an opportunity for engineers to observe how a device handles specific adverse conditions. The 2.0 Generation scripts can create almost arbitrary streams of packets, but the responsibility for creating a sequence which performs in an expected way is left to the user. For example, if a Host Emulation script starts with just sending bulk data on an endpoint, no real device purchased in the store can react to it, as it expects to be enumerated and be in the correct state when the Bulk transfer begins. In the Device Emulation situation, it is expected that the device will supply all the correct enumeration responses, in the order expected by the host, for it to proceed to it's normal behavior mode. Since different hosts may enumerate devices in slightly different orders, you may have to adjust the device emulation script file to match this. By creating the Host Emulation or Device Emulation script from the process of exporting from a real trace with a real Device or Host, the likelihood of starting out with a working script is increased enormously, since the behavior should be repeatable. For traffic generation for USB 3.2, see “Traffic Generation USB 3.2/USB4/PD Exerciser” on Note: page 683. 11.1 Connecting to Voyager M3i The connections differ for Host Emulation and Device Emulation. Full Speed, Low Speed, and Hi Speed connections are the same. Hi/Full/Low Speed Host Emulation For Host Emulation Hi, Full, or Low Speed, connect to the Voyager M3i according to the following diagram (see Figure 11.1 on page 644.). USB Protocol Suite User Manual 643 www.valuetronics.com... -
Page 668: Hi/Full/Low Speed Device Emulation
Teledyne LeCroy Connecting to Voyager M3i M3i. Figure 11.1: Connections to the Voyager Hi/Full/Low Speed Device Emulation For Device Emulation Hi, Full, or Low Speed, connect to the Voyager according to the following diagram. Figure 11.2: Connections to the Voyager M3i. USB Protocol Suite User Manual www.valuetronics.com... -
Page 669: Connecting To Voyager M3X
Teledyne L eCroy Connecting to Voyager M3x 11.2 Connecting to Voyager M3x The connections differ for Host Emulation and Device Emulation. Full Speed, Low Speed, and Hi Speed connections are the same. Hi/Full/Low Speed Host Emulation For Host Emulation Hi, Full, or Low Speed, connect to the Voyager according to the following diagram (see Figure 11.1 on page 644). Figure 11.3: Connections to the Voyager M3x. Hi/Full/Low Speed Device Emulation For Device Emulation Hi, Full, or Low Speed, connect to the Voyager according to the following diagram. Figure 11.4: Connections to the Voyager M3x. USB Protocol Suite User Manual 645 www.valuetronics.com... -
Page 670: Connecting To Voyager M310
Teledyne LeCroy Connecting to Voyager M310 11.3 Connecting to Voyager M310 The connections differ for Host Emulation and Device Emulation. Full Speed, Low Speed, and Hi Speed connections are the same. Hi/Full/Low Speed Host Emulation For Host Emulation Hi, Full, or Low Speed, connect to the Voyager according to the following diagram (see Figure 11.1 on page 644). Figure 11.5: Connections to the Voyager M310. Hi/Full/Low Speed Device Emulation For Device Emulation Hi, Full, or Low Speed, connect to the Voyager according to the following diagram. Figure 11.6: Connections to the Voyager M310. USB Protocol Suite User Manual www.valuetronics.com... -
Page 671: Connecting To Voyager M310C
Teledyne L eCroy Connecting to Voyager M310C 11.4 Connecting to Voyager M310C In all cases (Low Speed, Full Speed, Hi Speed) you attach to the left USB Type-C connector (the one with “Exerciser” written below it.) Selection between Host and Device emulation is done in the Recording Options dialog. (see Figure 11.1 on page 644). Figure 11.7: Connections to the Voyager M310C: Device Under Test. Figure 11.8: Connections to the Voyager M310C: Host Under Test. USB Protocol Suite User Manual 647 www.valuetronics.com... -
Page 672: Traffic Generation Files
Teledyne LeCroy Traffic Generation Files 11.5 Traffic Generation Files The system generates USB 2.0 traffic from traffic generation files (*.utg) which are text-based script files that instruct the Generator how to generate USB 2.0 traffic. These script files can be edited with either a simple text editor such as Notepad or with the Script Editor utility provided by the application. The Script Editor utility has several aids to simplify the process of writing and editing scripts: tool-tips, drop-down menus, and colored fields. The script example below shows the beginning of a traffic generation file created through the Export command. This command provides an easy way to create a generation file - you open a trace file, then run the Export command. The trace serves as a blueprint for the traffic generation file. The example below shows several commented lines followed by some instructions. Figure 11.9: Script example of a Traffic Generation File. This generation file causes the system to simulate a hub and to generate 24,320 packets. See “Device Emulation” on page 658 for details about the format of traffic generation files. 11.6 Creating Traffic Generation Files If you choose to write a script with a text editor, a good way to start is to edit an example generation file. For Windows 7 and Windows 8, an example such as: FS_Enum_Break_Wrap_Sample.utg, HS_Hub_Sample.utg in the directory C:\Users\Public \Documents\LeCroy\USB Protocol Suite\Examples\2.0 Host Emulation or SampleDeviceEmulationThumbDriveFS.utg in the directory C:\Users\Public\ Documents\LeCroy\USB Protocol Suite\Examples\2.0 Device Emulation. ... -
Page 673: Creating A Traffic Generation File With The Export Command
Teledyne L eCroy Creating Traffic Generation Files 11.6.1 Creating a Traffic Generation File with the Export Command The Export command offers an easy alternative method of creating a generator file. This command converts the trace to a *.utg file, removes all device traffic, and leaves only the traffic from the host device. You can then use this file to emulate the host and determine whether the device under test is generating the correct traffic. When creating a .utg file through the Export Packets to Text (Generator Text File Format) menu selection, it is suggested that you use the default values presented. Adding NAK transactions clutters the .utg file, and including the device side packets creates a .utg file which does not work with a real device attached. To use the Export command: 1. Start the application. 2. Open a trace that has the pattern of traffic that you would like to generate. 3. Select File > Export from the menu bar to display the File Export menu: Figure 11.10: File Export Menu 4. Select Packets to Host Traffic Generator Text File from the Export drop-down menu. You see the Export to Generator Text dialog (Figure 11.11 on page 649). -
Page 674: Editing A Generation File
Teledyne LeCroy Editing a Generation File Note: The device packets are removed from the exported generator text. This is essential in creating a generator text file that can be used to handshake with your device. 6. You can opt to regenerate the frame numbers and remove the NAKed transactions. Once the generator text file is exported, you may need to edit the file and adjust idle time to properly anticipate the responses from your device. Since there is limited memory for generating traffic, the export function will look to see if space is "wasted" on Empty Frames. These are USB Frames which contain no host or device traffic. If the source file had locations where lots of empty frames occurred, the software will inform you so they can be reduced by editing the .utg output file once export is complete. You would search for empty_frames = nnn and look for any location where where nnn is 102 or greater. In most cases, this value can be reduced to a very small value. See the documentation for the empty_frames key later in this chapter. See Table 11.3 on page 674. 11.7 Editing a Generation File A .utg file is a text file that can be edited with any text editor such as Notepad. A better editing option, however, is Script Editor of the application. Script Editor provides the usual editing functions such as select, cut, copy, and paste but also adds tool-tips, colored keywords, drop-down parameter values, and expandable/collapsible packet data fields. button on the toolbar or right-click the trace To launch the Script Editor, click the Script Editor window and choose Edit as Text. The Script Editor window opens in the lower portion of the trace window (Figure 11.12 on page 651). USB Protocol Suite User Manual www.valuetronics.com... -
Page 675: Toolbar
Teledyne L eCroy Editing a Generation File Figure 11.12: Script Editor The Script Editor divides into three areas: the toolbar, the script window, and the file tabs at the bottom of the window. If errors occur, a log opens at the bottom of the window. 11.7.1 Toolbar The Script Editor toolbar contains buttons for saving your edits, navigating, searching and other functions. USB Protocol Suite User Manual 651 www.valuetronics.com... - Page 676 Teledyne LeCroy Editing a Generation File The buttons have the following functions: Save. Saves your edits and Add/Remove bookmark. immediately updates the Allows markers to be set or setting bars and Frames removed to aid in navigation. shown in the trace window. View Options. Opens a menu Go to next bookmark. with three options: Enable Outlining, Toggle Outlining, and Line Numbers. See View Options Menu below. Go to Trace View. Go to previous bookmark. Cut. Clear all bookmarks. Copy. Find. Paste. Find and Replace. Undo. Print Redo. USB Protocol Suite User Manual www.valuetronics.com...
-
Page 677: View Options Menu
Teledyne L eCroy Editing a Generation File 11.7.2 View Options Menu The View Options button has a menu with three options: Figure 11.13: View Options Menu Enable Outlining: Adds an expandable/collapsible tree structure to the left side of the Script Editor showing the hierarchical relationships of the script lines. Show Line Numbers: Adds line numbers to the left side of the Script Editor win- dow. Show Tooltips: Enables tooltips to appear when the mouse pointer is suspended over a script item. Enable Intellisense 11.7.3 Pop-up Menu Right-click anywhere in the script window to open a pop-up menu with the following options: Figure 11.14: Pop-up Menu Copy Paste ... -
Page 678: File Tabs
Teledyne LeCroy Loading the Generation File 11.7.4 File Tabs At the bottom of the window is a tab that shows the name of the .utg file. If your .utg file has an Include statement in it, the supporting Include files automatically open when the .utg file is first opened. Tabs for the opened Include files appear at the bottom of this window. Figure 11.15: File Tabs 11.7.5 Error Log Whenever you create a scripting error, a log opens at the bottom of the application window. When the error is corrected, the window automatically closes. 11.7.6 Tooltips The Script Editor window includes extensive tooltips for each keyword. To see a tooltip, hold the mouse pointer over a keyword. 11.8 Loading the Generation File The USB Traffic Generation files are scripts that instruct the Analyzer how to generate USB traffic. A traffic generation file contains text in special format and is named with a *.utg extension. These files can be created by any text editor, or using the File > Export > Packets to 2.0 Host Traffic Generator Text File (.utg).., menu selection when viewing a Trace File. There are several examples of Traffic Generation files included with the installation of the software. - Page 679 Teledyne L eCroy Loading the Generation File Figure 11.16: Open Dialog 2. Select Generation Files (*.utg) from the drop-down menu marked All USB Protocol Suite Files to display a list of Traffic Generation files. 3. Select a Traffic Generation file (*.utg). 4. Click Open. The file opens (see Figure 11.17 on page 656.) USB Protocol Suite User Manual 655 www.valuetronics.com...
- Page 680 Teledyne LeCroy Loading the Generation File Figure 11.17: Traffic Generation File Decide how many times you want the traffic pattern to be generated, then select a value from the Repeat drop-down menu. Figure 11.18: Repeat Drop-down Menu The Repeat mode allows for a single pass through the generation file, looping forever, or looping 1 to 65,534 times, as desired by the user. If a wrap = HERE location is found in the .utg file, that location is where the looping portion begins. The loop end is at the end of the .utg file or up to the stop = HERE statement in the file. 5. Select the Generation mode in which to generate traffic (see below for an on the explanation) by depressing or undepressing the IntelliFrame button toolbar: Depressed = IntelliFrame Undepressed = Bitstream USB Protocol Suite User Manual www.valuetronics.com...
-
Page 681: Traffic Generation Modes: Bitstream Vs. Intelliframe
Teledyne L eCroy Starting Traffic Generation 11.8.1 Traffic Generation Modes: Bitstream vs. Intelliframe IntelliFrame and Bitstream are modes that control how the generator interacts with other devices when it is generating traffic. Bitstream Mode - In Bitstream Mode, the generator constructs a bitstream of traffic based on the UTG file and assumes that packets start at pre-calculated times. For example, after an IN packet, the generator waits a calculated fixed time before presenting an ACK. The time between them is determined by the idle= time statement in between the IN and ACK packets in the .utg file. In this mode, every bit time of a generation stream (including idles and SE0's) is repre- sented by 4 bits of data, so the file to be downloaded to the Generator can be very large. IntelliFrame Mode - In IntelliFrame mode, the generator can wait for Device responses to complete before it continues generating more host packets. For example, after issuing an IN, the generator looks for the DATAx packet issued by the device to finish, and then issues an ACK. This way, the data length can vary and does not need to be pre-calculated. Also, using the idle = TO_EOF statement allows the generator to calculate where the end of the frame occurs, so that a subsequent frame = AUTO statement creates a Start of Frame at the correct time. Moreover, the Generator can be made to retry transactions that are NAK'ed automatically, and to use the PING protocol where appropriate. Retries can be made to occur within the same frame or in the next frame. For further information on the flexible behavior that can be instituted during the genera- tion, see the syntax descriptions for the generation files here. An additional ... -
Page 682: Repeating A Generation Session
Teledyne LeCroy Repeating a Generation Session 11.10 Repeating a Generation Session button If you wish to repeat a generation session, press the Traffic Generation Start/Stop again. There is no need to reload the .utg file. You can make an additional entry in a Generator Text File that allows you to specify a portion of the file for repetition: Enter wrap=here in the Generator Text File. The traffic above the entry is run only once. The traffic below the entry is repeated continuously. Note: For a usage example, see the sample file FS_Enum_Break_Wrap_Sample.utg. 11.11 Stop Traffic Generation To instruct the Analyzer to halt traffic generation: on the Tool Bar. Click 11.12 Device Emulation Device Emulation is a licensed option that allows the system to generate device-side traffic. Like host traffic generation, device emulation uses text-based generation files (.utg) to generate traffic. Device emulation has three steps: create a generation file, configure generation settings, and then generate traffic. 11.12.1 Creating a Generation File Generation files can be created one of two ways: Write a generation script file using either Teledyne LeCroy's context-sensitive script editor or any text editor that you choose. -
Page 683: Run The Traffic Generation Script File
Teledyne L eCroy Voyager M3x/M310/M310C USB 2.0 Script Limitations If you want the simulated device to issue Resumes, then select Device Resumes and enter a delay time (in milliseconds). If you do not select Device Resumes, then the emulated device waits for a Host to issue a Resume. If you want the simulated device to take its address from the Traffic Generation (.utg) script file, then select Use Address in .utg file. This option causes the sys- tem to read the .utg file and assign a Device Address based on the device traffic that it sees in the file. Note: In this release, the Device Emulator does not look at the Set Address in the script, so if your host controller is running more than one device, it may enumerate your device emulator incorrectly when you begin to generate traffic. The solution is to manually assign a device address. To manually configure the Device Address, select Emulated Device's Hex Address and enter an address or mask (Note: A mask allows the system to respond to multiple device addresses.) 4. Click OK to close the Recording Options dialog and apply the changes. The generation settings take effect as soon as you execute a script. 11.12.3 Run the Traffic Generation Script File 1. Connect the system's port B (either Hi Speed or Classic Speed) to the Host. 2. Open the Traffic Generation .utg file. 3. Begin traffic generation by clicking When execution begins, the system reads the entire generation file and then parses the ... -
Page 684: Voyager M3X/M310/M310C Usb 2.0 Script Limitations
Teledyne LeCroy Format of Traffic Generation Files USB 2.0 scripts are now more limited in size. Host scripts are limited to 64KBytes (approximately 16K lines). For BitStream mode emulation, this 64K allows for only 32KBytes of traffic, including idle bits. For example, a Full Speed Frame consists of 1 millisecond of traffic at 12 MB/second, so this would be 12 KB of traffic just for one frame. So you could send a maximum traffic of less than 3 mSec (about 2.5 frames) before the 64K of memory would be used up. Device Emulation Scripts are limited to 4KBytes per endpoint (approximately 1K lines per endpoint), with the exception that Endpoint 0 (the control endpoint) can handle more: it is limited to 64KBytes (approximately 16K lines). In addition, on the Voyager M3x/M310/M310C, the ability to create arbitrary bit streams (using raw_data, raw_data_bits, and bit_stuff key codes) is not supported for Hi Speed traffic. Finally, slow speed (divide by 40, divide by 80, etc.) generation for Hi Speed traffic is also not supported. 11.14 Format of Traffic Generation Files Whether you create a traffic generation from scratch or use the Export command, there are a few rules about the format of the generation file that you should review. These are presented in this section. Traffic is generated from a text file named *.utg. Within the text file: The data format for data fields such as Pids and Raw bits is hex. Each packet definition consists of this set of assignments: key=value. White space is permitted around the equal sign. There are no restrictions on dividing packet definition to lines nor is it necessary to define each packet in a separate line, although it is recommended. The maximum number of characters in a line is 250. The characters # and; indicate end-of-line comments (i.e. the rest of the line is ignored) ... - Page 685 Teledyne L eCroy Format of Traffic Generation Files 11.14.1 Script Control of Intelliframe vs Bitstream modes To force the .utg file to run in IntelliFrame mode, add the following text string to the FIRST LINE of the .utg file. ;intelliframe=ON To force the .utg file to run in Bitstream mode, add the following text string to the FIRST LINE of the .utg file. ;intelliframe=OFF These commands are useful if an automated interface, such as the USB Compliance Suite, is running a script. If you run the script manually, to allow selection of IntelliFrame or Bitstream mode from the toolbar, make sure the .utg file has no such Intelliframe command line. 11.14.2 Sample Syntax ; Start of Frames (SOF's) chirp = HERE This is necessary for Hi Speed scenarios to establish running at Hi Speed frame=auto idle=TO_EOF ;...
-
Page 686: Script Control Of Intelliframe Vs Bitstream Modes
Teledyne LeCroy Format of Traffic Generation Files pid=EXT addr=1 endp=0 idle=368 pid=LPM hird=1 link_state=1 remote_wake=0 idle=368 USB Protocol Suite User Manual www.valuetronics.com... - Page 687 Teledyne L eCroy Format of Traffic Generation Files TABLE 11.4: Support Keys for Defining Fields within a packet. Key Code Format Description File Control Keys file_type UPAS This must be included at the beginning of the file to determine the speed of packets to be CHIEF generated. Value must be file_type=UPAS to allow for High speed traffic, IntelliFrame operation, expected_pid and device_pid key support. Full and Low speed traffic, and Bitstream operation are supported on all file_type= values. If this statement does not appear in the file, the default is file_type=CHIEF, allowing backward compatibility with older USB Chief™ .usb files. file_version integer This must be included after the file_type= key to determine the version of this file. Value is currently 4.
- Page 688 Teledyne LeCroy Format of Traffic Generation Files TABLE 11.4: Support Keys for Defining Fields within a packet. (Continued) Key Code Format Description wrap HERE This key marks the wrap point in the traffic. loop When generation is in Repeat mode, all the traffic before the wrap point is going to be sent once. All the traffic after the wrap point is going to be repeated in a loop. The usage of the keyword is wrap=HERE or loop=HERE. For Device Emulation, the value would be a memory segment number, so that the looping is associated with only that one endpoint, such as wrap=4. skip HERE Causes a region in the .utg file to be ignored, as if commented out. Can be used multiple times in the file. Must be used in conjunction with skip_end=HERE. Example: skip=HERE frame=auto makes this statement be ignored! skip_end=HERE skip_end...
- Page 689 Teledyne L eCroy Format of Traffic Generation Files TABLE 11.4: Support Keys for Defining Fields within a packet. (Continued) Key Code Format Description break HERE Host Generation Only. Enables you to generate up to a point in the .utg file, then wait for input before continuing in the file. During the breakpoint time, the traffic signal icon in the toolbar flashes yellow, indicating that a breakpoint was hit. When you click the traffic light icon, generation resumes. If you want to stop rather than continue, select Stop from the Generation menu or hit the Start/Stop button on the front of the generator module. Start-of-frames are issued automatically during the breakpoint duration. When you resume running, traffic begins after another start-of- frame is issued. The break=HERE statement must be inserted between frame=xxx statements.
- Page 690 Teledyne LeCroy Format of Traffic Generation Files TABLE 11.4: Support Keys for Defining Fields within a packet. (Continued) Key Code Format Description Endpoint Configuration begin_config HERE Defines the beginning of the region in the file used to configure the endpoint types. The configuration is necessary to determine the default behavior of the NAK retry mechanism during IntelliFrame operation. Between the begin_config=HERE and the end_config=HERE statements is a series of config_endpoint=xxx statements, which define each endpoint's type and default retry behavior. The config region must precede any actual packet or bus condition statements. For Device Emulation, the config region is mandatory. It provides the mapping of the endpoints into their corresponding segments of Analyzer memory, which contain the traffic for those endpoints. When exporting to a .utg file from a trace file, these sections are created automatically. Syntax example: begin_config=HERE USB Protocol Suite User Manual www.valuetronics.com...
- Page 691 Teledyne L eCroy Format of Traffic Generation Files TABLE 11.4: Support Keys for Defining Fields within a packet. (Continued) Key Code Format Description end_config HERE Terminates the region in the file used for configuring the endpoints. See begin_config. Syntax example: end_config=HERE config_endpoint CONTROL Begins a statement that defines a particular endpoint's type, default retry behavior INTERRUPT (Host Generation only), and memory segment ISOCHRONOUS (Device Emulation only). BULK Usage example: config_endpoint=BULK addr=1 endp=3 direction=OUT retry=TRUE retry_next_frame=FALSE endp_mem_seg Device Emulation Only. Separates each endpoint function into a ...
- Page 692 Teledyne LeCroy Format of Traffic Generation Files TABLE 11.4: Support Keys for Defining Fields within a packet. (Continued) Key Code Format Description retry TRUE Host Generation Only. FALSE Defines whether an automatic retry should be performed on packets to/from this endpoint in the case that they are NAKed (or in some cases NYETed), or if a timeout on device response occurs. RETRY only works for the Pids: Setup, In, and Out. If TRUE, the Exerciser automatically retries the specified sequence if a Pid is received on the bus which does not match the expected_pid, or if a timeout occurs. The generator re-issues the host packet(s) after waiting either 1/10th of a frame, or until after the next start-of-frame (depending on the value set for retry_next_frame). The retries continue until the expected_pid is received. When a retry attempt finds its expected_pid, ...
- Page 693 Teledyne L eCroy Format of Traffic Generation Files TABLE 11.4: Support Keys for Defining Fields within a packet. (Continued) Key Code Format Description retry_next_frame TRUE Host Generation Only. FALSE Determines when a retry will be attempted after a failed match of an expected_pid. This statement only applies if a retry=TRUE statement also exists. If TRUE, the Exerciser waits until the current frame completes, issues a start of frame, and then retries the transaction. If FALSE, the Exerciser waits 1/10th of a frame before retrying the transaction. Before each retry attempt, the Exerciser checks to see where in the frame interval it is. If it is too close to the EOF, it automatically generates the next start-of-frame before performing the retry. If it is not too close to the EOF, it performs the retry without generating a new frame. This statement can also be used in conjunction with any pid=xxx statement in the .utg file. This can be done to override the configured or ...
- Page 694 Teledyne LeCroy Format of Traffic Generation Files TABLE 11.4: Support Keys for Defining Fields within a packet. (Continued) Key Code Format Description ping_on_retry TRUE Host Generation Only. FALSE Determines whether an OUT transaction is retried by repeating the OUT-DATAx sequence, or whether a PING sequence should be initiated. If TRUE, the Exerciser automatically generates PINGs (and retries) before going through a Retry Loop. PINGs are repeated until an ACK is received, and then the original OUT-DATAx transaction Sequence is attempted. During the PING retries, the Exerciser automatically generates frames. When the original Retry Sequence receives its expected_pid, the Exerciser generates a new frame before continuing with the Gen File. If FALSE, the original transaction is always retried. This statement can also be used in conjunction with any pid=xxx statement in the .utg file. This can be done to override the configured or default retry behavior.
- Page 695 Teledyne L eCroy Format of Traffic Generation Files TABLE 11.4: Support Keys for Defining Fields within a packet. (Continued) Key Code Format Description Packet Starting Keys 8 bits (0-0xFF) Host Generation Only. or Use this as the first key of most packets sent by the Host (Exception: Use frame= for SOF pid string packets). The key should be assigned to a valid packet identifier string per the USB specification: SETUP, IN, OUT, DATA0, DATA1, ACK, PRE, PING, SPLIT, DATA2, MDATA, EXT, or LPM. Optionally, you may assign this key a raw eight bit value to force an error condition. Warning: If you specify PID=0xNN, you must use raw_data=( ) to specify the rest of the packet data, because the packet structure is unknown. Additional Data is not required. In general, whatever number you put in here will ...
- Page 696 Teledyne LeCroy Format of Traffic Generation Files TABLE 11.4: Support Keys for Defining Fields within a packet. (Continued) Key Code Format Description device_pid pid string Use this as the first key of most packets sent by a device. The key should be assigned to a valid packet identifier string per the USB specification: DATA0, DATA1, ACK, NAK, STALL, NYET, DATA2, MDATA, EXT, or LPM. Normally, the device_pid= statement is NOT present in a Host Generation .utg file, because the device responses are intended to come from real devices. By default, Host Generation files exported from Trace Files do NOT include device_pid= statements. Warning: If you specify PID=0xNN, you must use raw_data=( ) to specify the rest of the packet data, because the packet structure is unknown. frame 11 bits Creates a start of frame packet and generates a or SOF PID as expected. ...
- Page 697 Teledyne L eCroy Format of Traffic Generation Files TABLE 11.4: Support Keys for Defining Fields within a packet. (Continued) Key Code Format Description empty_frame integer Host Generation Only. This key creates a sequence of start of frame packets with idle=TO_EOF values for the idle time. This results in N empty frames, where N is the integer value specified. If the branch speed is LOW, the frames contain only the keep-alive standalone EOP's. This key makes for an easier to manage .utg file by eliminating the need for many lines of frame=AUTO idle=TO_EOF statements. Since generator memory space is limited, the software will warn you when too many empty frames might be generated. It will show a warning such as this: The empty_frames large value may have occurred due to the original trace file having such behavior, which is due to the actual Host ...
- Page 698 Teledyne LeCroy Format of Traffic Generation Files TABLE 11.4: Support Keys for Defining Fields within a packet. (Continued) Key Code Format Description host_exp_pid Device Emulation Only. Defines the PID that is expected to be received from the Host. The Device Emulator waits until this PID has completed before sending the next generated packet. The key should be assigned to a valid packet identifier string per the USB specification: SETUP, IN, OUT, DATA0, DATA1, ACK, DATA2, or MDATA. PRE and PING are for Hubs only and are not supported. Each memory segment waits forever until it receives the expected PID to its address/ endpoint, so the user may have to hand edit the file to achieve the desired results. Each endpoint memory segment acts independently. USB Protocol Suite User Manual www.valuetronics.com...
- Page 699 Teledyne L eCroy Format of Traffic Generation Files TABLE 11.4: Support Keys for Defining Fields within a packet. (Continued) Key Code Format Description Bus Condition Keys Host Generation Only. reset positive integer Indicates the number of microseconds that or single-ended zeros (SE0) are driven onto the LS_EOP bus. Assign a positive integer to this key. This key can also be assigned the string LS_EOP to drive two low-speed bit times of SE0 followed by one bit time of J. positive Host Generation Only. integer...
- Page 700 Teledyne LeCroy Format of Traffic Generation Files TABLE 11.4: Support Keys for Defining Fields within a packet. (Continued) Key Code Format Description chirp HERE Used to create a chirp sequence for a High Speed generation. This MUST be used to switch from the default Full Speed behavior to Hi Speed signalling! This should be placed prior to any packet traffic like Start of Frames, etc.
- Page 701 Teledyne L eCroy Format of Traffic Generation Files TABLE 11.4: Support Keys for Defining Fields within a packet. (Continued) Key Code Format Description 5 bits (0x0- Assign a value for the crc field. 0x1F) or The default value is the correct crc calculated 16 bits (0x0- for the packet. 0xFFFF) 0 or 1 Host Generation Only. Assign a value for the s (High Speed SPLIT Start/ Speed) field. 0 or 1 Host Generation Only. Assign a value for the sc (High Speed SPLIT Start/Complete) field. 0 or 1 Host Generation Only. Assign a value for the e (High Speed SPLIT End) field. 0 to 3 Host Generation Only. Assign a value for the et (High Speed SPLIT ...
- Page 702 Teledyne LeCroy Format of Traffic Generation Files TABLE 11.4: Support Keys for Defining Fields within a packet. (Continued) Key Code Format Description hi_eop (AB CD) Hex Used to generate a high speed EOP pattern. The bytes are in the order they come across the bus, and the bits within the bytes are in LSB to MSB order. Maximum number of bytes allowed is 13. idle positive Defines the length of idle after the current integer packet. Assign a positive integer or string to this key. The positive integer indicates the number of TO_EOP full-speed or low-speed bit times. The default value is around 4 bits for Classic speeds and around 150 bits for High speeds. When this keyword is assigned a string TO_EOF, USB Chief automatically calculates the amount of idle remaining in the frame. When handshaking with a device, you can use this keyword to add idle where you anticipate a packet being returned from the device. ...
- Page 703 Teledyne L eCroy Format of Traffic Generation Files TABLE 11.4: Support Keys for Defining Fields within a packet. (Continued) Key Code Format Description raw_data (aa bb) Use to send a non-modulo 8 number of bits in a classic speed raw_data packet. Supported in Hi Speed Mode only It is only valid in conjunction with the raw_data on Voyager M3i. statement. Normally, every bit of the array defined in a raw_data=(xx yy) type of statement would be sent. However, particularly in the case where bit_stuff=off, you need more control over the number of bits to be output on the bus. By ...
- Page 704 Teledyne LeCroy Format of Traffic Generation Files TABLE 11.4: Support Keys for Defining Fields within a packet. (Continued) Key Code Format Description sync integer Assign an integer from 2 to 40 to represent the sync field. The integer is the number of zeros 2-40 transmitted before the one. For Low and Full Speed files, the default value is 7 to give a sync of 00000001. For High Speed files, the default value is 31 resulting in a sync of 00000000000000000000000000000001. retry TRUE Host Generation Only. ping_on_retry FALSE These four keys may be applied to individual packets to override the behavior in a given ping_on_nak instance. retry_next_frame Normally, they are used in the config_endpoint statement. See their descriptions in the Endpoint ...
- Page 705 Teledyne L eCroy Format of Traffic Generation Files USB Protocol Suite User Manual 681 www.valuetronics.com...
- Page 706 Teledyne LeCroy Format of Traffic Generation Files USB Protocol Suite User Manual www.valuetronics.com...
-
Page 707: Chapter 12: Traffic Generation Usb 3.2/Usb4/Pd Exerciser
Chapter 12 Traffic Generation USB 3.2/USB4/PD Exerciser The USB 3.2 Exerciser allows you to generate USB 3.2 traffic and test designs under realistic conditions. Traffic Generation can also transmit known bad packets, providing an opportunity for engineers to observe how a device handles specific adverse conditions. The PD Exerciser is supported in Voyager M310C/M10P/M4x. The USB4 Exerciser is supported in Voyager M4x. Note: For traffic generation for USB 2.0, see “Traffic Generation 2.0” on page 643. 12.1 Connecting to Voyager M3i The connections differ for Host Emulation and Device Emulation. Full Speed, Low Speed, Hi Speed, and SuperSpeed connections are the same. You only need to plug into the Exerciser ports, because there is an internal Analyzer tap. 12.1.1 Host Emulation For Host Emulation, connect a cable from Device under Test to Exerciser “A” port. Figure 12.1: Connecting a Cable from Device under Test to Exerciser “A” Port. USB Protocol Suite User Manual 683 www.valuetronics.com... -
Page 708: Device Emulation
Teledyne LeCroy Connecting to Voyager M3x 12.1.2 Device Emulation For Device Emulation, connect a cable from Host under Test to Exerciser “B” port. Figure 12.2: Connecting a Cable from Host under Test to Exerciser “B” Port. 12.2 Connecting to Voyager M3x The connections differ for Host Emulation and Device Emulation. Full Speed, Low Speed, Hi Speed, and SuperSpeed connections are the same. 12.2.1 Host Emulation For Host Emulation, connect a cable from Device under Test to “A” port. Figure 12.3: Connecting a Cable from Device under Test to “A” Port. USB Protocol Suite User Manual www.valuetronics.com... -
Page 709: Device Emulation
Teledyne L eCroy Connecting to Voyager M310 12.2.2 Device Emulation For Device Emulation, connect a cable from Host under Test to “B” port. Figure 12.4: Connecting a Cable from Host under Test to “B” Port. 12.3 Connecting to Voyager M310 The connections differ for Host Emulation and Device Emulation. Full Speed, Low Speed, Hi Speed, and SuperSpeed connections are the same. You only need to plug into the Exerciser ports, because there is an internal Analyzer tap. 12.3.1 Host Emulation For Host Emulation, connect a cable from Device under Test to Exerciser “A” port. Figure 12.5: Connecting a Cable from Device under Test to Exerciser “A” Port. USB Protocol Suite User Manual 685 www.valuetronics.com... -
Page 710: Device Emulation
Teledyne LeCroy Connecting to Voyager M310 12.3.2 Device Emulation For Device Emulation, connect a cable from Host under Test to Exerciser “B” port. Figure 12.6: Connecting a Cable from Host under Test to Exerciser “B” Port. USB Protocol Suite User Manual www.valuetronics.com... -
Page 711: Connecting To Voyager M310C
Teledyne L eCroy Connecting to Voyager M310C 12.4 Connecting to Voyager M310C connector (the one with "Exerciser" In all cases (SS, SS+) you attach to the left USB Type-C written below it.) Selection between Host and Device emulation is done in the Recording Options dialog. Figure 12.7: Connecting a Cable from Device under Test to Exerciser “A” Port. Figure 12.8: Connecting a Cable from Host under Test to Exerciser “A” Port. USB Protocol Suite User Manual 687 www.valuetronics.com... -
Page 712: Connecting To Voyager M310P
Teledyne LeCroy Connecting to Voyager M310P 12.5 Connecting to Voyager M310P connector (the one with "Exerciser" written above it). In all cases you attach to the USB Type-C Selection between Host and Device emulation is done in the Recording Options dialog. Figure 12.9: Connecting a Cable from Device under Test to Exerciser Port Figure 12.10: Connecting a Cable from Host under Test to Exerciser Port. USB Protocol Suite User Manual www.valuetronics.com... -
Page 713: Connecting To Voyager M4X
Teledyne L eCroy Connecting to Voyager M4x 12.6 Connecting to Voyager M4x connector (the one with "Exerciser" written above it.) In all cases you attach to the USB Type-C Selection between Host and Device emulation is done in the Recording Options dialog. Figure 12.11: Connecting a Cable from Device under Test to Exerciser Port Figure 12.12: Connecting a Cable from Host under Test to Exerciser Port USB Protocol Suite User Manual 689 www.valuetronics.com... -
Page 714: Usb 3.2 Transaction Engine
Teledyne LeCroy USB 3.2 Transaction Engine 12.7 USB 3.2 Transaction Engine The Transaction Engine allows Voyager hardware to automatically handle low-level protocol elements, for quicker response and higher data throughput. Some Transaction Engine features are: Retry Upon RX NRDY TP: Exerciser automatically waits for ERDY and then retries Header TP or ACK TP. Upon RX of Data burst packets: Exerciser automatically sends ACK TP with proper SEQ number for all received packets. Upon RX of DP with out of order SEQ number: Exerciser sends ACK TP with missing SEQ number and Retry bit set to 1. Upon RX of DP with Host Error bit set: Exerciser (in Device Emulation mode) ... -
Page 715: Creating Exerciser Files
Teledyne L eCroy Creating Exerciser Files 12.9 Creating Exerciser Files If you choose to write a script with a text editor, a good way to start is to edit a sample generation file. For Windows 7 and Windows 8, an example such as: MassStorageEnumeration.USB3g, SampleEnumHostTx.usb3g, or SampleMassStorageHostTx.usb3g, in the directory C:\Users\Public\Documents\LeCroy\USB Protocol Suite\Examples\3.2 Host Emulation\LowLevelScripts. For Windows 10, an example such as: MassStorageEnumeration.USB3g, SampleEnumHostTx.usb3g, or SampleMassStorageHostTx.usb3g, in the directory C:\Program Files\LeCroy\USB Protocol Suite\Examples\3.2 Host Emulation\LowLevelScript s. You can open a generation file with Notepad or other editor and then add or remove text as needed. For complete information on these and other Exerciser commands, see the Exerciser User Manual (VoyagerUSB3ExerciserScriptLanguage.pdf) included in your installation Documents folder. USB Protocol Suite User Manual 691 www.valuetronics.com... -
Page 716: Exerciser Window
Teledyne LeCroy Exerciser Window 12.10 Exerciser Window Click the USB/PD Exerciser button on the toolbar to open the USB/PD Exerciser window. 12.10.1 USB/PD Exerciser Menus The Exerciser menus are: Menu Sub Topic Function File New USB3 Graphic Creates a new, empty, graphic traffic generation file. Scenario New USB3 Text Creates a new, empty, text traffic generation file. Scenario New PD Text Creates a new, empty, text traffic generation file. Scenario New USB4 Creates a new, empty, text traffic generation file. TextScenario Open Opens a file. Save Saves the current file. Save As Saves all or a range of packets from the current file. Close Closes the current file. Print Prints part or all of the current traffic data file. - Page 717 Teledyne L eCroy Exerciser Window Menu Sub Topic Function Edit Undo Undoes previous command. Redo Redoes undone command. Deletes selected text. Copy Copies selected text Paste Pastes copied text. Toggle Bookmark Moves back and forth between bookmarks (scripts only). Next Bookmark Goes to the next bookmark (scripts only). Previous Bookmark Goes to the previous bookmark (scripts only). Clear All Bookmarks Removes all bookmarks (scripts only). Find Displays the Find dialog (scripts only). You can match case, find whole word only, and search up or down. Replace Opens the Replace dialog to find text and replace it (scripts only). You can match case, find whole word only, and search up or down. Find Next Finds the next text entered in the Find dialog (scripts only). Go to Opens the Go To Line dialog, in which you can enter a line number (scripts only). Select All Select all text in the current file (scripts only). Generation Run Scenario Starts traffic generation.
- Page 718 Teledyne LeCroy Exerciser Window Menu Sub Topic Function Window Cascade Displays all open windows in an overlapping arrangement. Tile Displays all open windows in a above-below arrangement. Arrange Icons Arranges minimized windows at the bottom of the display. Close All Closes all open windows. Help About Displays version information about the Voyager M3i and the USB Suite. Protocol See “Software, Firmware, and BusEngine Revisions” on page 733. USB Protocol Suite User Manual www.valuetronics.com...
-
Page 719: Main Exerciser Toolbar
Teledyne L eCroy Exerciser Window 12.10.2 Main Exerciser Toolbar The Main Exerciser toolbar contains buttons for saving your edits, navigating, searching, and other functions. The buttons have the following functions: New USB3 Graphic Scenario New USB3 Text Scenario Creates a new PD exerciser Creates a new USB4 exercise script script Open file. Save. Saves your edits and immediately updates the setting bars and Frames shown in the trace window. Cut. Copy. Paste. Print. About List all connected units and allows user to choose target unit for running exerciser. Start recording and exerciser Stop recording and exerciser generation with one click generation with one click Run Scenario. Stop Scenario. USB Protocol Suite User Manual 695 www.valuetronics.com... -
Page 720: Script Editor
Teledyne LeCroy Script Editor View Toolbox View Output View Error Output Go to USB Analyzer Start Recording. window. Stop Recording. 12.11 Script Editor After you open an existing generation script file or create a new text scenario in the Script Editor, use the following steps to edit or build a script. The Script Editor utility has several aids to simplify the process of writing and editing scripts: tool-tips, drop-down menus, and colored fields. There are three script editors: USB3: New Text Generation Scenario (see Figure 12.13 on page 697) PD: New PD Text Generation Scenario (see Figure 12.15 on page 699) USB4: New USB4 Text Generation Scenario (see Figure 12.17 on page 701) USB Protocol Suite User Manual www.valuetronics.com... - Page 721 Teledyne L eCroy Script Editor Figure 12.13: New Text Generation Scenario For details on the generation of a USB3.2 Script, consult the Voyager™ USB 3.2 Exerciser SS (5Gbps) and SS+ (10Gbps) Generation Script Language Reference Manual. This and other manuals can be found by selecting Help -> Other Manuals -> USB3.2 Exerciser Manual See Figure 12.14 on page 698. USB Protocol Suite User Manual 697 www.valuetronics.com...
- Page 722 Teledyne LeCroy Script Editor Figure 12.14: USB 3.2 Exerciser Manual USB Protocol Suite User Manual www.valuetronics.com...
- Page 723 Teledyne L eCroy Script Editor Figure 12.15: New PD Text Generation Scenario For details on the generation of a Power Delivery (PD) Script, consult the Voyager™ Power Delivery Generation Script Language Reference Manual. This and other manuals can be found by selecting Help -> Other Manuals -> Power Delivery Exerciser Manual See Figure 12.14 on page 698. USB Protocol Suite User Manual 699 www.valuetronics.com...
- Page 724 Teledyne LeCroy Script Editor Figure 12.16: Power Delivery Exerciser Manual USB Protocol Suite User Manual www.valuetronics.com...
- Page 725 Teledyne L eCroy Script Editor Figure 12.17: New USB4 Text Generation Scenario For details on the generation of a USB 4.0 Script, consult the Voyager™ USB 4.0 Exerciser Generation Script Language Reference Manual. This and other manuals can be found by selecting Help -> Other Manuals -> USB4.0 Exerciser Manual See Figure 12.18 on page 702. USB Protocol Suite User Manual 701 www.valuetronics.com...
-
Page 726: Highlighting
Teledyne LeCroy Script Editor Figure 12.18: USB 4.0Exerciser Manual 12.11.1 Highlighting All known commands and parameters are highlighted in blue. All predefined values and command modifiers are highlighted in brown. Comments are in green. Errors are in red. 12.11.2 Text Editing Commands The Script Editor supports standard editor commands using toolbar buttons and Edit menu commands: Undo/Redo Cut/Copy/Paste: Also available by right-clicking a command to display a menu Bookmarks: Toggle, Previous/Next, and Clear All Find/Replace/Find Next/Go to 12.11.3 Help Right-click a command to display a menu from which you can choose Help. 12.11.4 Properties Window The Properties window lists all parameters and their values for the selected script command. Parameters/values can be changed by entering text into the text boxes or by selecting items from pull-down menus. USB Protocol Suite User Manual www.valuetronics.com... -
Page 727: File Tabs
Teledyne L eCroy Script Editor 12.11.5 File Tabs At the top of the Script Editor window is a tab with the name of the open generation file. If there are Include statements in the generation file that link it to other generation files, these files automatically open and display as tabs at the top of the window. You can click the tabs to toggle between the open generation files. 12.11.6 Errors When you compile a script and have an error, the error appears in the Error tab at the bottom of the application window. Each error has a file name, line number, and description. Double-clicking the error jumps to the line number. A red square appears next to the line number that contains the error. A yellow square appears next to the line number that has a warnings. Note: You cannot run a script that has syntax errors. 12.11.7 Output When you compile a script that generates output or when the application sends you a message, the information appears in the Output tab. 12.11.8 Options Menu You can set text options in the Options menu by clicking : Enable Outlining: Adds a hierarchy of levels to the script. Show Line Numbers: Displays the line numbers at the left of the window. Show Tooltips: When you place the cursor over an item, information about the item appears. Enable IntelliSense: Starts the IntelliSense program. -
Page 728: Tooltips
Teledyne LeCroy Script Editor 12.11.11 Tooltips If you show tooltips at the Options button, tooltips appear when you place the cursor over a button or command. 12.11.12 USB 3.2 Text Snippets Text snippets appear in the Text Snippets window (see Figure 12.19 on page 705.) You can drag and drop a text snippet into the script. The available text snippets are: Send: Enter a packet template name, with options to delay or override. SendPipeCommand: Enter a command name, pipe type, total length, setup, data pattern, asn, store data, and send erdy. SetSequenceNumber: Enter a pipe type, device address, endpoint number, data directory, sequence number, and enable. SendFile: Enter a file path, device address, endpoint, delay, start sequence number, payload_size, stream ID, and route string. PrepareWaitPkt: Enter packet type as TP or DP, requested packet subtype for TP, packet endpoint number, packet device address, packet direction, and packet stream ID. WaitPacket: Enter packets to wait (default is 1) and start wait at last end (default is 1) or not (0). TxSleep: Enter an interval. Set Link State: Enter a link state. Loop: Enter a counter. Start Recording: Enter the Recorded Options File Path and Name and the Trace ... -
Page 729: Views Toolbar
Teledyne L eCroy Script Editor Note: In the syntax for Text Snippets, the /* and */ stand for comment marks. Do not use either the / or * when you enter a parameter. For example in: Send /*packet template name*/ the entry might look like this: Send Name1 Figure 12.19: Text Snippets Window For information about each command, see the Voyager USB 3.2 Exerciser - Generation Script Note: Language Reference Manual. 12.11.13 Views Toolbar The Views toolbar contains buttons for viewing text snippets, Output window, and Error Output window. Figure 12.20: Views Toolbar The buttons have the following functions: View Toolbox Text Snippets. -
Page 730: Script Toolbar
Teledyne LeCroy Script Editor 12.11.14 Script Toolbar The Script toolbar contains buttons for saving your edits, navigating, searching, and other functions. Figure 12.21: Script Toolbar The buttons have the following functions: Undo. Add/Remove bookmark. Allows markers to be set or removed to aid in navigation. Redo Go to next bookmark. View Options. Opens a menu Go to previous bookmark. with three options: Enable Outlining, Toggle Outlining, and Show Line Numbers. See View Options Menu below. Compile. Clear all bookmarks. Find. Find and Replace. Find Next 12.11.15 Pop-up Menu Right-click anywhere in the script window to open a pop-up menu with the following options: Copy Paste ... -
Page 731: Error Log
Teledyne L eCroy Creating a Script using the Script Editor 12.11.16 Error Log Whenever you create a scripting error, a log opens at the bottom of the application window. When the error is corrected, the window automatically closes. 12.11.17 Tooltips The Script Editor window includes extensive tooltips for each keyword. To see a tooltip, hold the mouse pointer over a keyword. 12.12 Creating a Script using the Script Editor Before creating a script, read the Voyager USB 3.2/USB4/PD Exerciser Generation Script Language Reference Manuals to become familiar with all parts of a script and their order, learn about the commands and their parameters, and see an example script. To create a script, do the following in the USB 3.2, Protocol Exerciser window: Figure 12.22: Select USB/PD Exerciser icon, then chose the type of Scenario USB Protocol Suite User Manual 707 www.valuetronics.com... - Page 732 Teledyne LeCroy Creating a Script using the Script Editor 1. Click the New USB3 Graphic Scenario button or select File > : New USB3 Text Scenario New PD Text Scenario New USB4 text Scenaio to display a blank script. An example of a blank USB3 Script Scenario is shown below. See Figure 12.23 Figure 12.23: Script Scenario The file name appears on the tab for the file. USB Protocol Suite User Manual www.valuetronics.com...
- Page 733 Teledyne L eCroy Creating a Script using the Script Editor Figure 12.24: Script Scenario 2. (optional) You can use the Text Snippets on the left Text Snippets panel to add commands and their parameters. 3. Click the Compile button or select Build > Compile to check the file for errors. The application lists any errors in the Errors tab. 4. Click the Save button or select File > Save to save the file. Saving the file automatically compiles it. Note: USB Protocol Suite User Manual 709 www.valuetronics.com...
-
Page 734: Graphical Scenario Editor
Teledyne LeCroy Graphical Scenario Editor 12.13 Graphical Scenario Editor Note: This graphical editor supports USB 3.2 exerciser but is not currently available for PD/USB4. The Graphical Scenario Editor allows you to create Host Emulator scenarios (only), using high-level constructs and graphical elements. After inserting an item, you can modify these elements through simple edit boxes and pull-down selections by clicking on elements. You can insert the following items: High-Level SCSI Commands (SPC-3, SBC-2, SMC-2, SSC-2, MMC-5, SCC-2, and SES-2) High-Level Task Management Functions Bus Enumeration / Control Requests Settings Mass Storage Transfer Packets Instructions (Start Loop, End Loop, Delay, Stop Exerciser) After you create a new graphical scenario, use the following steps to edit or build the scenario. Figure 12.25: Graphical Scenario Editor 12.13.1 Graphical Scenario Window The Graphical Scenario window contains SCSI, TASK, REQ, SET, Insert Instructions, and Delete Selected Item buttons. You can Insert 1 to 20 instances. SCSI command: SPC-4 ... - Page 735 Teledyne L eCroy Graphical Scenario Editor SBC-3 SMC-3 SSC-4 MMC-6 SCC-2 SES-2 Task button: Abort Task Abort Task Set Clear Task Set LUN Reset Clear ACA Query Task Query Task Set I T Nexus Reset Query Asynchronous Event REQ button: Bus Enumeration Device Requests: Clear Feature ...
- Page 736 Teledyne LeCroy Graphical Scenario Editor SET button: ErrLostLGOOD ErrWrongLGOOD ErrLostLCRD ErrWrongLCRD ErrCorruptLinkCmd ErrCorruptLMP ErrDisparity ErrWrongSymbol ErrLBAD ErrLostLGOODAdv ErrWrongLGOODAdv ErrLostLCRDAdv ErrWrongLCRDAdv SetLinkState CMD/TMF button inserts Mass Storage transfer items in BOT or UAS based on Active Device (See Initiator Emulator Setting) Command Task Management Instruction items: Start Loop ...
-
Page 737: Initiator Setting
Teledyne L eCroy Graphical Scenario Editor 12.13.2 Initiator Setting The Initiator Settings button displays the Initiator Settings dialog. Figure 12.26: Initiator Setting Dialog Device Information The left pane shows Device Information, as expected from enumeration, so this pane shows general device information from a pre-configure file. The Device Information DeviceInfo.cfg file is in the Generation directory under the users directory. You can edit this file. For each device, the following information is in the DeviceInfo.cfg file: Name Protocol (UASP or BOT) Address InterfaceNo AlternateSetting ConfigurationNo Endpoint Information EndpointNo USB Protocol Suite User Manual 713 www.valuetronics.com... -
Page 738: Scsi Command Settings
Teledyne LeCroy Graphical Scenario Editor Direction (IN or OUT) Max Burst Size PipeUsageId Endpoint Type (only for UAS protocol) You can only select one device from the Device List as the active device. Required information Note: for the project is defined by the active device. The active protocol in the project is defined by the active device. Note: If you have already inserted some items in the project, and then you change the active device, if the new active device is in another protocol (UAS or BOT), the software will try to convert all information to the selected protocol (based on the active device), and sometimes information may be lost. Note: If your scenario enumerates a device, you will have to issue a "SetLinkState" at the end of it to bring the link back to its initial state before running it again. SCSI Command Settings Auto Tag Assignment: You can choose Auto Tag Assignment for SCSI Commands. Then the tag will be assigned automatically for SCSI Commands (starts with 1 and continually increments). If you deselect this feature, you must check the tag value of all SCSI Commands in the project and make them unique in each run. General Settings The middle pane has General Settings: Tx Scramble, Rx Descramble, Port Configuration Ack, Tx Invert Polarity, and Rx Invert Polarity checkboxes. You can set Logical Block Size, Packet Delay, Random Seed, Skip Timer, and Maximum Loop Iteration Count. Link Delay Settings The middle pane has Link Delay Settings: Delay for LGOOD, LGOOD Count, LBAD, LBAD Count, ... -
Page 739: Option Button
Teledyne L eCroy Graphical Scenario Editor You can select a Custom Flow Control, such as Automatic Link Flow Control, No LGOOD Detect, No LCRD Detect, No LGOOD Generation, No LCRD Generation, or No Flow Control. Note: A value of 4294967295 (0xFFFFFFFF) indicates that a default value will be used (Infinite or Auto). 12.13.3 Option Button After inserting a SCSI Command, a Task Management Functions, or a Transfer packet, at the end of displays. Click this the packet an extra button, called Option button, to set some protocol errors and command settings for that item. Figure 12.27: Protocol Errors and Command Settings ErrCorruptSHP section has Disable, Number of items, Infinite, and SHP Map (no corruption or Corrupt Symbol 1, 2, or 3). ErrCorruptSDP section has Disable, Number of items, Infinite, and SDP Map (no corruption or Corrupt Symbol 1, 2, or 3). ErrCorruptEND section has Disable, Number of items, Infinite, and END Map (no corruption or Corrupt Symbol 1, 2, or 3). ErrCorruptSLC section has Disable, Number of items, Infinite, and SLC Map (no corruption or Corrupt Symbol 1, 2, 3, or 4). Error Injection section has CRC Error or Bypass Priming. Task Attribute section has Sample, Head of Queue, Ordered, and ACA. USB Protocol Suite User Manual 715 www.valuetronics.com... -
Page 740: Script Scenarios
Teledyne LeCroy Graphical Scenario Editor Script Scenarios For some special purposes in which graphical scenario features are limited, you can convert a graphical scenario to a script scenario, which you can then modify. Note: The software does not support converting a text scenario to a graphic scenario. Save You can save a created project by selecting File > Save. You can run a saved project by selecting Generation > Run Scenario or using the Run Toolbar. 12.13.4 Copy SCSI Operation from Trace File and Paste to Exerciser Scenario To select a SCSI command from a trace file to use in an Exerciser scenario: 1. Right-click any SCSI packet and select Copy to exerciser from the menu: 2. Go to the Graphical View of the Exerciser, right-click in the view, and select paste from the menu. Copy to Exerciser function only copies to USB 3 Exerciser scripts (.usb3g). Due to limitations in Note: the USB 2.0 generator architecture, .utg files cannot accept high level functions such as SCSI operations. 12.13.5 Graphical Toolbar The Graphical toolbar contains buttons for zooming, wrapping, and converting from graphic ... -
Page 741: Loading And Running The Generation File
Teledyne L eCroy Loading and Running the Generation File The buttons have the following functions: Zoom In Zoom Out Wrap Convert from graphic scenario to text scenario. 12.14 Loading and Running the Generation File The USB 3.2 Traffic Generation files are scripts that instruct the Analyzer how to generate USB 3.2 traffic. A traffic generation file contains text in special format and is named with a *.usb3g extension. There are several examples of Traffic Generation files included with the installation of the software. To load a generation file: 1. Select File > Open ... from the menu to display the Open dialog box. 2. Select Usb3Script Files (*.usb3g) from the drop-down menu marked Files of Type to display a list of USB 3.2 Traffic Generation files. 3. Select a Traffic Generation file (*.usb3g). 4. Click Open. 12.14.1 Starting Traffic Generation on the Tool Bar. -
Page 742: Usb 3.0 5Gbps Ss Electrical Test Modes
Teledyne LeCroy USB 3.0 5Gbps SS Electrical Test Modes 12.15 USB 3.0 5Gbps SS Electrical Test Modes In the Electrical Test window, you can use Loopback mode and Compliance mode. To access the Electrical Test window, you must connect to the Voyager system. 12.15.1 Loopback Mode The Voyager USB 3.0 Electrical Test window supports entry to the Polling.Loopback substate. For receiver testing, the device under test (loopback slave) is placed in a special test mode and echoes back a predefined loopback pattern. The Voyager system can initiate this special mode (loopback master) and generate the basic loopback pattern. The intended use of this feature is to allow designers to test their implementation of entering Loopback Mode. It is NOT intended to be used for receiver tolerance testing! Note: Speeds above 5 Gbps are not supported. - Page 743 Teledyne L eCroy USB 3.0 5Gbps SS Electrical Test Modes You can optionally set the analyzer to record the Loopback traffic to verify that the system enters loopback. If you elect to record Loopback traffic, it is recommended that you set Trigger on the Loopback command by setting Trigger on TS2 with loopback bit asserted. 4. Select the Electrical Test window from the View Menu. 5. Click the Loopback Test check box. USB Protocol Suite User Manual 719 www.valuetronics.com...
- Page 744 Teledyne LeCroy USB 3.0 5Gbps SS Electrical Test Modes Figure 12.28: USB 3.0 Electrical Test Use the termination buttons to verify that a device sees (or does not see) termination from the exerciser ports. After you finish, be sure to put them back in the mode that you expect them to be in when done. 6. Set the Loopback Interval. This is the time interval in milliseconds in which each of the BERT ordered sets (BRST, BDAT, and BERC) will be transmitted. The minimum value is 1 ms. The maximum value is 2^28 = 268,435,456 ms. 7. Press the Start button. Loopback entry and pattern generation occurs immediately after the link partners complete training. SSC is enabled within the transmitted loopback pattern. If the analyzer is used to record the exchange, the loopback traffic should appear in both upstream and downstream directions, with individual BERT ordered sets. In the image below, the Voyager initiates loopback testing on a host (upstream) port. Uncheck the Hide Logical Idle Packets option, on the toolbar or View menu. Then use the Link Tracker to verify that the pattern is transmitted (see Figure 12.29 on page 720) Figure 12.29: Device Initiates Loopback Mode with SuperSpeed Host. The loopback sequence is transmitted for the defined interval and automatically repeats until the Stop button is pressed. The Electrical Test window automatically monitors the loopback patterns ...
- Page 745 Teledyne L eCroy USB 3.0 5Gbps SS Electrical Test Modes Number of Symbols Number of Transmitted Errors Number of Received Errors Status of Loopback Mode The Voyager Loopback Mode does not alter the transmitted signal and does not perform the Note: jitter tolerance electrical test defined in USB-IF Electrical Layer Compliance Specification. Specialized equipment, such as Teledyne LeCroy's PERT Receiver Tolerance Test system, should be used to introduce jitter as defined by the Electrical Layer Compliance Specification. USB Protocol Suite User Manual 721 www.valuetronics.com...
-
Page 746: Compliance Mode
Teledyne LeCroy USB 3.0 5Gbps SS Electrical Test Modes 12.15.2 Compliance Mode The Voyager USB 3.0 Electrical Test window supports entry to the Polling.Compliance substate. This initiates the transmission of the pseudo-random data pattern generated by the scrambled D10.0 compliance sequence. The Voyager system USB 3.0 Electrical Test window can initiate the required test modes, while an attached oscilloscope is used to measure the transmitted compliance patterns. Note: Speeds above 5 Gbps are not supported. After the DUT is in the Compliance state and is sending a compliance pattern (CP0), the pattern will be transmitted continuously until a ping LFPS is detected at the DUT receiver. The Voyager system does not send a compliance pattern but remains in electrical idle while the Compliance mode is operational. The Voyager can transmit subsequent ping.lfps signals interactively to advance the DUT to the next compliance pattern. Note: The Voyager and Advisor T3 have the ability to capture particular Compliance Patterns which have framing formats similar to packets. This includes only CP3. The other patterns are bitstreams which the analyzer is unable to lock on, so they would appear as IPS (Inter Packet Symbols) which are un-decodable. Compliance Mode test procedure 1. Connect the DUT or HUT to a test fixture board (for example, an Intel board), so that transmit signals go to the oscilloscope and receive signals come from the analyzer. Figure 12.30: Intel Test Fixture USB Protocol Suite User Manual www.valuetronics.com... - Page 747 Teledyne L eCroy USB 3.0 5Gbps SS Electrical Test Modes The following two photos show an example connection. Test Fixture To Voyager Transmit to Scope Figure 12.31: Test Fixture to DUT and Oscilloscope Connections USB Protocol Suite User Manual 723 www.valuetronics.com...
- Page 748 Teledyne LeCroy USB 3.0 5Gbps SS Electrical Test Modes Figure 12.32: Test Fixture to Voyager Connection 2. Set the Recording Options, in the USB 3.2 tab, to run the Electrical tests. USB Protocol Suite User Manual www.valuetronics.com...
- Page 749 Teledyne L eCroy USB 3.0 5Gbps SS Electrical Test Modes Figure 12.33: Recording Options - USB 3.2 Tab To test a USB Device, in the Recording/Generating section, select Host Emulation mode. To test a USB Host, or the downstream port of a USB 3 hub, select Device Emulation mode. In the M3i USB Connector Termination/RxDetect section, in the Analyzer Ports subsection, select Manual termination. Click the OK button to apply the options. 3. After you set up the system, make sure that the USB cable is NOT plugged into Voyager, and then select USB 3.0 Electrical Test from the View menu. USB Protocol Suite User Manual 725 www.valuetronics.com...
- Page 750 Teledyne LeCroy USB 3.0 5Gbps SS Electrical Test Modes Figure 12.34: View Menu 4. In the USB 3.0 Electrical Test dialog, check the Compliance Mode box (see Figure 12.35 on page 726.) Figure 12.35: USB 3.0 Electrical Test Dialog USB Protocol Suite User Manual www.valuetronics.com...
- Page 751 Teledyne L eCroy USB 3.0 5Gbps SS Electrical Test Modes 5. To test the USB 3 signals, first connect the DUT/HUT to the appropriate Exerciser port. Do not click any buttons. The DUT/HUT should see termination on the port, but no LFPS signaling, and go to the CP0 pattern. Figure 12.36: Typical CP0 Pattern USB Protocol Suite User Manual 727 www.valuetronics.com...
- Page 752 Teledyne LeCroy USB 3.0 5Gbps SS Electrical Test Modes 6. To display subsequent Compliance patterns, click the Send 1 Ping button once for each advance to the next pattern. The following photos show the appearance of the signals for each CP pattern, as captured by a Teledyne LeCroy oscilloscope. Use these photos as guides to verify that you are seeing expected patterns. Figure 12.37: Typical CP1 Pattern USB Protocol Suite User Manual www.valuetronics.com...
- Page 753 Teledyne L eCroy USB 3.0 5Gbps SS Electrical Test Modes Figure 12.38: Typical CP2 Pattern USB Protocol Suite User Manual 729 www.valuetronics.com...
- Page 754 Teledyne LeCroy USB 3.0 5Gbps SS Electrical Test Modes Figure 12.39: Typical CP3 Pattern Figure 12.40: Typical CP5 Pattern USB Protocol Suite User Manual www.valuetronics.com...
- Page 755 Teledyne L eCroy USB 3.0 5Gbps SS Electrical Test Modes Figure 12.41: Typical CP6 Pattern Figure 12.42: Typical CP7 Pattern USB Protocol Suite User Manual 731 www.valuetronics.com...
- Page 756 Teledyne LeCroy USB 3.0 5Gbps SS Electrical Test Modes Figure 12.43: Typical CP8 Pattern Note: CP patterns for 3.2 SS+ not provided. USB Protocol Suite User Manual www.valuetronics.com...
-
Page 757: Chapter 13: Updates
Chapter 13 Updates From time to time as modifications are made to the Analyzer, it is necessary to update for optimal performance. Updates can be performed two ways: either automatically or manually. This chapter describes both procedures. 13.1 Software, Firmware, and BusEngine Revisions The Readme.txt file on the first installation disk and in the installed directory gives last-minute updates about the current release. Included with each release are the most recent downloadable images of the Firmware and the BusEngine™. Once the Analyzer has completed the self diagnostics and is connected to the host machine, you can check the latest revision of the software and BusEngine by selecting About USB Protocol Suite... from the Help menu. Figure 13.44: About Window USB Protocol Suite User Manual 733 www.valuetronics.com... -
Page 758: Software Updates
Teledyne LeCroy Software Updates About details revisions of the following software and hardware: Software Version Unit Serial Number Firmware Version BusEngine Version Serdes BusEngine Version CPU Board ID FPGA Board ID PHY Board ID When contacting Teledyne LeCroy for technical support, please have available the revisions Note: reported in the About window. 13.2 Software Updates You can check for software updates manually, or the application can automatically check for updates at startup. You can download the latest version of the USB Protocol Suite software from the following site: https://teledynelecroy.com/sw/usb/ To check for software updates and to download available updates, you need an open internet Note: connection. 13.2.1 Manual Check for Software Updates In the application, you can check for software updates: 1. Select Help > Check for Updates... to display the Software Update window. If no update is available, the window is: ... -
Page 759: Automatic Check For Software Updates
Teledyne L eCroy Software Updates If an update is available, the window is: Figure 13.2: Update is Available Window To install an available update, click Go to Download Page Now to go to the Teledyne LeCroy web site. Follow the on-screen instructions to download and install the software update. To install available updates later, click Later to close the window and return to the application. Note: If you select Later, when you are later ready to install, again select Help > Check for Updates…, then download and install the software update. 13.2.2 Automatic Check for Software Updates You can set the application to automatically check for software updates, either during software installation or in the installed application. After enabling automatic software update checking, when you start the application, the application checks for any software updates. If an update is available, the application notifies you. Note: To automatically check for software updates, you need an open internet connection. Automatic checking for software updates does not download, install, or update the application. Note: It only notifies you that an update is available. After receiving notification, you must use the Software Update window to download and install the latest version of the application. -
Page 760: During Software Installation
Teledyne LeCroy Software Updates During Software Installation During software installation, a window asks if you would like to receive automatic notification when software updates are available. Select the checkbox to enable automatic checking for software updates. Figure 13.3: Checkbox for Automatic Updates When you enable automatic notification of software updates, you accept the Teledyne LeCroy Privacy Policy Agreement. Click the Open Privacy Policy button to view the agreement. USB Protocol Suite User Manual www.valuetronics.com... -
Page 761: In The Application
Teledyne L eCroy Software Updates In the Application In the application, you can set the software to automatically check for software updates: 1. Select Help > Check for Updates... to display the Software Update window. If no update is available, the window is: Figure 13.4: No Update Available Window If an update is available, the window is: Figure 13.5: Update is Available Window 2. To enable automatic checking for software updates, select the Check for updates at application start up checkbox. The next time you open the application, if you have an open internet connection, the application will notify you if an update is available. USB Protocol Suite User Manual 737 www.valuetronics.com... -
Page 762: Busengine And Firmware Updates
Teledyne LeCroy BusEngine and Firmware Updates 13.3 BusEngine and Firmware Updates BusEngine, Serdes BusEngine, and Firmware updates often need to be performed when you update the USB Protocol Suite software. These updates can be performed automatically or manually. Both processes are described. During Firmware and/or Bus Engine updates, you must maintain power and communication Note: connectivity (USB or Ethernet) to the device for the entire update process, and you must allow it to complete the operation. Failure to do so may result in an inoperable unit which would need to be shipped back to Teledyne LeCroy for repair. 13.3.1 Updating the BusEngines The BusEngine core is the heart of the Analyzer. Using state-of-the-art Electronically Programmable Logic Device (EPLD) technology, it incorporates both the high speed recording engine and the configurable building blocks that implement data/state/error detections, triggering, capture filtering, external signal monitoring, and event counting and sequencing. The BusEngine program and the Serdes BusEngine program, and the Firmware that manages the internal microcontroller, are fully field upgradeable. Within a new software release, it may be necessary to update the Analyzer’s BusEngine and Serdes BusEngine hardware for proper operation. The Readme file lets you know if this is necessary. 13.3.2 Updating the Firmware Within a new software release, it may also be necessary to update the Analyzer’s firmware for proper operation. The Readme file informs you if this is necessary. 13.3.3 Automatic Updates When the USB Protocol Suite software is upgraded, the software may become incompatible with the BusEngine, Serdes BusEngine, and/or Firmware. The next time you connect to the analyzer, the application will prompt you if any of the components needs to be updated. Follow the on- screen instructions to complete the update. - Page 763 Teledyne L eCroy BusEngine and Firmware Updates Figure 13.6: Update Device Dialog The dialog shows the Device Name, Type, Current Version, Required Version, Status, and File Name. Note: Updating the CATCSync Bus Engine can take up to 40 minutes. For that reason, it is recommended that you do not update it when its current status is "OK". 2. To update the Firmware, BusEngine, and/or Serdes BusEngine, first select its check box. 3. Click Update Selected or click Update All to update all three. 4. The most current files were copied to your \LeCroy\USB Protocol Suite directory when you installed the program. 5. Power cycle the Analyzer. Re-initialization takes a couple of minutes. USB Protocol Suite User Manual 739 www.valuetronics.com...
-
Page 764: Purchased And Trial Licenses
Teledyne LeCroy Purchased and Trial Licenses 13.4 Purchased and Trial Licenses Teledyne LeCroy offers a single license with features in it for all USB analyzers (Voyager M4x, Voyager M3x, Voyager M310, Voyager M310C, Voyager M310P, Advisor T3, Mercury T2P, Mercury T2C and Mercury T2). There are purchased and trial features. Purchased features are permanent (or optionally subject to SW maintenance if any). Trial features expire on a set date which is programmed at Teledyne LeCroy. It is valid till the end of the expiration date. Both features may co-exist on an analyzer. The union of selected features will be enabled. A one-time activation process may need to be completed on an analyzer in order to use trial features. All new analyzers mentioned above will be activated at Teledyne LeCroy facility before shipping. In this case customers don't have to activate them. 13.4.1 Activation process It is done automatically for the analyzer in most cases. User needs manually activate an analyzer only if it has trial features on non-activated analyzer and there is no internet connection. In this case user should connect the host PC with connected analyzer to the internet and press "Activate trial" button on License Information dialog. SW will explain particular steps user needs to do. Otherwise user can contact Teledyne LeCroy for help. 13.4.2 Downloading trial features The same way as purchased features. Teledyne LeCroy will provide a file with trial features which user needs to download into the analyzer. Then activate it if needed. SW will indicate the status of trial features. 13.4.3 Popups SW will check trial licenses available on the device automatically upon connection and shows popup window with license related information if needed. There are some cases when such a notifications are shown, like trial is about to expire, trial expires tomorrow, trial has recently expired and activation required. 13.4.4 License Information dialog Purchased and trial features could always be seen in License Information dialog ... -
Page 765: License Information
Teledyne L eCroy Purchased and Trial Licenses 13.4.5 License Information You can view license information by selecting Display License Information from the Help menu. The License Information window provides a list of the named features supported by the current software version (see following figure). See Figure 13.7. Trial License Features with Valid Until Date Purchased License Features Figure 13.7: License File Showing Both Trial and Purchased Features Yes in the Purchased column. Names Named features enabled on your host machine are indicated by features enabled on your host machine for a Trial period are indicated by “Trial valid until DATE”. ... - Page 766 Teledyne LeCroy Purchased and Trial Licenses If you try to use a feature for which you do not yet have a license, the program displays the License Protection Message. Named features that are not enabled on your host machine are indicated by No in the Purchased column. To use the feature, you must purchase a license. USB Protocol Suite User Manual www.valuetronics.com...
-
Page 767: Updating The Software License
Teledyne L eCroy Registering Online 13.4.6 Updating the Software License A current license agreement with Teledyne LeCroy entitles the Analyzer owner to continued technical support and access to software updates as they are published on the Teledyne LeCroy website. If your license expires, you must obtain a license key from Teledyne LeCroy (refer to the contact information at the back of this manual.) After you obtain a license key, follow these steps to install it: 1. From the Help menu, select Display License Information to display the License Information Dialog (see Figure 13.8). 1. Select Install License File to display the Select License Key File dialog. Figure 13.8: Select License Key File Dialog 2. Enter the path and filename for the license key. OR 3. Browse to the directory that contains the license key and select the *.lic file. 4. Click Open. 13.5 Registering Online To register the product online, select Help >... - Page 768 Teledyne LeCroy Registering Online USB Protocol Suite User Manual www.valuetronics.com...
- Page 769 Appendix A How to Contact Teledyne LeCroy Send e-mail to Support psgsupport@teledyne.com Contact support teledynelecroy.com/support/contact Visit Teledyne LeCroy’s web site teledynelecroy.com Tell Teledyne LeCroy Report a problem to Teledyne LeCroy Support via e-mail by selecting Help > Tell Teledyne LeCroy from the application toolbar. This requires that an e-mail client be installed and configured on the host machine. USB Protocol Suite User Manual 745 www.valuetronics.com...
- Page 770 Teledyne LeCroy USB Protocol Suite User Manual www.valuetronics.com...
- Page 771 Appendix B China Restriction of Hazardous Substances Table The following tables are supplied in compliance with China’s Restriction of Hazardous Substances (China RoHS) requirements: USB Protocol Suite User Manual 747 www.valuetronics.com...
- Page 772 Teledyne LeCroy USB Protocol Suite User Manual www.valuetronics.com...
- Page 773 Index Symbols setup 123, 124 140 Analyzer Devices dialog 174 .csv file 305 Analyzer Speed options 527 .dec files application 743 .lic file startup 169 226 .usb files 138 Application startup 172 .utg file 341 assigning actions 648 .utg files 528 ATM Networking Control Model .dec file ...
- Page 774 Teledyne LeCroy Corporation Index 702 manual updating 738 comments technology 4 editing 443 update 738 528 Communication Device Subclass/EEM .dec file buttons 528 Communications and CDC Control .dec file bus utilization 583 530 Communications Device Class (CDC) Data real-time statistics 639 Communications Device Class (CDC) Data .dec Script Editor 652, 695, 705, 706, 717 tool bar descriptions 202 530 file ...
- Page 775 Teledyne L eCroy Corporation Index 576 741 Data View command Display License Information 576 Data View window Display Options 226 data.usb file Color/Format/Hiding tab 516 factory settings 515 Decode General 514 decoding options 533 level hiding 520, 522, 525 decode loading 526 class request 551 saving 526 endpoint ...
- Page 776 Teledyne LeCroy Corporation Index Event buttons loading generation 654, 717 script 527 creating 337 tabs 654 dragging 339 trace filename 300 346 Event pop-up menu 655, 717 Files of Type field 346 Event Properties dialog Filter In 296 Event Trigger recording action 344 3 events option 344 actions 341, 346 Filter Out buttons ...
- Page 777 Teledyne L eCroy Corporation Index 658 453 generation script file Host option 658 Generator Text File hosts 306 Generator/Analyzer Clocking Overrides option Host Negotiation Protocol 453 with a B plug 453 Go to with an A plug 453 Marker search 446 529 Hub .dec file Packet/Transaction/Transfer... search 446 ...
- Page 778 Teledyne LeCroy Corporation Index 465 link command device emulation 658 expanded 514 412 Link Commands (Flow Control) generation 656 714 Link Configuration Settings Repeat 656 714 Link Delay Settings traffic generation 657 528 Monitor .dec file 714 Link Power Management Settings 638 monitoring statistics Link Tracker 346 Move Event to option buttons 594 toolbar ...
- Page 779 Teledyne L eCroy Corporation Index 528 recording 8, 13, 20, 26, 33, 37, 40, 44, 47, 51 Point of Sale Devices .dec file search 445 308, 317 Polarity Inversion 515 options file pop-up menu 580, 703 Options menu Script Editor 653, 706 299 Options Name field pop-up menus 585 Orient Horizontally option data field 403 585 Orient Vertically option Recording Rules 335 ...
- Page 780 Teledyne LeCroy Corporation Index 599 345 Recently Used Ranges Restart All option 534 345 Recipient field restart options 345 recording Restart the Sequence option 515 Restore Factory Presets button activity 227 bus data 371 515 Restore Factory Presets option first 164 Resume options 8, 13, 20, 26, 33, 37, 40, 44, 47, 51 settings 659 progress 225 revisions rules 3 snapshot ...
- Page 781 Teledyne L eCroy Corporation Index select a SCSI command from a trace file to use in an hiding 411 software 716 Exerciser scenario license 743 743 Select License Key File dialog box updating 734, 737 581 Select Range dialog 734, 737 Software Update window 339 Sequence cells 603 Spec View 358 sequences 603 Spec View command independent 359 461 specific error ...
- Page 782 Teledyne LeCroy Corporation Index 585 Tile Horizontally option Trainer 585 Tile Vertically option connecting 683, 684, 685 467 Transaction Packet Type 400 Time Stamp menu 418 Transaction View 2 timer 430 transactions 400, 401 timestamp decoded 422 514 Timestamp At The Beginning option decoding protocols 426 514 Timestamp field expanded/collapsed ...
- Page 783 Teledyne L eCroy Corporation Index 30, 49 584 USB 3.0 Features View Settings button 522, 525 389 USB 3.0 hiding options Viewing Attachments of a Marker 380 705 USB 3.0 packet types Views toolbar 692 5, 10, 17, 24, 30, 49 USB 3.0 Protocol Exerciser window Voyager M3/M3i 5, 10, 17, 24 USB 3.2 tab Voyager™ M310 Analyzer recording options 308 123 USB connection 78 USB connector ...
- Page 784 Teledyne LeCroy Corporation Index 760 USB Protocol Suite User Manual www.valuetronics.com...
Need help?
Do you have a question about the Voyager M4x and is the answer not in the manual?
Questions and answers